Microwave Antenna Andrew

Terrestrial Microwave Antenna System Products36 Index Terrestrial Microwave Antennas Terrestrial Microwave Antenna Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Antenna Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 System Planning Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Antenna Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Antenna Selection Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Radiation Pattern Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Electrical Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Antenna Environmental Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Antenna Specifications and Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Ordering Tables by Frequency Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Multiband Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Mechanical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Forces Produced by Microwave Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Antenna Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Antenna Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 ValuLine® Antennas Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 ValuLine Antenna Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Antenna Specifications and Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Ordering Tables by Frequency Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Mechanical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Forces and Twisting Moments Due to Wind Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Antenna Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Microwave Transmission Line Transmission Line Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 HELIAX® Coaxial Cables 1427-2700 MHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 HELIAX Elliptical Waveguide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Elliptical Waveguide Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Hanger Spacing for Elliptical Waveguide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Hybrid T Reflectometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Rectangular Waveguide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Flange Codes and Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Elliptical Waveguide Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Circular Waveguide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Circular Waveguide Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Circular Waveguide Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Waveguide Attenuation Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 37 Terrestrial Microwave Antenna Nomenclature Andrew uses an alphanumeric numbering system for identification and ordering of terrestrial microwave antennas. Andrew type numbers describe antenna type, size and operating frequency band. The system is known worldwide, and many governments, PTTs and OEMs use Andrew terminology such as “HSX type performance” to specify antennas within their equipment procurement documents. Example: 1 HSX PL KP 2 10 8 6 3 F - 4 59 71 19 5 W 1. Antenna Type. The prefix is one, two, three or four letters that describe the antenna type. “X” within the prefix indicates dual-polarized operation. For Standard Antennas, “L” indicates low VSWR antennas operating with: Coaxial feed systems of 1.10 (26.4) RL or better Waveguide feed systems of 1.06 (30.7) RL or better. Prefix KP_F, KPR_F MKP P, PX, P_F PL, PL_F, PXL, PXL_F FP, FP_F, FPX FPHP HP, HP_F, HPX HSX UHP, UHX, UHP_F UMX HDX, HDH, HDV PDV, PDH KPR PAR, PARX LB, LBX Antenna Type or Description Knockdown GRIDPAK® Parabolic Mini Knockdown GRIDPAK Parabolic Standard Parabolic-Unshielded Standard Parabolic, Low VSWR-Unshielded Standard Focal Plane Parabolic-Unshielded Focal Plane High Performance High Performance Parabolic-Shielded High Performance Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination-Parabolic Ultra High Performance Parabolic Ultra High Performance Multiband Parabolic High Performance Dual Beam-Parabolic Standard Dual Beam Angle Diversity Knockdown GRIDPAK Parabolic-Rural Telephony Parabolic Antenna for Relocation-Category A Low Back Lobe 2. Antenna Size. The number indicates antenna diameter in feet. 3. Pressurization. Antennas having an “F” following the antenna size include a foam-dielectric feed and do not require pressurization. All other antennas have air-dielectric feeds and require pressurization. See pages 242-271 for pressurization equipment. 4. Frequency Band. The numbers following the hyphen are an abbreviated designation for the operating frequency band. For example: Abbreviation 19 59 107 Frequency Band 1.9 - 2.3 GHz 5.925 - 6.425 GHz 10.70 - 11.70 5. Wide band. A “W” following the frequency band designator indicates wide band operation for special applications. For example: PL12-71 indicates the frequency band 7.125-7.750 GHz PL12-71W indicates the frequency band 7.100-8.500 GHz 38 Customer Service Center - Call toll-free from: • U.S.A., Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 UHP Series are a single polarized version. These antennas can save considerable cost by reducing the installation expense and the amount of equipment required on systems with multiple frequency requirements. Special environmental versions are available for the most difficult system locations. dual-polarized (4-port) operation in various frequency bands. UHX Series feature dual polarization. They are mechanically similar to the UHX ultra high performance antennas. They minimize frequency congestion problems because of a highly efficient beam-forming feed and superior pattern performance. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. Many are also available with one or two-piece reflectors for efficient and less costly shipping.andrew. HPX Series feature dual polarization.com 39 . High Performance Series Ultra Multiband Antennas UMX® Series antennas provide simultaneous dual-band. painted reflector and shield with RF absorber. a planar radome and a mount for attachment to a vertical pipe. Ultra Series Ultra High Performance Antennas UHX® and UHP® Series antennas provide high gain. HP Series are a single polarized version. • U. rugged construction and high environmental survivability. except most models have feeds which do not include the beam-forming feature. UMX antennas allow easy single to multiband transition without compromising high performance.Antenna Types Shielded Antennas Shielded antennas include a low-VSWR feed. This series of antennas provides excellent radiation characteristics. High Performance Antennas HP and HPX Series antennas feature high performance at low lifetime cost.K. low VSWR and superior radiation pattern performance for easier frequency coordination. .A. The cross polarization characteristics close to the boresight of the antenna are shown in the figure below. the XPD is greater than 36 dB within the circular -1 dB co-polar contour and greater than 30 dB elsewhere.1 degrees Azimuth. utilizing transmission schemes such as Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH).Call toll-free from: • U. The guaranteed XPD for these antennas is 40 dB. The HSX Series antennas are available for frequency bands from 3.4 to 18 GHz.S.5 degrees elevation) • 36 dB XPD inside the 1dB co-polar contour • 30 dB XPD elsewhere * 36 dB for 15 ft antennas 40 Customer Service Center . This performance is achieved through the use of an antenna feed horn with a unique illuminator ring design and strict quality control measures in the manufacture of these feeds. These values apply for antennas up to the 11 GHz frequency band. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . For antennas at frequency bands higher than 11 GHz.5 Degrees Elevation Keyhole specifications for XPD Azimuth 1 dB Co-Polar Contour . These antennas are suitable for high capacity digital systems.1.High XPD Microwave Antennas HSX Series antennas are high performance antennas which feature very high cross polarization discrimination (XPD) in both the azimuth and elevation planes.1 Degrees Azimuth • 40 dB XPD at antenna boresight • 40 dB* XPD inside rectangle (±0. ±1.5 Degrees Elevation ±0. HSX Antennas 2-Dimensional Cross-Polar Characteristics Elevation + 1.Antenna Types HSX Series Antennas . Antenna Types Low Back Lobe Antenna Focal Plane High Performance Antenna Dual Beam Angle Diversity Antenna LB and LBX Antennas LB and LBX antennas are special low back lobe antennas with performance similar to that of focal plane antennas. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.K. The added performance is obtained through the use of an integrated shield located within the molded radome. included with the antenna.com 41 . Dual Beam Angle Diversity Antennas Angle Diversity antennas are special solution antennas that provide a dual beam in either a single or dual polarized version. They can help overcome multipath fading issues when installation of two antennas is impractical due to tower space availability or wind loading. NOTE: See page 120 for default packing options. Brazil. These antennas are ANATEL Brazilian Telecommunications Agency approved and shipped from the manufacturing facility in Sorocaba. FPHP Antennas FPHP antennas combine the traditional focal plane reflector with the added electrical performance of narrow shielded antennas. These antennas are available in the 1.andrew.3 GHz band and are ETSItype approved. • U. S. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . The antennas are available at a variety of frequencies. PX and PXL Series Standard Parabolic antennas are unshielded parabolic antennas that provide economical and reliable service where a high degree of back and side radiation suppression is not necessary. PL.. Contact Andrew for more information. The mount is easily assembled and readily attaches the antenna onto a vertical pipe. high-quality performance at low initial costs Standard Focal Plane Antennas FP and FPX Series Standard Focal Plane antennas are ideal for use in higher capacity systems where improved front-to-back ratios are required. NOTE: See page 120 for default packing options. The antennas incorporate a convenient rear mounted connector. The antennas combine reasonable initial cost with very long-life performance. The low profile has an aesthetically pleasing appearance and eases the planning and zoning process. • Single and dual-polarization options are available • Includes a vertical tower mount for ease of tower interface FPA Flat Panel Array Antennas The Flat Panel Array (FPA) Series antennas are designs that provide solutions for many applications including spread spectrum and UNII frequency band operation. thus assuring long term economy.Call toll-free from: • U. Optional mounts and radomes can be ordered separately for versatility of installation • Single and dual-polarized options are available in most applicable frequencies • Spun aluminum reflectors provide long term reliability and minimize environmental distortion to protect system investments • Rugged. • Low-VSWR versions minimize echo distortion for less noise on the system • A vertical tower mount is included.A. • Special deep reflectors and a unique beam-shaping feed or special edge geometry achieve efficient pattern performance.Antenna Types Standard Parabolic Antenna Standard Focal Plane Antenna Flat Panel Array Antenna ! NEW Standard Parabolic Antennas P. 42 Customer Service Center . eliminating pressurization requirements. rectangular aperture antennas for low frequency applications (below 900 MHz). 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. These antennas meet the FCC requirements for the following frequency bands: 5.com 43 . KPR F-Series) Unshielded Antenna (PAR Series) ! NEW KP F-. these feeds act as a gas barrier when air dielectric transmission line is used.125 GHz. KPR FSeries GRIDPAK® Antennas The KP F.7 GHz.5-10. PAR Series Unshielded Antennas The PAR Series antennas are unshielded designs that meet the FCC rules for Category A under Part 101 (which has replaced Parts 21 and 94). 10.andrew. To reduce wind loading. Some antennas feature a deeper reflector design than our standard P-Series antennas and exhibit a higher front-to-back ratio than the P-Series antennas. The KPR F-Series antennas are suitable for low to medium capacity systems such as Rural Telephony Multi-Access Radio Systems (MARS) and incorporate a HELIAX® foam cable jumper assembly in the feed design.425 GHz.7-11.K. 6. • U.925-6.425-7. and 10.7 GHz. They provide an economic solution for microwave links requiring Category A compliance.and KPR F-Series Parabolic GRIDPAK antennas are solutions for low wind loading situations. ! NEW MiniGRIDPAK® Antennas MKP Series Mini-GRIDPAK antennas are small.Antenna Types Mini-GRIDPAK® Antenna (MKP Series) GRIDPAK® Antenna (KP F. In addition. Operating bands for grids are typically below 3. Grid antennas are single polarized. they can also be fitted with optional molded radomes. thus reducing the likelihood of adjacent system interference. NOTE: See page 120 for default packing options. GRIDPAK and Mini-GRIDPAK antennas should be considered when low wind loads onto supporting structures are required and/or when low shipping cost is important. either horizontal or vertical. The feeds for these are foam-filled. This jumper assembly can be terminated with any connector that can be fit onto our LDF4-50A HELIAX coaxial cable.7 GHz. depending on assembly configuration.. PSI Select Pressurization Planner also provides catalog information and several pressurization presentations in Microsoft® PowerPoint®. The exact component type. and pressurization. flange types. www. The program performs system calculations and dehydrator selection for either a new site or for modifying an existing site. ezGuide ezGuide software guides the design and ordering process for microwave transmission lines. AMSP helps you with equipment selection and system planning. After you complete the system design. flex twists. accessories.S. Microsoft and PowerPoint are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation. waveguide size. including choices of terrestrial microwave antennas.andrew. AMSP provides you with a customized bill of materials. The program generates custom solutions with standard Andrew products. component dimensions. AMSP AMSP The AMSP is a complete terrestrial microwave system design tool.com.Call toll-free from: • U. operating frequency band.System Planning Software Powertools System Planning Software The Andrew Powertools system planning CD-ROM contains an easy-to-use suite of system planning tools.. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Each product is pictured on the screen and diagrammed for your reference. PSI Select Pressurization Planner The PSI Select Pressurization Planner offers complete information on Andrew pressurization products and accessories. These programs are especially useful for the design of terrestrial microwave antenna systems: • Andrew Microwave System Planner (AMSP) • ezGuide™ • PSI Select Pressurization Planner You can request the Powertools CD-ROM (Bulletin M400) or download individual software tools from the Andrew web site. automatically checking component compatibility and preventing the design of an incompatible system.A. waveguide. ezGuide PSI Select Pressurization Planner 44 Customer Service Center . and finish can be specified with point-and-click options. • U. The unique hub design allows most feeds to be installed from either side of the reflector. where they are unnecessary. All 2-10 ft reflectors are one-piece.7 m).S. HIgh Performance. Guy lines or rods are included with all feeds except some antennas smaller than 12 ft (3.com 45 . Solid reflector hubs are fully compatible with previous reflectors manufactured since 1975 and other versions having an 8.andrew.K. Positive RF seals at all critical interfaces reduce RF leakage to negligible levels and result in enhanced antenna electrical performance. Split (two-piece) reflectors are available as an option for 8 and 10 ft antennas. The hub interface has been salt spray tested for more than 7500 hours and meets the corrosion resistance requirements of U. Focal Plane and Standard Antennas. • Enhanced electrical performance. • Improved resistance to corrosion. Feed hub used on Ultra High Performance. Military Specifications MIL-F-14072C. 4-ft (1. MIL-STD-889B and MSFC-SPEC-250A. accurate polarization adjustment. 12 and 15 ft reflectors are twopiece.or foamdielectric type. The lubricating properties of this compound ensure smooth.5 in (216 mm) center mounting hole in the reflector.Standard Antenna Construction Reflectors Antennas are supplied with either one-piece reflectors or two-piece reflectors for on-site assembly. with waveguide feeds. Solid (one-piece) reflectors are available as an option for 12 ft antennas. This feature permits easy initial installation from the front of the reflector and makes it possible to change or inspect most feeds from the rear of the antenna. Potential corrosion in all areas critical to antenna system performance is effectively eliminated through the use of electro-chemically compatible materials and corrosion inhibiting compounds. Guy lines are used with all waveguide feeds. Feed Types Coaxial feeds are used below 3 GHz and are air. Most feeds above 3 GHz are terminated with rectangular waveguide flanges. A conductive compound is used at the reflector/hub interface.2 m) and larger. • Simplified installation. accurate feed rotation. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. Microwave Antenna Feeds Product improvement research has produced an innovative feed hub which provides several important advantages over previous designs. F-series antennas have foam-filled feeds that are designed for use with HELIAX® foam-dielectric cable. • Smooth. KP Series GRIDPAK® antennas are supplied completely disassembled. rain. For optional TEGLAR radome colors. Radomes for shielded antennas. TEGLAR radomes are extremely durable. All Andrew shielded antennas. Other colors in compliance with U. Pre-tensioned radomes.6 m) Standard Antennas Molded Radomes for Standard Antennas GRIDPAK® and Mini-GRIDPAK® Antennas Standard Color Gray White Gray Gray Unpainted aluminum 46 Customer Service Center . UHX and UMX type antennas. The radome is stretched across the opening of the shield (through tensioning springs) flexing slightly in the wind to shed ice and snow in most environments. corrosive atmosphere and ultraviolet light.A. radomes supplied with special color antennas will be the standard color. attached to the reflector rim. and dirt and to reduce wind loading. Molded radomes are manufactured of ABS plastic or fiberglass. Optional molded radomes. RF absorbing material is placed at critical locations inside the shield to reduce RF energy reflections. All Andrew shielded antennas include a planar radome.Call toll-free from: • U. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .S. Roof. Antenna Finish Standard colors for microwave antennas and radomes are listed in the table below. FAA regulations or special applications are available on request. improve the radiation pattern performance of parabolic antennas.Standard Antenna Construction Radomes Radomes are used to protect microwave antennas against accumulation of ice. snow. Antennas which include a radome are indicated in the antenna specification tables on pages 116-119. Shields Cylindrical shields. except ValuLine® include a flexible planar radome. FCC and U. Two types of flexible planar radomes are used. and excel in resistance to heat. Radomes for standard antennas. listed on page 118. They replace the previously offered spring tensioned design.S. vertical tilt and horizontal tilt mounts are available as options. Unless otherwise specified.S. In addition. Some high performance antennas are supplied with a pre-tensioned radome. snow.2-4. are available for most other solid reflector. Mounts All microwave antennas are supplied with a vertical tower mount. fungus. TEGLAR is a polymer-coated fiberglass material and is provided with HSX. Upgrades to TEGLAR on HP and HPX series is optional.. Hypalon is a rubber coated nylon and is provided with HP and HPX series antennas. TEGLAR® and Hypalon. Pre-tensioned radomes are made from TEGLAR® material bonded to a support ring. They help reduce tower wind loading and are optional for most antennas. standard unshielded parabolic antennas. ice accumulation. Microwave Antenna and Radome Standard Colors Description Shielded Antennas Radomes for Shielded Antennas 4-15 ft (1. see page 116. For more information. which results in very small shipping volume.and dual-polarized versions. The antennas on pages 51-91 are listed in order of ascending operating frequency. see page 48.4 m) and larger solid antennas are available in two piece versions to reduce shipping volume.K.dB Down From Main Lobe 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 UHX Ultra High Performance Antenna and UMX Multiband Antenna Standard Antenna HP High Performance Antenna 5 10 15 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 Azimuth Degrees From Main Lobe RPE Comparison at 2 GHz 0 10 Antenna Directivity . Antennas for simultaneous operation in two or more bands are offered on pages 93 and 94.7 GHz. For a given frequency band. Radiation patterns are dependent on antenna series. All can be used horizontally or vertically polarized and most have continuous polarization adjustment. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. Nearly 6000 different configurations are available from this catalog. Gain. Most 8 ft (2. Shipping considerations. Survival ratings are specified on page 49. The extremely wide range of available antennas permits you to choose an antenna that is optimized for your requirements.andrew. since the foam-filled feeds are void free and sealed to preclude the presence of moisture. Wind load. VSWR and cross-polarized losses. Most antennas are available in both single. the following basic parameters should be considered: Operating frequency band.dB Down From Main Lobe Ultra High Performance Antenna Standard Antenna GRIDPAK Antenna 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 5 10 15 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 Azimuth Degrees From Main Lobe • U. Pressurization. GRIDPAK® antennas. Wind forces for various antenna types and sizes are tabulated on pages 111-113. The gain by integration method makes allowance for any additional signal losses such as ohmic. available below 3. RPE Comparison at 6 GHz 0 10 Antenna Directivity . In choosing an antenna. have significantly lower wind load than solid antenna types. Refer to the table on page 122. The gain of Andrew antennas is determined by either gain by comparison or by computer integration of the measured antenna patterns.com 47 .Microwave Antenna Selection Criteria Andrew offers the industry’s most comprehensive line of antennas for point-to-point microwave communication. Polarization. Radiation patterns determine an antenna’s ability to discriminate against unwanted signals under conditions of radio congestion. Both methods follow the recommended procedures as stated in EIA Standard 195C. A Radiation Pattern Envelope (RPE) comparison of various antenna series is shown at the right. KP Series GRIDPAK® antennas are shipped disassembled. and frequency. gain is primarily a function of antenna size. size. F-Series antennas eliminate the need for pressurization equipment. All antennas with air-dielectric coaxial or waveguide feeds should be pressurized. HV – Response of a horizontally polarized port to a vertically polarized signal. FCC code numbers are assigned to Andrew antennas where applicable. This guarantee applies to all Andrew parabolic microwave antennas unless otherwise stated on the RPE. RPEs are available for all catalog microwave antennas. S. measured on selected units.andrew. HSX and UHX® high performance antennas have asymmetrical patterns with lower sidelobe levels on one side. The probability is high that an installed antenna will have better actual response at a specific angle and frequency than indicated on the RPE.. See page 44 for more information. each of these in turn being measured for parallel polarized as well as cross polarized responses. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . and the hub can be rotated so as to place this side either right or left of boresight. under still. Asymmetrical radiation patterns.A. middle and top) in the band. Parallel and cross-polar response are represented for both horizontal and vertical polarizations. BT. A complete set of radiation patterns comprises twelve measurements over the full 360° of azimuth rotation measured under still. Antenna Directivity . Parallel and cross-polar patterns are measured for both horizontal and vertical polarizations. For these antennas. will not have any peak exceeding the current RPE by more than 3 dB. FCC. U. These cover horizontal and vertical polarizations for each of three frequencies (bottom. which accurately represent the antenna type. Copies are on file at the U. The curves are identified as follows: HH – Response of a horizontally polarized port to a horizontally polarized signal. Industry Canada.Antenna Electrical Specifications Radiation Pattern Envelopes Radiation pattern envelopes (RPEs) published by Andrew present radiation pattern information in a form that is easy to use for planning radio systems. Antenna Type: UHX10-59J Frequency: 6. Telecom Australia. allows you to view RPEs for the antennas listed in the catalog.175 GHz E-Plane Co-Polarized Right Side of RPE with “Red Right” feed orientation Radiation Pattern Envelope Measured Radiation Pattern 5 10 15 20 40 60 80 100120 140 160 180 Azimuth Degrees From Main Lobe 48 Customer Service Center . Close manufacturing control ensures this performance is maintained. Curves are presented in both rectangular coordinate graph and tabulated digital formats. Andrew software. dry conditions. An angular accuracy of ±1° is maintained throughout.S. VV – Response of a vertically polarized port to a vertically polarized signal.com. The superior half of the radiation pattern on either the right or left side of the antenna boresight can be used for interference evaluation to reduce potential interference. Each of the four curves on the RPE is derived by superimposing the right and left side patterns for all three frequencies and then drawing an envelope composed of simple straight lines so as to encompass all peaks.dB Down From Main Lobe 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Preparation of RPEs.Call toll-free from: • U.S. Guaranteed RPEs for parabolic antennas. Actual radiation patterns for production antennas. VH – Response of a vertically polarized port to a horizontally polarized signal. dry conditions. and many other administrations throughout the world. Andrew RPEs represent the “worst peaks” envelope of radiation patterns. The UHX and HSX feed hubs are marked red to identify the superior side. RPEs are prepared for the full 360°. French CNET. included on the Powertools CD-ROM and downloadable from www. including mounts and radomes. Antennas designed for corrosive environments are also available. High wind survival.1 0. HSX and HP Antennas GRIDPAK® Antennas Survival Ratings Wind Velocity mph (km/h) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) Radial Ice.K. These bands correspond with CCIR recommendations or common allocations used throughout the world. UHP. All rated electrical characteristics listed in the tables are guaranteed to be within the tolerances stated below. UMX®. Frequency refers to the operating frequency band. VSWR. Deflection in 70 mph (110 km/h) Wind. All microwave antenna feeds are rated at 150 watts. Cross-polarization discrimination. Microwave antennas. where applicable. the gain of each port differing from the average gain by not more than 0. Factory measurements of these electrical characteristics are made under still. dualpolarized antennas. Manufacturing tolerance for antenna gain is 0.1 0. the specified gain refers to the average gain of the two ports. Half-power beamwidth is the nominal total width of the main beam at the -3 dB points. degrees 0. It is usually possible to tune antennas for slightly different frequency ranges while retaining the same electrical characteristics. See pages 114-115. See pages 114-115.andrew. Other ranges can be accommodated on special order. is the difference between the peak of the co-polarized main beam and the maximum cross-polarized signal over an angle twice the 3 dB beamwidth of the co-polarized main beam.com 49 . in (mm) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) – Max.1 – Antenna Environmental Ratings Standard ratings. across the band. Front-to-back ratio in decibels. in dB. Corrosive environments.Electrical Definitions The following terms describe the electrical characteristics for Andrew microwave antennas. Special antenna designs with wind survival ratings up to 200 mph (320 km/h) are available. is the guaranteed peak VoltageStanding-Wave-Ratio within the operating band. Except where noted otherwise in the antenna listings. Gain is stated in dBi (decibels over an isotropic radiator) at three frequencies: bottom. and meet all other requirements of EIA/TIA Standards 222E and 195C. Isolation between inputs of single-band. Maximum. all antennas will remain operational within a temperature range of -50°C to 70°C (-58°F to 158°F). Production antennas do not exceed rated values by more than 2 dB unless stated otherwise. • U. dual-polarized antennas is 35 dB minimum unless otherwise specified. In the case of two-port. middle and top of band. at 180° ±40°.2 dB unless otherwise specified. Wind Survival and Deflection Characteristics Antenna Types Standard Antennas Without Radome With Standard Radome UHX®. Denotes highest radiation relative to the main beam. dry conditions using state-of-the art equipment and techniques ensuring high accuracy. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. will withstand the simultaneous wind and ice conditions specified in the table below.3 dB. Power rating. Radomes are not applicable for any grid types. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Refer to the “Antenna Types” and “Antenna Construction” sections. pages 39-46 for details. Antenna Inputs Connector and flange options for each antenna are listed within the ordering tables. and by diameter. solid reflector) antennas. antennas are grouped by antenna type. Basic Antenna The type numbers listed in the tables define the basic antenna. less options and accessories. Antenna Options Andrew offers a variety of antenna options which allow you to choose additional features or change features from the basic antenna offerings. as specified in the tables. Andrew offers the following accessories to enhance your antenna selection.A. The tables are arranged by operating frequency band. Molded radomes are also available as an option for most standard (non-shielded. Flange options are discussed in detail on pages 114 and 115. may effect VSWR performance where noted. Accessories are described in detail on pages 119. The tables also include RPE numbers and define important electrical performance parameters of the antennas. Radomes All shielded antennas include either a TEGLAR® long-life radome.. Regulatory Information Any regulatory compliance pertaining to an antenna is noted in its catalog entry. Radomes are discussed in detail on pages 116-119. Other flanges. Options are described in detail on pages 114-122. • Reflectors • Feeds • Radomes and radome clip kits (page 119) • Shield absorber kits • Major hardware kits • Mounts (page 96) • Universal guy wire kits • Shields • Struts (page 96) 50 Customer Service Center . in ascending order. reflector and vertical tower mount.S.Call toll-free from: • U. 123-126. The TEGLAR long-life radome is optional for antennas which are normally supplied with the Hypalon radome. Within the tables. a Hypalon coated nylon radome or a molded thermoplastic planar radome. available as options.Antenna Specifications and Ordering Information Antenna Ordering Tables Our line of terrestrial microwave antennas is presented in the tables on pages 51-94. • Input connectors and flanges • Antenna colors • Radomes • Radome colors • High wind survival antennas • Corrosive environment antennas • Packing type • Packing quantity • Reflector type • Special purpose mounts Accessories In addition to the above options. All of the antennas in this section include a feed. • Edge protection kits for TEGLAR® radome • Port termination loads • Additional side or bottom mounting struts Replacement Components Contact Andrew for information on replacement components. Contact Andrew for more details. . “F” Flange Female.35 (16.0) 2978 2119 2933 2952 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 15.andrew.4 21..2 24.8 19.3 12. “F” Flange Female. dB) GRIDPAK® Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.0 37 28 15 9 1.8 16..0) 13 (4. Type N Female.4 30.7 20.3 (2 x 1) 3441 – – – – – 13. dBi Beamwidth Mid-Band Top Horizontal Vertical Cross F/B VSWR Pol.3 17. and 7-16 DIN Female 6.6 x 3.8 13.9 19.3 (17.0) 13 (4. Ratio max.5 23 17 23 25 19 16 22 23 1.4) 10 (3.0) 8 (2. Type Number KP KP6F-403 KP8F-403 KP10F-403 KP13F-403 MKP MKP-403 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U. Ratio max.3 (17. and 7-16 DIN Female 6 (2.2 15.0 11.403 MHz Antenna Inputs.35 (16.L.0) 365 .4) 10 (3.5 13.3 (17.0 19.5) 1.S.0) 3005 2120 2938 2954 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 15.6 22. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.35 (16.5 29 22 17 19 1.5) Mini-GRIDPAK Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA. “F” Flange Female.365 MHz Antenna Inputs.7) 1.L.6 15.0 16.7) Mini-GRIDPAK Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.6 29 22 33 33 20 18 24 24 1. dB) GRIDPAK® Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA. and 7-16 DIN Female 6.8 18. dBi Beamwidth Pol.7 18. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors. dB dB (R.com 51 .2 19. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.3 17.35 (16. “F” Flange Female. Type N Female.7) 1.9 10.. Disc.3 (17.1 15.0 22. “F” Flange Female. dB) GRIDPAK® Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.0 11. dBi Beamwidth Pol.L.0 28.7) 1.4 15..335 .0 16.0) 13 (4. Contact Andrew for details.4 17. dB dB (R.0) 3008 2123 2944 2958 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 16. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.7) 1.4 19.4 20.470 MHz Antenna Inputs.5) 1.7) 1.5 16.6 22. dB dB (R.0 20.0 15.4 21. Mid-Band Top Horizontal Vertical Disc. Type Number KP KP6F-335 KP8F-335 KP10F-335 KP13F-335 MKP MKP-335 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.6 18. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Cross F/B VSWR Gain. Contact Andrew for details.1 18. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.2 16.0 27 28 30 30 20 20 22 24 1.3 (17. Ratio max. Type N Female.7 18. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.1 20.4) 10 (3.3 (17.7 21. Type N Female.5 20.6 22. and 7-16 DIN Female 6 (2.3 17.5) 1.5) • U.5 (14. Type N Female.6 17.K.3 (2 x 1) 3439 – – – – – 11.7) 1.6 13.3 (17.3 (17.4 22.7 16.7) 403 .S.5 21.5 19.6 15.35 (16.5 13.5 13.S.6 x 3.0) 8 (2.5 13.1 15. Type Number KP KP6F-365 KP8F-365 KP10F-365 KP13F-365 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.3 16. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Cross F/B VSWR Gain. and 7-16 DIN Female 6 (2..6 17.5 13.7 20. Contact Andrew for details.4 22. Mid-Band Top Horizontal Vertical Disc.0) 8 (2. 8) 8 (2. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Cross F/B VSWR Gain.7) 1.3 (2 x 1) 3470 – – – – – 18. and 7-16 DIN Female 6.7 5.5) 1. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).5) 1.4 21.0 27. Ratio max.3 28. Pressurization.0) 890 .4) 10 (3.3 (17.9 18.8 15.5 (14.4 25.8 6.6 18.3 26..5 13.2 18.0) 8 (2.2 22.5) 1. Contact Andrew for details.0 18.0 5.2 7.0 26.7 26.0 6.8 6. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.9 24. Contact Andrew for details.5 21.35 (16.3 (17.960 MHz Antenna Inputs.0 9. Mid-Band Top Horizontal Vertical Disc.7 26.7 4.7 5.5) 1.2 10.9 28.S. Type N Female. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.9 9. dB dB (R.S.6 x 3.. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. Type N Female.8 9. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Type N Female..7) 15 (4. dBi Beamwidth Pol.1 25.0) 13 (4. dB) Standard Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA. Ratio max. Type Number P P4F-9 P6F-9 P8F-9 P10F-9 P12F-9 P15F-9 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.S.2 27.Call toll-free from: • U.7) 1.7) 1.3 18.9 28 30 34 30 36 24 28 25 25 30 1.0 10..5 13.6 24.35 (16. “F” Flange Female.7) 1.8 23.7) 1.5 24.7 29.3 (17. dB dB (R.2 24.7 22.3 (17.2 7. and 7-16 DIN Female 4 (1.5 20.3 (17.6 17.6 28.960 MHz Antenna Inputs.2) 6 (2.3 30.35 (16.2 19.3 (17. dB) GRIDPAK® Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA. dBi Beamwidth Pol. “F” Flange Female.5 28.A.4 (15.5) Mini-GRIDPAK Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.820 .L. “F” Flange Female.0 18. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.1 21.4 (15.0 8.3 8 12 15 15 15 16 21 24 27 29 30 32 1.0 29. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Cross F/B VSWR Gain.7) 52 Customer Service Center .0 20 15 1.0) 3733 2994 3613 2996 2998 – B A A A – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 17.2) 6 (1.8 23. Mid-Band Top Horizontal Vertical Disc. and 7-16 DIN Female 4 (1.2 24.3 19.6) 2311 2302 2306 2308 2319 2321 B A A A A A – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 18.L.. Type Number KP KP4F-820 KP6F-820 KP8F-820 KP10F-820 KP13F-820 MKP MKP-820 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.5 8.0 9.0) 12 (3.4) 10 (3. Rural Telephony – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.0) 1.0 28.30 (17. Disc.4 29.0) 8 (2.6 28 30 30 30 30 30 23 24 30 32 32 35 1.0 33.3 31.Rural Telephony – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.1.2 29. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.4 20.7 33 31 34 30 32 30 30 35 35 38 1.1 6.6 27.5 32. * Horizontal = 14.1 23.9 32. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.2 (20.0) 13 (4. Disc.5 6.2 22.5) 1.4 30.4 23. 5/01 & 1/03 Visit us at: www. and 7-16 DIN Female 3 (0.1 23..2 29.1.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300631 for 1 to 3 GHz.5) 1.K.35 (16.S. Contact Andrew for details.4) 10 (3.9 28.9 20.S.4 25.1 10.2 (20.8 30.8) 1.1 22.517 GHz Antenna Inputs. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.0 27.30 (17.0) 3482 3484 3486 3488 3012 3490 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 – 2 – – 2 – – – – – – 20.35 (16.2) 6 (2. Type N Female.0) 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 – 2 – – – – – – – 19. “F” Flange Female. “F” Flange Female.6 27.0* 10.9) 4 (1.L.2 (20.35 .35 (16.L. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.com 53 .35 ..6 21.9 30. dB) GRIDPAK® Antennas ..andrew. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.9 degrees • U. Type N Female.1. and 7-16 DIN Female 3 (0.5 (14.7) 1.5 13.7 3.7) 1. dB) GRIDPAK® Antennas .6 21.7) 1. Pressurization.5) 1.6 5..6 4.8) 1.2) 6 (2.0) 8 (2. Type Number KPR KPR3F-13 KPR4F-13 KPR6F-13 KPR8F-13 KPR10F-13 KPR13F-13 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.535 GHz Antenna Inputs. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.3 (17.4 5. Type Number KP KP3F-13 KP4F-13 KP6F-13 KP8F-13 KP10F-13 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.9) 4 (1. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.3 27. dB (R. Contact Andrew for details.4 4. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.4) 10 (3.8) 1. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 9/00. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).30 (17.4 28.8 12.7 21. Pressurization.0 29. dB (R.8 27.8 26. 1 23.10 (26.2 32. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.L.4) 1.1..0) 13 (4. and 7-16 DIN Female 4 (1.8) 8 (2.3 11.0 23.20 (20.8) 8 (2.20 (20.11 GHz Antenna Inputs.8 5.5 6. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).7 3.5 29.8) 8 (2.7 30 30 30 30 30 32 34 36 1.427 . “F” Flange Female.7 27.2) 6 (2.4) 10 (3.0 35..10 (26. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.10 (26. and 7-16 DIN Female 2 (1. Disc. Pressurization.2) 6 (1. Disc.0 4.7 29.4) 1.8) 1. Contact Andrew for details. and 7-16 DIN Female 4 (1.0) 1.2 4. Type Number HP HP6F-17 HP8F-17 HP10F-17 HP12F-17 HP15F-17 PL.4) 1.7 35.7 .0 4.8 4.1 28.10 (26.2 6.6 30.4) 1.1 26.50 (14.10 (26.2 32.4) GRIDPAK® Antennas – F Series Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA. dB) High Performance Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA and “F” Flange Female 6 (1.4) 1.0 6.15 (23.10 (26. Pressurization. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.10 (26.4 25 30 34 30 30 44 50 52 56 58 1. Type N Female.4 11.6 23. dB) Standard Antennas – Standard and Low VSWR.4) Standard Antennas – Standard and Low VSWR.15 (23.6 31.1 33.A.10 (26.Call toll-free from: • U.4 27. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors. P P4F-15 PL6F-15 PL8F-15 PL10F-15 KP KP4F-15 KP6F-15 KP8F-15 KP10F-15 KP13F-15 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U..0 31.6 32.0) 12 (3.1) 1.1.7 3.7) 15 (4.0 33.6 31.8 23.L. Contact Andrew for details.1) 1.4) 1.4 30. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).6 36.7 3.10 (26.0) 12 (3. “F” Flange Female.4 32. Type N Female.5 37.0) 8 (2.8) 4 (1..6 37.7 30..0 34.4) 1.4 29.8 29.9 27.6 7.0) 3826 3978 4096 2969 2980 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 – 2 2 – – – – – 23.2 23.9 degrees 54 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center . Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.7 33.2) 6 (1.9 25.7 30.0 26.1) 1.6 29. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.4) 1. P P2F-17 P4F-17 PL6F-17 PL8F-17 PL10F-17 PL12F-17 PL15F-17 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.6) 1370 2252 2254 2256 1381 – A A A A – A A A A – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 – – – – – 27.5 32.20 (20.4) 10 (3.8 31 32 30 34 30 28 31 32 33 40 1.7) 1.3 26.4) 10 (3. dB (R. “F” Flange Female.6 26.5 3.6 19.4) Reference ETSI Document EN300631 for 1 to 3 GHz *Horizontal = 16.5 15.1 33.1 35.S.0 2.0) 1518 1513 1515 1517 – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 – – – – 22.8) 1. Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA. except FPX Series 3 lb/in2 (20 kPa).2.6 36. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain. Type Number PL.1 34.8 28.0 2.7 35. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.7 30.15 (23.0 7.1 34. Type N Female.6) 4344 2298 2274 2276 2278 2280 1377 – – B A A A A – – B A A A A – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 – – – – – – – 18.10 (26.1 33.4) 1.1 28.7 28.1 33.10 (26.7) 15 (4. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .S. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.4) 1.8) 1.10 (26.4) 10 (3. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.0 31.30 (17.4 21 30 30 30 34 30 30 22 30 36 39 42 45 48 1.S.0 34.10 (26.3* 9.7 19. dB (R.535 GHz Antenna Inputs.3 31.5 3.8 28.7 24. dB (R.2 3.7 31.4 33.8) 1. dBi Mid-Band Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Type N Female.K.2 31.3 26.4) 1.3 25. • U. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Gain.7) Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.10 (26.3 35.0 34.6 34.0 4.S.4) 10 (3.2.4 33.8 35.S.3 33 32 32 62 62 66 1.4 31. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 & 1/03 Visit us at: www.1.6 5.7) 2168 2169 2170 A A A – – – – – – 2 2 2 – – – 30.9 34.7 33.andrew.6 34. Disc.. “F” Flange Female. dB (R.4) 10 (3.7 3.8 4.10 (26.08 (28.20 (20.0) 8 (2. and 7-16 DIN Female 3830 4077 4098 2971 2982 – B B A A – B B A A – – – – – 2 – – 2 – – – – – – 24.L.85 ..3) 1. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.7) 2168 2169 2170 A A A – – – – – – 2 2 2 – – – 30.8 32.3 35.10 (26.4) 1.11 GHz Type Number KP KP4F-17 KP6F-17 KP8F-17 KP10F-17 KP13F-17 4 (1.4) 1.1 33.4) 1.1 31.7 31.com 55 . Pressurization.0) 12 (3.0 4.6 28.3) Ultra High Performance Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA and “F” Flange Female UHP8F-18 UHP10F-18 UHP12F-18 8 (2.4) 1.10 (26.08 (28.3 30..4 31.2 8.2 3. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.8 4.0 34. Contact Andrew for details. dB) Low Top GRIDPAK® Antennas – F-Series Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA. except PXL Series 3 lb/in2 (20 kPa).10 (26. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.5 29.4) 1.5 4.8 32. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB) 8 (2.0 31 33 32 38 30 32 36 36 42 40 1. See page 94. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.7 36.7 .99 GHz ** Antenna Inputs.3 33 32 32 62 62 66 1.08 (28.0) 12 (3.4 30..2) 6 (2.L.10 (26.1 33.3 31.8 3.1 32. Disc.4) Reference ETSI Documents EN300631 for 1 to 3 GHz * 3 lb/in2 (20 kPa) maximum ** Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band.3) 1.0) 12 (3. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Ultra High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Input: 7/8” EIA Low Gain.Continued from previous page 1.4) 10 (3.10 (26. Type Number UHP UHP8-18 UHP10-18 UHP12-18 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U. Type N Female.9 .9 33.7 34.3 38. and PXL Series 3 lb/in2 (20 kPa).2 4.7 34.2.4 21.6) 4390 1863 2202 2204 1403 1404 1405 – – B A A A A – – B A A A A *3 – – – – – – – lb/in2 – 2 2 2 2 2 2 – – – – – – – 19.10 (26. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Ultra High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Input: 7/8” EIA Low Gain.7) 15 (4.5 4.3 32.8) 1.3 5.9 34.9 34.20 (20.10 (26.6 2..9 34.4) Standard Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Standard and Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.7) 1444 1445 1446 A A A A A A – – – 2 2 2 – – – 31.2 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 25 33 37 40 44 46 50 1.4 31. dB) 8 (2.9 33. Disc.20 (20. Type Number UHP UHP8-19 UHP10-19 UHP12-19 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.5 36.10 (26.4) 1. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).6 2.4) 10 (3.8) 8 (2.8) 1.A.5 36.0 32.4 37.1 3.6) 1450 2262 2264 2267 1409 B A A A A B A A A A – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 – – – – – 28.8) 8 (2.2 3.4 32.6) 4 (1.7 36.10 (26.4 37.5 36. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .4) 1.4) 1.2 25 30 30 30 30 46 50 53 57 59 1. FPX.0) 1.2) 6 (1.8 35. dB (R.0) 12 (3. Contact Andrew for details.0 32.5 29.10 (26.7 35.4) 1.20 (20. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.4) 1.8 2.2 3.9 34.8 35.7) 15 (4.5 31.0) 12 (3.20 (20.3 2.1.9 33.10 (26. except HPX.8) Ultra High Performance Antennas – F-Series Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA and “F” Flange Female UHP8F-19 UHP10F-19 UHP12F-19 8 (2. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.S.5 31.L.9 33. “F” Flange Female.0) 12 (3.3 38.4) 1.5 25.7 36.Call toll-free from: • U.8) 1.20 (20.8) 1.1 32.10 (26.4 31.3 32.4) 10 (3.4) 1.3 24.6 31.0) 12 (3.8 2.3 26.5 20.5 4.10 (26..50 (14.9 30 30 30 57 60 64 1. Pressurization.8) High Performance Antennas – F-Series Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA and “F” Flange Female HP6F-19 HP8F-19 HP10F-19 HP12F-19 HP15F-19 6 (1.6 30. and 7-16 DIN Female P2F-19 P4F-19 PL6F-19 PL8F-19 PL10F-19 PL12F-19 PL15F-19 2 (0.4) Reference ETSI Document EN300631 for 1 to 3 GHz (20 kPa) maximum 56 Revised 7/00.9 30 30 30 57 60 64 1.7 29.10 (26. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.2 5.1 3.3 GHz Antenna Inputs.8 28.8 34.S.4 32.10 (26. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.2 4.4) 10 (3.3 2.20 (20.4) 1.4) 10 (3.8 8.4 30.20 (20..6 31.7 35.8 34.8) 1.7) 1447 1448 1449 A A A A A A – – – 2 2 2 – – – 31.3 13.5 36.1 32. 5/01 & 1/03 Customer Service Center . 2 7.0) 8 (2. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.0 32.30 (17.10 (26. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.4) 10 (3.8 35.6 3. “F” Flange Female.4) 1.4) 1.andrew.8 33.0) 4391 3834 4076 4100 2973 2984 – – B A A A – – B A A A – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 – – – – – – – 23.3 31.10 (26.8 27.2 31.com 57 .0) 13 (4.4 30. dB (R.1 26.2 24.2.L. Type Number KP KP3F-19 KP4F-19 KP6F-19 KP8F-19 KP10F-19 KP13F-19 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.6 34. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.9 . Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).0 4. Pressurization.5 29.10 (26.K.8) 1.3 2. except HPX. Disc..Continued from previous page 1.7 36. Contact Andrew for details.2) 6 (2. and 7-16 DIN Female 3 (0.3 GHz Antenna Inputs.4) 1. dB) GRIDPAK® Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.0 32.2 31. and PXL Series 3 lb/in2 (20 kPa).S.20 (20.9) 4 (1.5 37. FPX.. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.2 25. Type N Female.3 24.4) • U.7) 1.10 (26. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.0 10. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 & 1/03 Visit us at: www.8 ** 30 29 32 32 35 30 30 32 36 39 41 40 1.7 5. Type N Female.7 27.3 30 30 30 30 30 30 35 35 38 38 1. except FPX Series 3 lb/in2 (20 kPa).20 (20.8) 8 (2.7 degrees **** Horizontal = 6.8 23.3 .7) 2.4) 10 (3.08 (28.2) 6 (2.6 31.3 2.8 32.3) 1.5 4. P P2F-23 P4F-23 PL6F-23 PL8F-23 PL10F-23 PL12F-23 KP KP3F-23 KP4F-23 KP6F-23 KP8F-23 KP10F-23 KP13F-23 KPR KPR3F-23 KPR4F-23 KPR6F-23 KPR8F-23 KPR10F-23 KPR13F-23 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.5 32.0 35.0 37.0) 13 (4.. Type Number PL.1 30.8 2.0 27.0) 1.9 4.4 33..1 6.0) 13 (4.6) 4 (1.0 7.3 27.6 27.5 3. “F” Flange Female.20 (20.0 37.4) 10 (3.7 36.30 (17. dB) Standard Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Standard and Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.10 (26.2) 6 (2.5 31.2 3.6 27.0 32.4 28.35 (16.25 (19.2.4) 10 (3.4 33.4) 1.5 21 32 32 30 30 32 24 36 36 39 44 47 1.0 25.0) GRIDPAK®/Antennas/Wide Band – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.2 33.9 2.Call toll-free from: • U.0 34.2) 6 (1. and 7-16 DIN Female – – B B B B – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 24.0) 3394 3837 4082 4126 2975 2986 – B B A A A – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 – – – – – – 20.9*** 6.2 25. “F” Flange Female.10 (26.4 38 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 36 35 38 38 1.5 GHz Antenna Inputs.08 (28.4) 10 (3. and 7-16 DIN Female 2 (0.0) 8 (2.0) 12 (3.A.0) 8 (2.3 25 28 30 30 30 30 24 30 35 36 38 40 1.2 31.08 (28.2.9 34.8) Reference ETSI Document EN300631 for 1 to 3 GHz * 3 lb/in2 (20 kPa) maximum ** Horizontal = 13.1 37.5 33.3 30.3 33.08 (28.6) 4 (1.0) 13 (4.7 35.7) 1. Type N Female.20 (20.3) Antennas – F-Series Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.7 degrees ***** Horizontal = 3.7) 1. and 7-16 DIN Female 2 (0.3) 1.8) 1.3 33.3 32. Type N Female.9 6.9 30.5 8.3 32.8) 1.5 21.0) 2345 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 – – – – – A – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 24.9 27.8 37.5 37.3 degrees *** Horizontal = 8.8 37.S.6 27.08 (28.L.6 31.6 33.8 33.5 36.20 (20.4 3. Contact Andrew for details. 5/01 & 1/03 Customer Service Center .3) 1. dB (R.8 26. Pressurization.4 36.5) 1.30 (17.0) 1. Type N Female. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.5 3.7 GHz KP KP4F-23W KP6F-23W KP8F-23W KP10F-23W KP13F-23W 4 (1.4) 1.30 (17.3 31.5) 1.5 23.1***** 2.3 .3) GRIDPAK® Antennas – F-Series Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.7) 3014 2198 2188 2190 2192 2194 GRIDPAK® 3 (0.5) 1.6 34. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . “F” Flange Female.8) 1.30 (17.0 2..3) 1.2 12.0 2. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.0** 6.S.7 34.8 31.2.2) 6 (2.7 3.20 (20.8) 1.9 32.50 (14.2 3.7 31.35 (16.9 36.9 30.5 34.9 22.4 degrees 58 Revised 7/00.20 (20.1 27.1 35.2 32.3 36.8) 1.0) 8 (2. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (20 kPa). dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. and 7-16 DIN Female 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 27. Disc.2 26.9) 4 (1.4 35.7) 1.9 4. “F” Flange Female.6 37.35 (16.2**** 4.08 (28.8 35. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors. 1 33.1 35.6 37.8) 1.4) 1.. Contact Andrew for details. Type Number HP HP4F-25 HP6F-25 HP8F-25 HP10F-25 HP12F-25 PL.7 35.10 (26.08 (28.20 (20. dB) Standard Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.08 (28.3) 1. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.5 GHz Antenna Inputs. dB (R.7 34.8) 8 (2.2 36.0) 13 (4.com 59 . FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain. and 7-16 DIN Female 6 (1.0 33.7 GHz Antenna Inputs.9 38. “F” Flange Female.08 (28.6 32.30 (17.20 (20.3 36.1 2. “F” Flange Female. Disc. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. Type Number P P6F-24 P8F-24 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.4 33.K.2. Contact Andrew for details.3) 1.7) 2.8 27.1 37.9 37.6 37.5 31.5 7.5 37.2) 6 (1.4) 10 (3.08 (28.7 2.08 (28. Type N Female.2 28.08 (28. Type N Female.4) 2205 2207 B A – – – – 2 2 – – 30.7) 1268 1308 1309 1310 1320 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 – – – – – 27.08 (28.7 2.8) 8 (2.3 31.3) 1.2) 6 (2.5 25. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.2) 6956 – – – 2 – 26. and 7-16 DIN Female 4 (1.2 27.0 7.S. Type N Female.9) 4 (1.2 31. Type N Female.2 32.1 27. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.4) 10 (3.2 3. “F” Flange Female.0) 3395 3841 4084 4128 2977 2988 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 25.1 2.7 6.andrew.3) Focal Plane Antennas – F-Series Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.8 31. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.3) 1. Disc.8) 1.3 27.3 30 28 30 30 30 43 50 52 55 54 1.7 34.4 28. dB (R.0 33..0) 8 (2.20 (20.2 2.8) 8 (2.7 4.1 27.0) 12 (3.L.6 35.7 2. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.2 30 41 1.0 3..9 35.4) 10 (3. Pressurization.4 28.4 34 35.20 (20.2 30 28 30 30 30 32 36 39 42 44 1.9 31.6 31. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa) except FPX Series 3 lb/in2 (20 kPa).P P4F-25 PL6F-25 PL8F-25 PL10F-25 PL12F-25 FP FP4F-25 KP KP3F-25 KP4F-25 KP6F-25 KP8F-25 KP10F-25 KP13F-25 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.3) Standard Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Standard and Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.8 35.2 37.6 3.2) 6 (1.30 (17.6 33.4 33.8) 1. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).2.3 32 30 30 30 31 30 30 31 35 37 38 38 1. 5/01 & 1/03 Visit us at: www.7) 1038 1322E 1314 3000 1318 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 – – – – – 27 31.6 31. “F” Flange Female.45 .3 4.8) 1.3) Reference ETSI Document EN300631 for 1 to 3 GHz **Horizontal = 6.8 6.7) 1.20 (20.4) 1.6 35.10 (26. and 7-16 DIN Female 4 (1.9 degrees * 3 lb/in2 (20 kPa) maximum • U.2 37. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.5 27.8 25. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.3) 1.2 28 28 36 39 1.9 33.4) 1. Pressurization.L. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 7/00.48 .S.10 (26.1 4..2.08 (28.7 ** 6.3) 1.6 4. and 7-16 DIN Female 3 (0.1 33.08 (28. dB) High Performance Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA and “F” Flange Female 4 (1.8) GRIDPAK® Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.1 33.3 3.9 37.4 31. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.0) 12 (3. 4 .4 41.8) 3. and 7-16 DIN Female 2 (0. dB) GRIDPAK® Antennas– Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA. Disc.4) 10 (3.8 1.8) Standard Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA. Type N Female.0 42.1 23.2 29.30 (17.6 30 30 30 30 26.6 38.6 28 28 32 30 30 22 25 26.3.7) 1.4 .6 33.5) 1.20 (20.4) 4415 4417 4419 4421 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 – 1 – 1 – 2 24.9 2.8 35.9 35 23 29.2) 6 (1. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Ultra High Performance Antennas– Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR229G and PDR40 1469 1470 1472 1471 1473 1474 1485 1486 – B B A – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Low Gain. and 7-16 DIN Female 2 (0.35 (16.6 27.1 32.2 35.5 33. “F” Flange Female.9 38.8) 1.5 30 30 30 30 34 41 44 48 1. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.4 1. and 7-16 DIN Female 2 (0.7) 1.06 (30.35 (16.3 37.7) 1.30 (17.8 8.4) UHX10-34** 10 (3.7 6.7 39.5 1.1 37.L. dB (R.9 2.7) High Performance Antennas – Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR229G and PDR40 1528 1530 1534 1532 1536 1538 1540 1542 B B B A – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 36.L.06 (30.35 (16.3 35.4) 4416 4418 4420 4422 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 – 1 2 2 22.4 1.1 37. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.6 35.7) 60 Revised 5/01 & 1/03 Customer Service Center .20 (20.0) 12 (3.8) 8 (2.2 4.6) HSX HSX8-34** HSX10-34** HSX12-34** HSX15-34** 8 (2. Contact Andrew for details. dB (R.Call toll-free from: • U.4) 4423 4424 4425 4426 786 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 23. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth degrees Cross Pol.6 42.2 33.L.5 23. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). dB) High Performance Antennas – Unpressurized Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: 7/8” EIA.S.. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. Disc.30 (17.S.7) UHX15-34** 15 (4.7 GHz Antenna Inputs.5 31 35 1.9 9 4.2) 6 (2.6 41.6 27.6) 36.6 35.. Disc.S. Contact Andrew for details.5 2. dB) UHX8-34** 8 (2.5) 1.5 33 36 40 1.3 2.06 (30.8 1. All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors. Contact Andrew for details.. Pressurization. except FP Series 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).7) 1.7 35..5) 1.06 (30.7 27.7 3.3.7 4. Type Number UHX Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U..1 42. dB (R.20 (20.6) 4 (1.S.1 39. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.20 (20.5 3.9) 4 (1.06 (30.7 40.7) 1. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.7 10. Type Number KP KP2F-34 KP3F-34 KP4F-34 KP6F-34 KP8F-34 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.6 36.7 29. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). All antenna VSWR values are specified with 7/8” EIA connectors.9 GHz* with Waveguide Feeds Antenna Inputs. Feeds are pressurizable to 5 lb/in2 (35 kPa).2 40.6) 3 (0.5) 1.3. Pressurization. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.1 38.8) 1.7 34.8 33. Type N Female.7) 3.4 .6 41.7 GHz* with Coaxial Feeds Antenna Inputs. Type Number HP HP2F-34 HP4F-34 HP6F-34 HP8F-34 P P2F-34 P4F-34 P6F-34 P8F-34 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.30 (17..2 24.6 36.5 30 33. “F” Flange Female.0) 8 (2.6 25 30.0) UHX12-34** 12 (3.7) 1.7) 15 (4.8 34.6) 4 (1.A.5 39.8) 8 (2.7) 1.7) 1.5 1.4 42.7) 1.6 2. Type N Female.4 23 29.7 29.3 2.30 (17.06 (30.2) 6 (1.3 29. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Pressurization.35 (16.2 30 30 40 30 62 62 65 66 1.6 35. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.3.06 (30.7) 1.8 40.3 33.2 40 40 40 40 67 69 70 72 1..5 35.06 (30. “F” Flange Female.3 29.2 38. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10.08 (28. For detailed information on mating flanges.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency GHz* Waveguide Type Flange Type†† Connector† Tunable Pre-Tuned Flex-Twist 2 ft (0.9 3. For other conditions see page 196. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached. lock washers.6 3.54-4.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.2 * ** † †† EW34-31 EW34 Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No. max. Description Other Accessories Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. “Pre-tuned” connectors are for field attachment only. 3/8" bolts. 134DZ 204989-5 241088-5 204989-25 241088-10 204989-35 207270 26985A EWBTK-4 33544-43 35849A-17 204679-34 48939-34 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U.08 (28. The indicated maximum characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies.1) 1. “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.5 ft (1.7-4. 3/8” rod. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.37 m)* 42396A-15 Hardware Kit of 10. nuts.L. refer to pages 214-218.5 in (13 mm) radial ice.com 61 .5-3.. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.08 (28.1-3. VSWR.4-3. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. in (mm) 0.6 m) VSWR. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.4-4. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long.3) Standard Waveguide Assemblies 3.2 EWP34-34 EWP34-35 EWP34-37 CPR229G CPR229G PDR40 CPR229G 134DET 134DET 134DEMT 134DET Non-Tunable CPR229G CPR229G 134DE 134DE – – 55001-229 55001-229 F229PC0240CS F229PC0240CS 1. max.** (R.dB) Up to 300 ft (90 m). Type No.15 (23. (R. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 4.10 (26.3) 1. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. 2. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter.andrew.2 3. Stainless steel 31768A Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). washers. dB) Up to 300 ft (90 m) Pressure Window Premium Waveguide Assemblies 3.75-1.3) 1. Stainless steel Member Diameter. 0. 4 in (102 mm) dia.1) – 134DEP-2 134DEMP-2 134DEP-1 55001-229 55001-229 223306-40 55001-229 F229PC0240CS F229PC0240CA F229MH0600HA F229PC0240CA 1.4) 1. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long.15 (23.K.L. Contact Andrew for details.8 40.7 39.2 3.0) 12 (3. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.4) 10 (3. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .4) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz.7) UHX15-35** 15 (4.9 37.10 (26.9 42.10 (26. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.10 (26. dB) High Performance Antennas – Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR229G and PDR40 6 (1.06 (30.4 41..1 39.2 3.2 37.4.9 40. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Ultra High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR229G and PDR40 Low Gain.9 1. Contact Andrew for details. **5 lb/in2 (35 kPa) maximum 62 Revised 5/01 & 1/03 Customer Service Center . Disc.4 1. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.06 (30.L. *Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band.06 (30. Type Number UHX UHX8-35** Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.S.5 39. Pressurization.06 (30.7) 1.6 41. Feeds are pressurizable to 5 lb/in2 (35 kPa).54 .8 40.L. Disc.5 1.6 37.4) 1.Call toll-free from: • U.7) UHX10-35** 10 (3.1 38.5 41.7) 15 (4.7 38.3 37.4 1.9 34.7 39. dB (R.A. Type Number HSX HSX6-36** HSX8-36** HSX10-36** HSX12-36** HSX15-36** HPX HPX8-36** HPX10-36** HPX12-36** HP HP6-36** HP8-36** HP10-36** HP12-36** Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.4.0) 12 (3.0 36.7) 1143 1144 1145 – B B – – – – – – 1 1 2 2 2 2 36.6 36.6 35.7) 2560 1138 1139 1140 – B B B – – – – – – – – 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 34.7) 1.4 43.4) 1.2 30 32 32 30 65 65 68 65 1.06 (30.4 38.7 35..18 GHz* Antenna Inputs.8 40.6 30 30 30 30 59 59 61 62 1.7) 1. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.10 (26.4) 1.S.1 39.2 38 40 40 40 40 65 65 68 71 71 1.7) 1.7) 1.8) 8 (2.8) 8 (2.6 .4) 10 (3.4) 1.4) 1.1 38.6) 3.Refer to page 64 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 3..3 40.2 2.3 36.5 1.S.3 38.9 1. dB) 8 (2.7) 1.1 43.5 1.4) 1.3 42. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.4 41.4 42. See page 93.8 37.10 (26.06 (30.4) 2464 2463 1465 1466 1467 1468 2483 2484 B A A A – – – – – – – – 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 36.0) 12 (3.4 38.6 30 30 30 59 61 62 1.1 39. Pressurization. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.10 (26.0) UHX12-35** 12 (3.8 38.3 37. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.7) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR229G and PDR40 8 (2. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.10 (26.1 38.8 1.6) 4634 4635 2382 2381 2383 2384 2385 2386 2396 2394 – B B A A – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 34..06 (30.4 41. Feeds are pressurizable to 5 lb/in2 (35 kPa).8 39.2 GHz Antenna Inputs.6 1.4) 10 (3.10 (26.0 2..0 2.4) High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR229G and PDR40 6 (1. dB (R.1 34.06 (30.6 37.2 2.9 1. 7) 1.1 39.7) 15 (4.06 (30.L.7 .6 39.7) 1.7) 1.4 39.4) 1433 1434 1436 1435 1437 1438 1439 1440 A A A A – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 36. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.8 39.7) 1.andrew..0 42.4.K.06 (30.06 (30.4 1.8 38.5 40.7 38.7 37.5 1. dB (R.7 40.0 42.2 GHz* Antenna Inputs.1 37.0 2. Disc. Contact Andrew for details.3 41.06 (30.4 1.4 42.7) 1.7 40. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Ultra High Performance Antennas Antenna Inputs: CPR229G and PDR40 Low Gain.0) UHX12-37** 12 (3.06 (30.5 1.6) PXL PL PXL10-37** PXL12-37** PXL15-37** 10 (3.S.7 35.7) 1.07 (29.7) UHX15-37** 15 (4.2 33 33 33 33 66 67 73 73 1.8) 8 (2.2 30 30 30 30 30 40 42 47 50 52 1. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.06 (30..2 30 30 30 45 48 52 1. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.5 37. dB) 8 (2.7) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR229G and PDR40 PL6-37** PL8-37** PL10-37** PL12-37** PL15-37** 6 (1.0) 12 (3.8 41.5 43.06 (30.0 1.4 42.1 2.1 43. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www.4 42.3 41.0) 12 (3.06 (307) 1.5 41. Pressurization.5 1.06 (30.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz.3 39.1 35.Refer to page 64 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 3.0 37. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.7) 1.06 (30.7) 15 (4.2 43.8 1.6) 2402 2403 2405 2407 2408 – – B B B – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 – – – 2 2 34.4) 1. *Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band.06 (30.0 42.8 1.4) 10 (3. See page 93.7) UHX10-37** 10 (3.1 41.2 3.8 1. Type Number UHX UHX8-37** Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.6) Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR229G and PDR40 2411 2413 2415 B B B – – – – – – – 1 1 – 2 2 38.com 63 . Feeds are pressurizable to 5 lb/in2 (35 kPa).7 39. **5 lb/in2 (35 kPa) maximum • U.5 36.8 41. 5 in (13 mm) radial ice.A. 3/8” rod.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter.4) † “Pre-tuned” connectors are for field attachment only.4-3.75-1.52-4. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 4.5-3.2 EWP37-34W*** EWP37-34*** EWP37-35 EWP37-35W EWP37-36 EWP37-37 Standard Waveguide Assemblies 3. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long. 2.10 (26. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .7)** CPR229G PDR40 137DET 137DEMT – – 55001-229 223306-40 F229PC0240CA F229PH0600HA VSWR 1. washers.7–4. Stainless steel 31768A Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No.37 m)* 42396A-4 Hardware Kit of 10. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long.. 3/8" bolts.2 3.2 EWP37S Premium Waveguide Assemblies 3. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10..5 ft (1.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency GHz* Waveguide Type Flange Type†† Connector† Tunable Pre-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. 205869 134DZ 204989-5 241088-5 204989-25 241088-10 204989-35 207270 31535 EWBTK-3 33544-24 245314-37 WGB4-37 WGB5-37 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – 64 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center . Description Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. (R. lock washers. Stainless steel Member Diameter.L.. For other conditions see page 196. dB).6-4.3)** CPR229G PDR40 CPR229G PDR40 CPR229G PDR40 CPR229G CPR229G 137DET – 137DET – 137DET – 137DET 137DET – 137DEMP-3 137DEP-2 137DEMP-2 137DEP-2 137DEMP-2 – 137DEP-1 Non-Tunable CPR229G PDR40 137DE 137DEM – – 55001-229 223306-40 55001-229 223306-40 55001-229 223306-40 55001-229 223306-40 55001-229 55001-229 F229PC0240CS F229MH0600HS F229PC0240CA F229MH0600HA F229PC0240CA F229MH0600HA F229PC0240CA F229PC0240CA VSWR 1. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit.06 (30. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. refer to pages 214-218.7-4. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached.9 3. VSWR 1.6 m) VSWR 1.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.S. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. nuts. Type No. For detailed information on mating flanges. “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.9 3.2 3.54-4. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. 0. in (mm) 0. VSWR max. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below).0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.Call toll-free from: • U. 4 in (102 mm) dia.2 * ** *** †† EW37 Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity.2 3.4–4.4-3.15 (23.08 (28.1)** F229PC0240CS F229MH0600HS Super Premium Waveguide Assemblies 3. 0 3.5 1. PDR48.06 (30.8 39.8) 8 (2.0 36.7 40.2 1.7) Low Back Lobe Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Input: CPR187G Regulatory Compliance*** LBX6-44** LBX8-44** LBX10-44** LBX12-44** 6 (1.06 (30.7) 1.7) 1.0) 12 (3.3 38.3) 1.2) 6 (1.5 1.06 (30. and UG-148C/U 6 (1.5.0 41.com 65 .8 44. *Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band.7) Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR187G.7) 1.7 41. PDR48.1 44.6) 2523 2524 2527 2528 2540 2530 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 30.2 44.3 36.08 (28.0) 12 (3.3 35.7) 15 (4.7 40.06 (30.9 42.8) 8 (2.08 (28.6 39.8 1. **5 lb/in2 (35 kPa) maximum ***ANATEL Brazilian Telecommunications Agency..7 2.andrew.7 42.2 45.3 42.0 30 30 30 30 30 30 56 62 65 67 67 68 1.5 36.7) 15 (4.2 40.3) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz.4) 10 (3. Type Number HSX HSX6-44 HSX8-44 HSX10-44 HSX12-44 HSX15-44 HPX HP HPX6-44 HPX8-44 HPX10-44 HPX12-44 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.1 44.8) 8 (2.08 (28.8 38.3 41.6 42.7 36.08 (28.8 41.6) 2398 2400 2406 2404 2410 2412 2414 2416 2420 2418 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 35.10 (26.K.7 36.9 43.0 38.06 (30.9 36.7) 15 (4.8 40.8) 8 (2.7 44.8 41. PDR48.7 43. PDR48.06 (30. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.9 38.6 36. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa) except LBX 5 lb/in2 (35 kPa).7 38.4 42.5 1.6) 2551 2552 2553 2554 2556 2557 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 – 1 – – – 2 – 2 – – 32.6 1.7 40..06 (30. Regulation 1286 Category • U.1 36.L.8 1.4) 10 (3.5 1.7) 1.0 40 40 40 40 40 68 70 71 74 75 1.7) 1. and UG-148C/U HP4-44 HP6-44 HP8-44 HP10-44 HP12-44 HP15-44 PXL PL PXL4-44 PXL6-44 PXL8-44 PXL10-44 PXL12-44 4 (1.6 36.0 36.5 1.7) 1.6 39.8 38.0 2.0 32.8 2. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.06 (30.7) 1.7 41.5 1.2 1.1 39.4) 10 (3.7) 1.4) 10 (3.0 36.1 42.8) 8 (2.0 30 30 30 30 30 29 40 44 45 49 50 51 1.1 39.5 33.06 (30.06 (30.5 1.4 39.5 43.9 1.2) 6 (1.5 33.6 33.8 39.7) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR187G. See pages 93-94.5 37.06 (30.S.6 40.1 3.0 32.06 (30.0 38.3) 1. and UG-148C/U PL4-44 PL6-44 PL8-44 PL10-44 PL12-44 PL15-44 LBX 4 (1.8 2.2 45.7) 1.6 39.2 1.3 41.06 (30.08 (28.0 42.0 42.1 37.5 43.7) 1.09 (27.4 39. and UG-148C/U 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 – – – 2 2 32.7) 1.06 (30.06 (30.4 . 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www.7) 1.7) 1.1 42.8 1. dB (R. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.4 42.4) 10 (3.8) 8 (2.3) 1. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.3) 1.0) 12 (3.0) 12 (3.5 1.2 30 30 30 30 60 64 66 67 1.7) High Performance Antennas –Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR187G.06 (30.7) 1. Disc.7) 2558 2544 2546 2548 – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 – 2 2 2 – 2 2 35.8 1.5 1. Pressurization.0) 12 (3.9 39.2 40. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.Refer to page 66 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 4.6 40.4) 10 (3.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.2) 6 (1.7) 1.4 36.06 (30.2 43.06 (30.0) 12 (3.2 43.2 40.7) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR187G.06 (30.0 3.5 1.3) 1.1 2.7 44.7) 4 (1.5 1.7 2.3 41.3 42. dB) High Performance Antennas – Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination Antenna Inputs: CPR187G and PDR48 6 (1.06 (30.7) 1.2 30 30 30 30 30 40 43 45 50 51 1. Contact Andrew for details.06 (30.3 39.4) 1.9 39.0 GHz* Antenna Inputs.7) 4636 4637 4638 4639 B B B B 35.2 33 33 33 33 52 56 62 64 1.1 40.8 41.0 33.8 1. S. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. The standard connector is Type N Female.. (R. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10.0) 1. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. 5 in (127 mm) dia.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 4 ft (1.0) 1. 3/8" bolts.0 23. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. one-hole lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit.6 4. Type No.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency GHz* Waveguide Type Flange Type†† Connector† Tunable Pre-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. refer to pages 214-218. For other conditions see page 196. 3/8” rod. † “Pre-tuned” connectors are for field attachment only.8 35 40 45 1.6 28.4)** UG-149/U††† CPR187G PDR48 PAR48 143DCT 143DET – – 143SC 143SE 143SEM 143SCM 55000A-187 55001-187 223306-48 F187PA0240BA F187PA0240CA F187MH0600HA1 VSWR 1. Stainless steel Member Diameter. degrees Mid-Band Flat Panel Array Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: Type N Female 6 (150) 12 (300) 24 (600) 18.6 m) VSWR 1.25 . nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.A. 2. washers. Pressurization.. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. Description Hangers and Adapters Tower Standoff Kit of 10.4–5.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. lock washers. dB).50 (14. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 4-5 (100-125) 5-6 (125-150) Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. Contact Andrew for other options. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies.5-3.07 (29. ††† Modified cover flange with gasket groove. 41108A-1 41108A-2 41108A-3 EWFTK-43 143DZ 204989-10 204989-28 207270 31535 EWBTK-3 33544-45 245314-43 WGB4-43 WGB5-43 NEW! Type Number FPA 5.0 EW43 *Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. Pressurization not required.L.4–5. ** VSWR max. dB) Antenna Inputs.1)** UG-149/U††† CPR187G PDR48 PAR48 – – – – 143SC 143SE 143SEM 143SCM 223306-48 55001-187 F187MH0600HS F187PA0240CS Premium Waveguide Assemblies 4..50 (14. Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 4 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 204673-4 204673-8 Type No. 4 in (102 mm) dia.3 9.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.Call toll-free from: • U. (R.15 (23. Up to 300 ft (90 m). “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned.. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.50 (14. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long.85 GHz Side Dimension in (mm) F/B Ratio dB VSWR max.75-1.5.2 19. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.0) FPA5250D06-N FPA5250D12-N FPA5250D24-N 66 Revised 7/00 & 5/01 Customer Service Center . Stainless steel 31768A Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.0 EWP43 Standard Waveguide Assemblies 4. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. Gain. 0. nuts. †† For detailed information on mating flanges.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. dBi Mid-Band Beamwidth.L.22 m)* 42396A-16 Hardware Kit of 10. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. in (mm) 0. Refer to page 71 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 5.25 - 5.85 GHz Antenna Inputs. All antenna VSWR values are specified with Type N Female connectors. Other optional inputs may result in equal or slightly VSWR. Contact Andrew for details. Pressurization. Pressurization not required. Type Number P, PX P2F-52 PX2F-52 P3F-52 PX3F-52 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.S. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain, dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Disc., dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB (R.L., dB) Unlicensed Radios Including Spread Spectrum, NII, and ISM – Single and Dual Polarized Antenna Input: Type N Female 2 (0.6) 2 (0.6) 3 (0.9) 3 (0.9) 4528 4740 4529 4741 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 29.0 29.0 32.3 32.3 29.2 29.2 33.0 33.0 29.9 29.9 33.3 33.3 5.4 5.4 3.8 3.8 30 30 30 30 43 43 44 44 1.50 (14.0) 1.50 (14.0) 1.50 (14.0) 1.50 (14.0) 5.6 - 6.2 GHz* Antenna Inputs. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. Contact Andrew for details. Pressurization. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). Type Number UHX UHX10-56 UHX12-56 HPX HPX8-56 HPX10-56 HPX12-56 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.S. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain, dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Disc., dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB (R.L., dB) Ultra High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarization Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 1636, 1637 1638, 1639 A A – – – – 3 3 2 2 42.5 44.0 42.9 44.5 43.3 44.9 1.1 0.9 36 36 72 73 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 1025 1027 1030 B B A – – – – – – 3 2 3 2 2 2 40.5 42.0 43.8 41.0 42.5 44.2 41.4 42.9 44.7 1.6 1.4 1.0 30 30 30 68 69 71 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 5.725 - 6.425 GHz Antenna Inputs. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. Contact Andrew for details. Pressurization. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). Type Number HP HP4-57W HP6-57W HP8-57W HP10-57W HP12-57W HP15-57W PL P2-57W P4-57W PL6-57W PL8-57W PL10-57W PL12-57W PL15-57W Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.S. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain, dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Disc., dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB (R.L., dB) High Performance / Wide Band Antennas – Single Polarization Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 4269 0817 4273 4275 4277 – – – B A A A – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 – 2 2 2 2 2 – 2 2 2 2 34.6 38.0 40.7 42.5 44.2 45.9 35.0 38.5 41.2 42.9 44.6 46.4 35.4 39.0 41.7 43.4 45.0 46.8 2.9 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.8 30 30 30 30 30 30 52 60 64 65 70 70 1.10 (26.4) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) Standard/Wide Band Antennas – Single Polarized Standard and Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: CPR137G, PDR70, and Type N Female 2 (0.6) 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 2892 4268 4270 4272 4274 4276 – – – B B B B B – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 – 1 1 1 1 1 1 – 2 2 2 2 2 29.2 34.6 38.0 40.7 42.5 44.2 46.0 29.3 35.0 38.5 41.2 42.9 44.6 46.5 29.9 35.4 39.0 41.7 43.4 45.0 47.0 5.8 2.9 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.8 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 40 40 45 47 50 51 57 1.10 (26.4) 1.10 (26.4) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz. *Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band. See pages 93-94. • U.K. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www.andrew.com 67 Refer to page 71 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 5.850 - 5.915, 6.425 - 6.930 GHz Antenna Inputs. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. Contact Andrew for details. Pressurization. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). Type Number UHX UHX8-58W Regulatory Compliance Diameter RPE U.S. FCC ETSI ETSI ft (m) Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain, dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Disc., dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB (R.L., dB) Ultra High Performance/Wide Band Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 3755 3753 3772 3747 – A – A – A – A – – – – 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 40.4 41.5 42.0 43.0 40.5 41.8 42.1 43.2 40.6 42.1 42.2 43.4 1.45 1.3 1.25 1.15 34 34 34 34 68 70 71 73 1.08 (28.3) 1.08 (28.3) 1.08 (28.3) 1.08 (28.3) 5.850-5.915 GHz** 8 (2.4) 6.425-6.930 GHz*** UHX10-58W 5.850-5.915 GHz**10 (3.0) 3757 3759 6.425-6.930 GHz*** 3774 3776 HPX HPX8-58W 5.850-5.915 GHz** 8 (2.4) 6.425-6.930 GHz*** High Performance/Wide Band Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 3749 3761 3751 3770 – B – B – A – A – – – – 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 40.7 41.7 42.6 43.4 40.8 41.9 42.7 43.4 40.9 42.2 42.8 43.8 1.4 1.4 1.2 1.2 32 34 32 34 65 67 68 69 1.08 (28.3) 1.08 (28.3) 1.08 (28.3) 1.08 (28.3) HPX10-58W 5.850-5.915 GHz**10 (3.0) 6.425-6.930*** 5.925 - 6.425 GHz* Antenna Inputs. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. Contact Andrew for details. Pressurization. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 k Pa) except LBX Series 8 lb/in2 (56 kPa). Type Number UHX UHX6-59 UHX8-59 UHX10-59 UHX12-59 UHX15-59 HSX HSX6-59 HSX8-59 HSX10-59 HSX12-59 HSX15-59 HPX HP HPX6-59 HPX8-59 HPX10-59 HPX12-59 HPX15-59 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.S. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Ultra High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 Low Gain, dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Disc., dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB (R.L., dB) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 1730 1729 1654 1653 1667 1666 1665 1664 1662 1661 A A A A A – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 38.4 40.9 42.9 44.4 46.1 38.8 41.3 43.2 44.8 46.4 39.1 41.6 43.6 45.2 46.8 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.8 33 33 34 35 34 75 77 80 80 80 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) High Performance Antennas, Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination Dual Polarized – TEGLAR Long Life Radome Included Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 2424 2422 2428 2429 2442 2440 2444 2446 2450 2448 B A A A A – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 38.4 40.9 42.5 44.4 46.3 38.8 41.3 42.9 44.7 46.6 39.1 41.6 43.2 45.0 46.9 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.8 40 40 40 40 40 72 74 76 78 79 1.07 (29.4) 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.06 High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized – Hypalon Radome Included Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 2664 2678 2684 2682 2683 B A A A A – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 38.4 40.9 42.7 44.4 46.1 38.8 41.3 43.1 44.8 46.4 39.1 41.6 43.5 45.2 46.8 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.8 30 30 30 30 30 65 69 71 71 71 1.07 (29.4) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz * Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band. See pages 93-94. ** Meets Canadian DOC GL-34 Specification *** Meets Canadian DOC SRSP 306.4 Issue #3 Specification Continued on next page 68 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center - Call toll-free from: • U.S.A., Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 Refer to page 71 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 5.925 - 6.425 GHz*, 5.725 - 5.850 GHz Type Number HP HP6-59 HP8-59 HP10-59 HP12-59 HP15-59 HDX HDX8-59 HDX10-59 HDX12-59 PARX PAR PARX6-59** 5.925-6.425 GHz 5.725-5.850 GHz Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.S. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain, dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Disc., dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB (R.L., dB) High Performance Antennas - Hypalon Radome Included – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 3302J 2670F 2672G 2673F 2675D A A A A A – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 38.4 41.1 42.9 44.7 46.1 38.9 41.5 43.3 45.0 46.4 39.4 41.9 43.6 45.2 46.8 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.8 30 30 30 30 30 62 66 69 71 71 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) High Performance, Dual Beam Antennas Dual Polarized - TEGLAR Long Life Radome Included – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 1750 1751 1752 1753 1758 1759 1760 1761 1766 1767 1768 1769 A A A – – – – – – 3 3 3 2 2 2 41.2 42.9 44.6 41.5 43.2 45.0 41.8 43.4 45.4 1.4 1.1 1.0 26 26 26 73 74 75 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) Standard Antennas - Similar to PL()-59 Series, Except Meet Category A – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 6 (1.8) 4377 4331 4378 4332 A – A – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 37.8 37.5 40.4 40.1 37.9 37.6 40.7 40.2 43.1 44.7 38.2 37.7 40.9 40.3 43.3 45.1 1.9 2.0 1.4 1.5 1.1 0.9 30 30 30 30 35 34 60 58 60 59 60 60 1.08 (28.3) 1.25 (19.2) 1.08 (28.3) 1.25 (19.2) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) PARX8-59** 5.925-6.425 GHz 5.725-5.850 GHz 8 (2.4) PARX10-59 10 (3.0) PARX12-59** 12 (3.7) 4379 A – – 1 2 42.7 4380 A – – 1 2 43.3 Standard Antennas - Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G, PDR70, and UG-343B/U 2472 4327 2517 4328 1649 2366 A – A – A A – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 38.0 37.7 40.4 40.1 43.0 44.2 PAR6-59 5.925-6.425 GHz 5.725-5.850 GHz 6 (1.8) 38.2 37.8 40.8 40.2 43.2 44.6 38.4 37.9 41.0 40.3 43.4 44.9 1.9 2.0 1.4 1.5 1.1 0.9 30 30 30 30 30 30 55 55 58 55 62 63 1.06 (30.7) 1.25 (19.2) 1.06 (30.7) 1.25 (19.2) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) PAR8-59** 5.925-6.425 GHz 5.725-5.850 GHz 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) PAR10-59 PAR12-59 PXL PL PXL6-59 PXL8-59 PXL10-59 PXL12-59 PXL15-59 Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G, PDR70, and UG-343B/U 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 2632 – – – 1 2 2616 B – – 1 2 2618 B – – – – 2620 B – – 1 2 2642 B – – – – Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G, PDR70, and UG-343B/U 2602E – – – – – 2604E B – – 1 2 2610F B – – 1 2 2608E B – – 1 2 2609F B – – 1 2 2611F B – – 1 2 38.4 40.9 42.7 44.4 46.1 38.7 41.3 43.1 44.8 46.4 39.1 41.6 43.5 45.2 46.8 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.8 30 30 30 30 30 46 48 49 53 54 1.07 (29.4) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) PL4-59 PL6-59 PL8-59 PL10-59 PL12-59 PL15-59 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 35.0 38.4 41.1 42.9 44.7 46.1 35.4 38.9 41.5 43.3 45.0 46.4 35.7 39.4 41.9 43.6 45.2 46.8 2.7 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.8 30 30 30 30 30 30 41 46 48 51 52 53 1.08 (28.3) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) • U.K. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01, 12/01 & 1/03 Visit us at: www.andrew.com 69 3 1.2 38.0 41. **ANATEL Telecommunications Agency.7 46.06 (30.10 (26.06 (30.S.7 1118 1117 A A – 2 2 42.8 45.5 1. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .7 46. PDR70.9 41.7) Standard/Wide Band Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70.7.4) 10 (3.8) 8 (2.8 1.8 Ultra High Performance/Wide Band Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 3492 3494 A B – 3 2 38.9 44.A.08 (28..6 1.8 1.0 43.7) Diameter ft (m) RPE Number(s) Regulatory Compliance** Low Gain.3 45.7) 1.0) PAR PAR6-59W+ PAR8-59W+ PAR10-59W PAR12-59W PL PL6-59W PL8-59W PL10-59W PL12-59W PL15-59W 6 (1.3 3502 3508 A A 3 2 44.4 1.7) 1.9 39.9 44.6.8 45.4 41.4) 1.7) 1.0) 12 (3.07 (29. Regulation 1286 Category ***8 lb/in2 (56 kPa) maximum 70 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center .8) 8 (2.8 1. dB (R.1 44.8) PARX8-59W 8 (2.3) 1.0) 12 (3.7 40. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 k Pa).3) 1.7) 1.8 1.3 46.1 39. Type Number UHX UHP UHX6-59W UHX8-59W UHX10-59W UHX12-59W Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.06 (30.4 1 1 0. 2480 2572 1279 2578 A A A A B A A A – – – – 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 38.3 38.9 42.06 (30. Contact Andrew for details.5 1.8) 8 (2.06 (30. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.L.7) 1.7 38.4) 1. and UG-343B/U.0 41.0 40.4 43.6 1.1 0.3 3496 3506 A A – 3 2 40.8 35 35 33 33 30 46 51 55 60 57 1.8 1.4 1.4) 10 (3.7) 5.6 1.06 (30.15 (23.3) 1.4) 10 (3.8 40.7) 1.7 43.8 39.12 (24.925 .4) 10 (3.7 41.06 (30.L.7) 1.3) UHP6-59W UHP8-59W UHP10-59W UHP12-59W HP HP6-59W HP8-59W HP10-59W HP12-59W HP15-59W PARX 6 (1.4 1.1 0.06 (30.2 0.06 (30.0) 12 (3.3 46.8 44.06 (30. PDR70.08 (28.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz *Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band.4) PARX10-59W 10 (3.1 47.4 38.06 (30.2 42.9 44.1 30 30 35 59 60 60 1.9 0. +Uses Focal plane type reflector and feed system. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges..5 1.0 35 35 35 35 75 78 78 80 1.7) 15 (4.Call toll-free from: • U.08 (28. 4371 4372 4373 A A A B A A – – – 1 1 1 2 2 2 37.7) 1. dB (R.3 41. dB) Low Back Lobe Antennas .4 41.6) 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 A A A A A B A A A A – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 38.7) 1.4 1.6 44.0) 12 (3. and UG-343B/U.6 45.125 GHz Antenna Inputs.7) 1022 3303 A A – 3 2 37.8 40.4) 10 (3.6 45. Disc.6) 6 (1.06 (30.4 39.5 42. 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 B B B B B B A A A A – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 38.8 1.4 43.9 33 33 33 33 54 60 65 62 1.06 (30.8 1115 1116 A A – 2 2 41.1 39.3 40.2 43.7) 1.7 41.3 43.7) Standard/Wide Band Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G.06 (30.9 30 30 30 30 59 58 62 63 1.4 42..8 40. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.06 (30.9) 1.7) 39.6 43.7) Standard/Wide Band Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G.7) 1. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.8) 8 (2. See pages 93-94.7) 1.08 (28.08 (28.. Disc.3 40.S.2 46.8 1.925 .9 3498 3500 A A – 3 2 42.1) PARX6-59W 6 (1.5 38.7 45.2 46.Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 4640 4641 4642 4643 B B B B 38.8) 8 (2.06 (30.7) 1.1 42.7 41.06 (30.1 42.0 1.1 1.3) 1. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.5 43.0 41.7) 1.7) 15 (4. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.9 43.06 (30.0 44.8 44.1 47. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.9 43.6 43..3 43.7) 1.2 1119 1120 A A – 3 2 44.4) 10 (3. dB) Ultra High Performance/Wide Band Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 6 (1.8 32 35 33 32 30 66 66 69 66 71 1. Pressurization.0 44.425 GHz* Type Number LBX LBX6-59*** LBX8-59*** LBX10-59*** LBX12-59*** 6 (1.2 1.2 42.5.06 (30.3 45.06 (30.7) 39.0) 12 (3.0) 12 (3.7 1.0 36 36 36 36 67 68 71 74 1.4 44.9 42.8) 8 (2.2 High Performance/Wide Band Antennas Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 6 (1. Stainless steel Member Diameter. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 4-5 (100-125) 5-6 (125-150) Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached.425 Waveguide Type EWP52S Flange Type†† CPR159G UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 CPR159G UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 CPR159G UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 CPR159G UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 CPR159G CPR137G PDR70 CPR159G UG-344/U††† CPR137G Connector† Tunable Fixed-Tuned 152DET*** 252DCT*** 252DET*** 252DEMT 152DET 252DCT 252DET 252DEMT 152DET 252DCT 252DET 252DEMT 152DET 252DCT 252DET 252DEMT – – – Non-Tunable 152DE 252DC 252DE 152SE – 252SEM 55001-159 55000A-137 55001-137 – – – – 152SE – 252SE 252SEM 152SE – 252SE 252SEM 152SE – 252SE 252SEM 152SE 252SE 252SEM Pressure Window 55001-159 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55001-159 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55001-159 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55001-159 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55001-159 55001-137 223306-70 Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. nuts. For other conditions see page 196. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. ** VSWR max. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below).036 (35. † “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. lock washers.425 EWP52-58 5. †† For detailed information on mating flanges.0 dB) for lengths 150 ft (46 m) and shorter.07 m)* 42396A-8 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. 4 in (102 mm) dia.425 EW52 * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands.6-6. 2. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. Up to 300 ft (90 m). one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached.L. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter.15 (23.5 ft (1.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. (R.06 (30. 0.. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity.1)** F159PC0240CS F137PA0240BS F137PC0240CS Super Premium Waveguide Assemblies Premium Waveguide Assemblies 5. *** 1. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support.6–6. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. 3/8" bolts.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long.925–6.3)** F159PC0240CA F137PA0240BA F137PC0240CA F137MH0600HA VSWR 1.07 m) EWSH-52 Hardware Kit of 10. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz 5. ††† Modified cover flange with gasket groove.425 EWP52-56W Standard Waveguide Assemblies 5. refer to pages 214-218.7)** F159PC0240CS F137PA0240BG F137PC0240CG F137MH0600HG F159PC0240CA F137PA0240BD F137PC0240CD F137MH0600HD F159PC0240CA F137PA0240BA F137PC0240CA F137MH0600HA F159PC0240CS F137PC0240CS F137MH0600HS VSWR 1.com 71 .60–6. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10.5 ft (1. 41108A-1 41108A-2 41108A-3 EWFTK-52 152DZ 204989-4 241088-4 204989-24 241088-9 204989-34 207270 24312A EWBTK-2 33544-38 245314-52 WGB4-52 WGB5-52 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U..75-1. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10. in (mm) 0.5-3.925–6.725–6. 3/8” rod. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.K.05 (32. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10.6 m) VSWR 1.2 EWP52-56 5. Description Tower Standoff Kit of 10. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. dB). kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. Type No.andrew. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. washers.425 EWP52-59 5. 7) 1.2 0. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .Hypalon Radome Included – Vertical Polarization Antenna Input: CPR137G HDV6-65 HDV8-65 HDV10-65 HDV12-65 PDH PDV PDH6-65 PDH8-65 PDH10-65 PDH12-65 6 (1.8 39.06 (30. Dual-Beam (Angle Diversity) Antennas – Vertical Polarization Antenna Input: CPR137G PDV6-65 PDV8-65 PDV10-65 PDV12-65 6 (1. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).4 42.2 0.Refer to page 75 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 6.6 1.9 45.3 1..08 (28.8) 8 (2.06 (30.L.7) 1774 1775 1782 1783 1790 1791 1739 1740 – B B B – B A A – – – – – 1 – – – 2 – – 39.08 (28.7) Standard.9 1.7) 1.425 .7) 6 (1.4) 8 (2.3) 1.9 29 30 30 30 65 62 66 67 1. Dual-Beam (Angle Diversity) Antennas – Vertical/Horizontal.06 (30. Dual-Beam (Angle Diversity) Antennas – Horizontal Polarization Antenna Input: CPR137G 1778 1779 1786 1787 1794 1795 1743 1744 – B B B – B A A – – – – – – – – – – – – 39.0) 12 (3.06 (30.7) 1.4 42.0 39.A.2 45.06 (30.7) Standard.Hypalon Radome Included – Horizontal Polarization Antenna Input: CPR137G 6 (1. Contact Andrew for details..6 45.2 45.0 39.9 30 30 30 30 46 55 60 53 1.4) 10 (3.0 39.7) 1.4 42.0) 12 (3.7) 1.7 44.08 (28.8) 8 (2.06 (30.Call toll-free from: • U.8 39. Pressurization.1 43.5 1.3 40.1 43. dB (R.06 (30.7) Standard. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.06 (30.7 44.S.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz 72 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center .7) 1880 1881 1888 1889 1896 1897 1904 1905 B B B A B A A A – – – – 2 – – – 2 – – – 39.8) 8 (2.4) 1788 1789 1784 1785 – – – – – – – – – – 40.7 42.2 45.06 (30.0 42. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.6 1.5 1.125 GHz.4) 10 (3.3) 1.5 1.9 1.9 45.9 1.6 1.4) 10 (3.8 1. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.0 42.4 43.7 42.2 0.1 43.3) 1. dB) High Performance Dual-Beam (Angle Diversity) Antennas .2 45.0 42.0 42.1 43.08 (28.06 (30.6 1.8 39.0) 12 (3.4 42.9 1.7) 1. Disc.0 40. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR flange.4) 10 (3.3 40.9 29 30 30 30 54 55 60 60 1.2 0.3 40.06 (30.0 39.0) 12 (3.4 43.7 44.3 30 30 51 57 1.9 45.3 40.3) 1.8) 8 (2.4 43.4 43.7 42..3) 1.06 (30. Dual Beam Antennas Antenna Inputs.0 39.7) 1.6 45.7 42.08 (28.9 30 30 26 30 60 65 66 70 1.9 45.5 1.7.7) High Performance Dual-Beam (Angle Diversity) Antennas .6 45. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Sum and Difference Mode Antenna Input: CPR137G PDH8S-65 PDV8S-65 8 (2.6 45.06 (30.7) 1884 1885 1893 1892 1900 1901 1908 1909 B B B A B A A A – – – – – – – – – – – – 39.7 44.7) 1. Type Number HDH HDV HDH6-65 HDH8-65 HDH10-65 HDH12-65 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.S. 6) 1081 1700H 2696E 2690E 2691E 2692D – A A A A A – A A A A A – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 35.0) 12 (3.4) 10 (3.2 46. PDR70.S.7 1.8 0.3 39.06 (30.6 2.0 43.3 1.1 36.3) 1.5 38. ** Uses focal plane type reflector and feed system Continued on next page Visit us at: www.6 43.8 1.7 1.7 1. dB (R.7 30 30 34 34 30 30 58 64 68 70 71 71 1.0 0.8 36.7) 1.6 43.4 41.06 (30.7) 1.08 (28.8 44.7) High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 HP4-65 HP6-65 HP8-65 HP10-65 HP12-65 HP15-65 PARX PAR PARX6-65** PARX8-65** PARX10-65 PARX12-65 6 (1.0) 12 (3.06 (30.2 46.0) 12 (3.4 39.7) 1. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.06 (30.0) 12 (3.06 (30.0 42.7 1.6) 2454 2452 2456 2458 2461 2459 2470 2471 2488 2486 A A A A A A A A A A – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 39.2) 6 (1.4) 10 (3.6 42.5 39.7) 1.06 (30.8 41.0 45.125 GHz* Antenna Inputs. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).9 30 30 35 35 59 60 60 60 1.5 42.7) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 6 (1.3) 1.1 47.7) 15 (4.7) 15 (4.4 44.1 41.9 1.7) 1. Disc.4 46.7) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G.6 47.7 1.3 1.0 42.3) 1.9 0.06 (30.06 (30.9 36.6 45.7.1 0.2 43.06 (30.06 (30. Type Number UHX UHX6-65 UHX8-65 UHX10-65 UHX12-65 UHX15-65 HSX HSX6-64 HSX8-64 HSX10-64 HSX12-64 HSX15-64 HPX HPX4-65 HPX6-65 HPX8-65 HPX10-65 HPX12-65 HPX15-65 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.3 45.06 (30. dB) Ultra High Performance Antennas .2) 6 (1.0 44.7) Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G.07 (29.TEGLAR Long Life Radome Included – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 6 (1.3 43.7 1.4) 1.6 45.06 (30.9 38.4 40.K.7) 4 (1.06 (30.2 46.Refer to page 75 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 6.9 47.4) 1. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.2 45.7) 1.4 41.7) 15 (4.6 45.4) 10 (3.3 1.07 (29.4 44.9 39.7) 1.7 40 40 40 40 40 70 75 77 78 79 1.0 0.0 44.0 41.4 44.7 41.0) 12 (3.6 45.0 0.5 42. PDR70.6 43.0 0.3 1.8) 8 (2.2 42.06 (30.4 46.7) 1.8 1..9 42.0 0.7 46.6 39.0 46. and UG-343B/U 4381 4382 4383 4384 A A A A B A A A – – – – 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 38.06 (30.7) 1.com • U.0 45.0 46.7) 1.06 (30. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 9/00 & 5/01 73 .08 (28.4 45.7 30 30 30 27 30 30 58 64 66 70 71 71 1.8 30 30 30 30 59 60 63 64 1. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.7) 1.9 43.6 45.6 45.8 45.3 43.andrew.7) 1.06 (30.8 0.06 (30.L.4 44.0) 12 (3.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz * Multiband antennas available in this frequency band.3) 1.9 45.06 (30.8 1.6) 2649 2794 2654 2655 2656 2657 – B A A A A – B A A A A – – – – – – 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 35. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.06 (30. See pages 93-94.7) 1. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.1 47.9 43.7 47.06 (30.7) 1.1 47.3 2.7) 1290 2570 1257 2430 A A A A B A A A – – – – 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 38.8) 8 (2.3 44.4) 10 (3.8) 8 (2.1 41.08 (28.5 1. Contact Andrew for details.3 39.4) 10 (3.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.3 1. Pressurization.4 40.9 39.3 1.0 45.3 46..7) 1.7) 1.0 39.6) 1717 1718 2581 2584 2582 2583 1715 1716 1709 1710 A A A A A B A A A A – – – – – 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 39.08 (28.7) 15 (4.06 (30.8 42.7) 1.6 43.8) 8 (2.6 35.7 41.7) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 4 (1.1 41.8 0.06 (30. and UG-343B/U PAR6-65** PAR8-65** PAR10-65 PAR12-65 6 (1.06 (30.0 43.2 40.1 38.8) 8 (2.7 30 30 32 38 30 70 76 80 78 75 1.3 1.9 40.425 .7) 1. 7.6 42.0) 12 (3. Pressurization.04 (34.7) 1. Regulation 1286 Category 7.0 45.2 1.3 40.7) 1.125 GHz* Antenna Inputs. dB (R.3 1.9 1. and UG-343B/U Low Gain.8 40.7 30 41.2 0.125 .06 (30.S.6 43.06 (30.6) 2634 – – – – 2636 B A – 1 2638 B A – 1 2641 B A – 1 2640 B A – 1 Standard Antennas – Single Polarized.8) 8 (2. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Focal Plane Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Input: PDR70 Low Gain.7.4 1.875-7.7) 1.0 42. Disc.06 (30.7) 1.7) 15 (4.7 1. See page 127.06 (30.4) 10 (3..4 44.1 46.8 30 46.125 GHz.7 30 41. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges. 5/01.7 30 47 52 58 62 59 43 47 49 52 53 54 1. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.8 36.4) 10 (3.6.06 (30.L.3 1.06 (30.S.7) 1.4 39. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . 12/01 & 1/03 Customer Service Center . Type Number PXL PL PXL6-65 PXL8-65 PXL10-65 PXL12-65 PXL15-65 PL4-65 PL6-65 PL8-65 PL10-65 PL12-65 PL15-65 LBX Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.06 (30.7 1.8 47.6 42.8 1. Pressurization.0 34 45.6 46..0 0.06 (30.7) 6139 – – – 2 2 45.07 (30.6) 4 (1. 6.7) 15 (4.7) 4644 4645 4646 4647 – – – – Regulatory Compliance*** – B – – – B – – – B – – – B – – 39.0 42.0 30 45.0) 12 (3..06 (30. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.9 42. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.3 42.3) 1. PDR70.2) 74 Revised 9/00.2 45.4 45. Contact Andrew for details.9 47.2) 6 (1.7) 1.9 44. ValuLine® Antennas. Contact Andrew for details.0 45. and UG-343B/U 35. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).725 GHz Antenna Inputs. Type Number FPX FP FP12-71 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz *Multiband antennas available in this frequency band.06 (30.5 43. 2622E – – – 1 2624F B B – 1 2626F B A – 1 2628E B A – 1 2629F B B – 1 2630F B B – 1 Low Back Lobe Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Input: CPR137G – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 39.. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges..06 (30.3 30 43.8 39.7 46.7 30 Antenna Input: CPR137G.3 36.1 47.07 (29. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa) except LBX Series 8 lb/in2 (56 kPa).7) 1.08 (28. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Input: CPR137G.6 45.6 44.9 0.4) 10 (3.7 28 69 1.5 30 39.S.06 (30.8) 8 (2.1 41.1 0. PDR70. dB) 6 (1.7) 1.3 0.7 2. except LBX Series 8 lb/in2 (56 kPa).3 34 43.6 46. See PAR6-65 **8 lb/in2 (56 kPa) maximum ***ANATEL Brazilian Telecommunications Agency.8) 8 (2.1 39.6 0.425 .7) 1. Disc.4 1.41) 1.0) 12 (3.L.4 39.7) 1.0 43.8 30 46.A.7) 1. See pages 93-94.7) LBX6-65** LBX8-65** LBX10-65** LBX12-65** 6 (1. dB) 12 (3.8 33 33 33 33 54 60 65 63 1.Call toll-free from: • U. dB (R.1 44.0 44. 41108A-1 41108A-2 41108A-3 EWFTK-63 163DZ 204989-4 241088-4 204989-24 241088-9 204989-34 207270 24312A EWBTK-2 33544-33 245314-63 WGB4-63 WGB5-63 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.L.07 m) EWSH-63 Hardware Kit of 10.05 (32.875 EWP63-65N F137PA0240BB F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HB VSWR 1.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.925–7. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long.425–7. in (mm) 0. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10.06 (30.425 GHz. washers.925 to 6. lock washers.5 ft (1. ** VSWR max. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit.5-3.7)** F137PA0240BA*** F137PC0240CA*** F137MH0600HA*** F137PA0240BA*** F137PC0240CA*** F137MH0600HA*** VSWR 1. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support.3)* 6. (R.3)** F137PA0240BB F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HB VSWR 1. For other conditions see page 196.15 (23.6 m) VSWR 1.925–6. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.575 EWP63-59 5.125 EWP63-59W * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands.. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.com 75 . kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long.800–7.425–7.925 to 6.1)** F137PA0240BS F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HS Super Premium Waveguide Assemblies Premium Waveguide Assemblies 5. ††† Modified cover flange with gasket groove. Type No. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0.125 EWP63-65 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 Standard Waveguide Assemblies 5. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. nuts. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. 3/8" bolts. *** Low VSWR guaranteed for 5.7)** F137PA0240BB F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HB VSWR 1.5 in (13 mm) radial ice.525–6.05 (32. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz 6..91 m)* 42396A-7 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.andrew.125 Waveguide Type EWP63S Flange Type†† UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 6. dB). 2. Up to 300 ft (90 m).75-1. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3.125 EW63 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 Connector† Tunable 163DCT 163DET – 163DCT 163DET – 163DCT 163DET – 163DCT 163DET – 163DCT 163DET – Non-Tunable 163DC 163DE – – 163SE 163SEM 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 Fixed-Tuned – – 163SEM – 163SE 163SEM – 163SE 163SEM – 163SE 163SEM – 163SE 163SEM Pressure Window 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. 4 in (102 mm) dia. † “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned.K.06 (30. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. nominal for 5. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 4-5 (100-125) 5-6 (125-150) Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. 0. Stainless steel Member Diameter.575 GHz. †† For detailed information on mating flanges. refer to pages 214-218. 3/8” rod. Description Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 0) 12 (3.08 (28.7) 1.7 47. Pressurization.0) 12 (3.4) 10 (3. PDR70. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges..5 45.1 0. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.3 46.6 40 40 40 40 40 40 64 72 73 75 78 78 1.0 42.1 37..06 (30.06 (30.3 1.7) 6 (1.6) 2862 2816 2826 2754 2758 2782 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 36. ValuLine® Antennas.1 42.1 37.7) 1. and UG-343B/U PL4-70 PL6-70 PL8-70 PL10-70 PL12-70 PL15-70 4 (1.06 (30.06 (30.06 (30.1 42.7 0.0 0. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.8 0. PDR70.2) 6 (1. dB) 4 (1. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.08 (28.Call toll-free from: • U.7) 1.7) 1.0 44. dB (R.7) 1.7 40.4 46. Pressurization.L.9 44.1 40.7 46.1 48.4 44.4) 10 (3.9 0. dB) High Performance Antennas .8 0.2) 6 (1. and UG-52B/U 4 (1. Type Number HPX HP HPX4-70 HPX6-70 HPX8-70 HPX10-70 HPX12-70 HPX15-70 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.2 1.6 30 30 30 30 30 30 46 48 50 52 54 55 1.L.0 40.7) 1.4) 1.1 0.7) 1.5 43.8) 8 (2.6 44.7 40.2 45. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).06 (30.6) 2796 2751 2753 2756 2757 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 40.4 42.9 43.0) 12 (3.3) 1.07 (29. and UG-343B/U 2740 2828 2663 2752 – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 40.7) 15 (4.7 30 30 30 30 48 50 52 54 1.8) 8 (2.Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination – Dual Polarization Antenna Inputs: CPR112G.1 47.5 1.06 (30.750 GHz Antenna Inputs.06 (30.0 2.4 1.3 40.06 (30.7) Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G.9 48. dB (R.8) 8 (2.7) 1.7) 7.0 40.5 2.06 (30.5 48..4 40. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).5 1.5 1.4) 10 (3.Refer to page 78 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 7.7) 1.S.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz Continued on next page 76 Revised 9/00 & 5/01 Customer Service Center .7.06 (30. Contact Andrew for details.6 44.7) 15 (4.9 0.9 0.7 26 25 30 30 28 32 61 65 67 70 71 72 1.0 40.5 45. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.5 1.9 44.8 46.7 46. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.3 47. Disc.06 (30.7 40.1 47.4 48.4 42.6 44.125 .7) 15 (4.6 42. Contact Andrew for details.0 46.0) 12 (3.7) 1.7) 15 (4.7) 1.3 45.7 36.1 48.06 (30.6) 2736 2658 2659 2660 2662 2745 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 36.3 42.7) 1. ValuLine Antennas.3 46.9 0.06 (30.7) 1.7 48.06 (30. Type Number HSX HSX4-71 HSX6-71 HSX8-71 HSX10-71 HSX12-71 HSX15-71 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.750 GHz Antenna Inputs.7 48. and UG-343B/U HP6-70 HP8-70 HP10-70 HP12-70 HP15-70 PXL PL PXL6-70 PXL8-70 PXL10-70 PXL12-70 6 (1.06 (30.7) 1. Disc.3 45.4 40.7) 1.3) 1.1 0.7 0.0 47.6 28 30 30 30 30 65 67 70 71 71 1.3 36.2 45.3 1.7 37.3 43.4 44.7 40.9 46.06 (30.7) High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G. See page 127.0 47.4 2.06 (30..125 .7) 1.A.4 40.8) 8 (2.7) 1. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G.9 44.07 (29.0 42.9 43.0 42.4) 10 (3.4 1. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.4) 1.06 (30.06 (30.0) 12 (3.7) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G. PDR84.7 36. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain. and UG-343B/U Low Gain.S.0 44.5 43.3) 1.6) 1548 1543 1550 1554 1556 1566 1624 1622 1626 1628 1852 1858 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 36.. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.4) 10 (3.8) 8 (2.2) 6 (1. PDR70.3 47.2 46.08 (28. See page 127.1 0.8 46.2 1.7 43.7.7 43. PDR70.1 40.S.06 (30.06 (30.0 46.5 1. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . 3 48.7) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: CPR112G.4 1.6 0.06 (30.7) Low Back Lobe Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR137G and PDR70 Regulatory Compliance** LBX6-71* LBX8-71* LBX10-71* LBX12-71* 6 (1.6) 2866 2800 2770 2772 2774 2783 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 35.7 33 33 33 33 55 60 66 64 1.6 30 30 30 30 30 30 45 48 50 52 54 57 1.3) 1. PDR84.2 45.06 (30.4 1.0 42.3 42. Regulation 1286 Category • U.7 42.7 0.06 (30.9 0.6 47.2 42.9 42. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa) except LBX Series 8 lb/in2 (56 kPa).5 36. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.5 1.8 36.6 47. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.0) 12 (3. PDR84.8 1.9 44.06 (30.0 42. ValuLine® Antennas.1 0.com 77 .5 40.7.2 2.5 46.9 0.2) 6 (1.4) 10 (3.6) 4 (1.8 46.9 44.5 44.5 44.1 40.4) 1.06 (30.3) 1.8) 8 (2.8 46.7 40.125 .0) 12 (3.06 (30. dB) 6 (1..5 40..2 2.750 GHz Antenna Inputs.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1. and UG-52B/U 3718 2704 2700 2699 3710 2726 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 36.7) 1.1 0.7) 1. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 9/00 & 5/01 Visit us at: www.0 42.3 44.7 0.5 36.6 28 30 30 28 30 30 62 66 68 70 71 71 1.andrew. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.2 39.06 (30.1 45.Refer to page 78 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 7.3 44. dB (R.4 42.7) 1. and UG-52B/U HP4-71 HP6-71 HP8-71 HP10-71 HP12-71 HP15-71 PL PL4-71 PL6-71 PL8-71 PL10-71 PL12-71 PL15-71 LBX 4 (1.0 47.7) 15 (4.8) 8 (2.1 39.7) 1.S.7) 1.L. Pressurization.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz *8 lb/in2 (56 kPa) maximum **ANATEL Brazilian Telecommunications Agency.4) 10 (3.5 44.7) 1.2 40.7) 1.5 1.06 (30.2) 6 (1.8 39.7 42.06 (30.5 1.8 36.5 42. Disc.8 46.8) 8 (2.7) 4648 4649 4650 4651 – – – – – – – – B B B B – – – – – – – – 40.7) 15 (4.4) 10 (3.9 0.7) High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G.4) 3771 2775 – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 39.5 46.06 (30.3 42.0 47.2 1.8) 8 (2.8 40.K.08 (28. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.1 45.3 48.0) 12 (3.07 (29. Type Number HPX HP HPX6-71 HPX8-71 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.08 (28.9 44.4 45.7) 1.06 (30. Contact Andrew for details.1 46.1 0. See page 127.7) 1. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarization Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 Low Gain.06 (30.5 40.06 (30.7 43.06 (30.9 30 30 66 67 1. Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz Waveguide Type Flange Type†† UG-344/U††† CPR137G CPR112G PDR70 PDR84 6.425-7.125 EWP64-65 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PAR70 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PAR70 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 7.125-7.750 EW64 CPR112G PDR84 Connector† Tunable Fixed-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0.6 m) VSWR 1.06 (30.7)** 164DCT 164DET 264DET – – 164DCT 164DET – – 164DCT 164DET – – 164SC 164SE 264SCM 164SEM 264SEM 164SC 164SE 164SEM 164SCM 164SC 164SE 164SEM 164SCM 55000A-137 55001-137 55001-112 223306-70 – 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 – 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 – F137PA0240BC F137PC0240CC F112PC0240CA F137MH0600HC F112MH0600HA F137PA0240BB F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HB F137MP0600PB F137PA0240BB F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HB F137MP0600PB VSWR 1.15 (23.1)** 164DC 164DE – 264DE – – 164SE 164SEM 264SE 264SEM 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55001-112 – F137PA0240BS F137PC0240CS F137MH0600HS F112PC0240CC F112MH0600HC Premium Waveguide Assemblies 7.125-7.750 EWP64-71 6.525-6.875 EWP64-65N Standard Waveguide Assemblies 6.425-7.750 EW64 * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. ** VSWR max., (R.L., dB). Up to 300 ft (90 m). The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. † “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. †† For detailed information on mating flanges, refer to pages 214-218. ††† Modified cover flange with gasket groove. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10, Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3.5 ft (1.07 m)* 42396A-1 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3.5 ft (1.07 m) EWSH-64 Hardware Kit of 10, 3/8" bolts, lock washers, nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. Stainless steel Member Diameter, in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support, 3/8” rod, nuts, washers, ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long, kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long, kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long, kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long, kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter, in (mm) 0.75-1.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.5-3.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity, 0.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. For other conditions see page 196. Type No. Description Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 2.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter, in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 4-5 (100-125) 5-6 (125-150) Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached, one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached, two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on, one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on, two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below), 4 in (102 mm) dia. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No. 41108A-1 41108A-2 41108A-3 202358 164DZ 204989-3 241088-3 204989-23 241088-8 204989-33 207270 29961 EWBTK-2 33544-35 245314-64 WGB4-64 WGB5-64 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – 78 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center - Call toll-free from: • U.S.A., Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 Refer to page 84 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 7.125 - 8.400 GHz Antenna Inputs. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. Contact Andrew for details. Pressurization. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). ValuLine® Antennas. See page 127. Type Number HPX HPX6-71W HPX8-71W HPX10-71W HPX12-71W HPX15-71W Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.S. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain, dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Disc., dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB (R.L., dB) High Performance/Wide Band Antennas – Dual Polarization Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 2860 2825 2864 1009 697 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 39.6 42.1 44.1 46.1 47.9 40.4 42.9 44.9 46.7 48.6 41.0 43.5 45.5 47.5 49.4 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.8 0.7 30 30 30 30 30 65 67 70 70 65 1.15 (23.1) 1.10 (26.4) 1.10 (26.4) 1.10 (26.4) 1.10 (26.4) 7.125 - 8.5 GHz Antenna Inputs. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. Contact Andrew for details. Pressurization. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). ValuLine® Antennas. See page 127. Type Number HP HP6-71W HP8-71W HP10-71W HP12-71W PL P PL6-71W PL8-71W PL10-71W PL12-71W PL15-71W Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.S. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain, dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Disc., dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB (R.L., dB) High Performance/Wide Band Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 2818 2820 2821 2822 – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 39.7 42.3 44.0 46.2 40.3 42.9 44.8 46.8 41.1 43.6 45.5 47.6 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.7 30 30 30 30 66 68 70 71 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) Standard/Wide Band Antennas – Standard and Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 3703 1271 1273 1275 2710 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 39.7 42.3 44.0 45.6 47.5 40.3 42.9 44.8 46.3 48.2 41.1 43.6 45.5 47.1 48.9 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.6 30 30 30 30 30 48 52 55 58 57 1.10 (26.4) 1.10 (26.4) 1.10 (26.4) 1.10 (26.4) 1.10 (26.4) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz • U.K. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 7/00 & 5/01 Visit us at: www.andrew.com 79 Refer to page 84 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 7.425 - 7.900 GHz Antenna Inputs. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. Contact Andrew for details. Pressurization. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). ValuLine® Antennas. See page 127. Type Number HSX HSX4-74 HSX6-74 HSX8-74 HSX10-74 HSX12-74 HSX15-74 HPX HP HPX4-74 HPX6-74 HPX8-74 HPX10-74 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.S. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain, dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Disc., dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB (R.L., dB) High Performance Antennas - Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 2157 2156 1860 1864 1865 1866 1913 1912 1914 1916 1918 1920 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 36.7 40.3 42.6 44.0 46.5 48.0 37.0 40.6 42.9 44.3 46.8 48.3 37.3 40.9 43.2 44.6 47.0 48.6 2.3 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 40 40 40 40 40 40 64 67 74 75 78 78 1.08 (28.3) 1.08 (28.3) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 3712 – – – 3 2 3697 – – – 3 2 3699 – – – 3 2 3695 – – – 2 2 High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 4112 – – – 2 2 3691 – – – 2 2 3694 – – – 3 2 2792 – – – 3 2 37.1 40.5 42.9 44.3 37.4 40.8 43.1 44.7 37.6 41.1 43.4 45.0 2.5 1.5 1.2 1.1 32 32 32 30 63 67 70 68 1.10 (26.4) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) HP4-74 HP6-74 HP8-74 HP10-74 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 36.5 40.1 42.5 43.8 36.7 40.4 42.8 44.0 37.0 40.6 43.0 44.2 2.3 1.5 1.2 1.0 32 32 32 32 61 64 70 70 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.04 (34.2) 1.04 (34.2) 7.725 - 8.275 GHz* Antenna Inputs. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. Contact Andrew for details. Pressurization. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). ValuLine® Antennas. See page 127. Type Number UHX UHX6-77 UHX8-77 UHX10-77 UHX12-77 UHX15-77 HSX HSX4-77 HSX6-77 HSX8-77 HSX10-77 HSX12-77 HSX15-77 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.S. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Ultra High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 Low Gain, dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol. Disc., dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB (R.L., dB) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 2874 2875 2833 2834 2835 2836 2838 2837 2839 2840 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 40.5 43.1 44.9 46.4 48.4 41.0 43.5 45.2 46.7 48.7 41.2 43.7 45.4 46.9 48.9 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.6 30 30 30 30 30 67 68 70 75 70 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) High Performance Antennas - Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 2588 2589 1922 1924 1929 1930 1966 1967 1968 1969 1960 1962 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 – 2 2 2 2 2 – 37.0 40.7 43.2 44.8 46.4 48.3 37.2 41.0 43.5 45.2 46.7 48.6 37.5 41.4 43.8 45.6 47.0 48.8 2.3 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.6 40 40 40 40 40 40 64 67 77 79 79 76 1.08 (28.3) 1.08 (28.3) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) 1.06 (30.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz *Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band. See pages 93-94. Continued on next page 80 Revised 9/00 & 5/01 Customer Service Center - Call toll-free from: • U.S.A., Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 0) 12 (3.7) 1. ValuLine® Antennas.07 (29.8 43.06 (30.1 0.5 1.7) 1.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.8.1 0.8) 8 (2.7) Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 6 (1.7 33 33 33 33 56 60 66 67 1.06 (30.3 42.1 45.8) 8 (2.8 44.07 (29. Feeds are pressurizable to 8 lb/in2 (56 kPa).1 43.0 46.8 43.7 41.2 46.8) 8 (2.725 .7) 1.6 40.9 40. Disc. dB) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 6 (1.5 45.4) 10 (3. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.6 43.7 33 33 33 33 66 68 70 72 1.5 47. dB (R.5 1.7) Low Back Lobe Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 6 (1.5 43.4 45.L.andrew.5 1. See page 127.1 45.7) 4652 4653 4654 4655 – – – – – – – – A A A A – – – – – – – – 40.9 46.9 0.06 (30.06 (30. Contact Andrew for details.4) 10 (3.4 45.0 1.Refer to page 84 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 7.3 42.06 (30.7 41.8 45.K.0) 12 (3. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.1 43.9 0.8 44.7) 1.9 43. Type Number HPX HPX6-77* HPX8-77* HPX10-77* HPX12-77* PXL PXL6-77** PXL8-77** PXL10-77** PXL12-77** LBX LBX6-77** LBX8-77** LBX10-77** LBX12-77** Diameter ft (m) RPE Number(s) Regulatory Compliance*** Low Gain.07 (29.9 0.4 40. **8 lb/in2 (56 kPa) maximum ***ANATEL Brazilian Telecommunications Agency.7 46. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.06 (30.4) 1.9 46.7) – – – – – – – – – – – – B B B B – – – – – – – – 40.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz *Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band. Pressurization..com 81 .4 40. See pages 93-94.3 47.06 (30.. Regulation 1286 Category • U.7) 1.2 46.4) 1.7) – – – – – – – – – – – B B B B – – – – – – – 40. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www.5 47.2 44.06 (30.7 33 33 33 33 48 50 54 63 1. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.06 (30.0 1.275 GHz* Antenna Inputs.4) 1.1 0.2 1.7) 1. 8 40.8 43.0) 12 (3.7) 1. dB) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 3716 3721 2760 2747 2748 2763 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 36.2) 6 (1.Refer to page 84 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 7.5 47.1 43.7 48.5 37. dB (R.6 45..3 42.06 (30. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 2858 3763 3765 2868 3767 3768 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 36. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .7) 1.3 48. See pages 93-94.1 48.S.7) 15 (4.0) 12 (3.06 (30.7) 1.7) 1.06 (30.1 0.3 45.06 (30.06 (30. Disc.5 1.7) 1.2 40.6) Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.2 37.5 1.40 GHz* Type Number HP HP4-77 HP6-77 HP8-77 HP10-77 HP12-77 HP15-77 PL PL4-77 PL6-77 PL8-77 PL10-77 PL12-77 PL15-77 4 (1.5 41.7) 1.06 (30.9 44.6 45.1 0.2 1.3 48.06 (30.9 2.9 2.6 30 30 30 30 30 30 63 68 68 70 71 71 1.06 (30.5 37.2 40.7 0.2 46.L.7 48.06 (30.2) 6 (1.2 37.7 0.7) 1.7) 1.9 44.3 42.75 .6) 4 (1.2 1.8.6 30 30 30 30 30 30 45 48 50 58 54 57 1.2 46.06 (30.8) 8 (2.Call toll-free from: • U.7) 1.S.8 40.06 (30.8 46.1 48. 82 Revised 5/01 & 1/03 Customer Service Center . dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.7) 1.9 0..1 43.A.5 41. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.9 0..3 45.8 46.5 47.8) 8 (2.7) 15 (4.06 (30.8 43.7) *Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band.4) 10 (3.4) 10 (3.7) Low Gain. Type Number HSX HSX4-82 HSX6-82 HSX8-82 HSX10-82 HSX12-82 HSX15-82 HPX HP HPX6-82 HPX8-82 HPX10-82 HPX12-82 HPX15-82 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.8 43.6 45.7) 15 (4.4 45.06 (30.7) 1.7) 1.8) 8 (2.5 47.7 41.7) 1.06 (30.06 (30. 1810 1222 1224 1226 1228 1230 1232 1236 1234 1238 1240 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 37.9 0.8 41.08 (28.1 41.7 47.8 0.Refer to page 84 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 8.5 1.9 2.1 0.7) 15 (4. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.4) 10 (3.S.6 30 30 30 30 30 48 55 57 63 65 1.7 47.8) 8 (2.06 (30.06 (30.06 (30.6 41.6 30 30 30 30 30 48 50 58 54 57 1.3) 1.3 48.7) 1. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.8 45.7) 15 (4.7) 1.7) Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 2851 2853 2855 2857 2859 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 – 2 2 2 2 41.9 45.2 43.9 47.8 45.4 48.5 45.8 45.2) 6 (1.3 1. Regulation 1286 Category • U.06 (30.06 (30.06 (30.7) 15 (4.1 43.9 1.8 43..7) 1.1 48.6 47.6 46.8) 8 (2.7 45.1 48.6 40.06 (30.7 45.06 (30.7) 1.6) 6 (1.1 48. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.06 (30.06 (30. Disc.8 0.8 48.06 (30.6 40.andrew.4) 10 (3. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www.9 45.7) 1.5 41.7 41. See page 127.5 1.9 47.06 (30.0 48.3 43.7) 1.06 (30.8 0.0 43.4 43.2 48.5 45.0 43. Pressurization.7 47.1 43.7) 1.0) 12 (3.com 83 .06 (30.1 43.5 41.4) 10 (3.3 48.4 47.06 (30.9 0. dB) High Performance Antennas . dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.7) 1. dB (R.7 0.7 0.7) 786-1 787-2 788-2 789-2 – – – – – – – – B B B B – – – – – – – – 40.4) 10 (3.06 (30.08 (28.7) High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 HP6-82 HP8-82 HP10-82 HP12-82 HP15-82 PXL PL PXL6-82 PXL8-82 PXL10-82 PXL12-82 PXL15-82 6 (1.4) 1.1 0. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.5 47.K.6) 2882 2891 2893 2895 2889 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 40.6 41.7 0.3 1.7) 1.5 47.7 1.7) 1.7 43.7 0.5 47.7 47.9 43..7) 1.0 0.06 (30.9 41.06 (30.0) 12 (3.8 41.1 0. ValuLine® Antennas.06 (30.7) 1.0 43.6 30 30 30 30 30 58 67 70 70 70 1.0) 12 (3.9 45.3 47.2 .2 43.6 45.06 (30.7) 1.4) 10 (3.7 37.4) 10 (3.8) 8 (2.4 1.0) 12 (3.06 (30.6 43.7 45.3 46.06 (30.3 48.6) 2871 2897 2899 2901 2903 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 40.6 1.0) 12 (3.8 48.0 0.6 30 30 30 30 30 68 68 70 71 71 1.L.8.7) Low Back Lobe Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 Regulatory Compliance** LBX6-82* LBX8-82* LBX10-82* LBX12-82* 6 (1.0) 12 (3.5 1.7) 1.7) 15 (4.5 48.3 1.5 45.Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 4 (1.3) 1.2 48.6 40 40 40 40 40 40 63 67 78 78 79 76 1.2 43.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz *8 lb/in2 (56 kPa) maximum **ANATEL Brazilian Telecommunications Agency.2 1.7 33 33 33 33 58 60 63 65 1.8) 8 (2.06 (30.8 41.8 37.9 0.6) 2883 2863 2865 2867 2869 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 41.7 45.7) 1.8 47.07 (29. Contact Andrew for details. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa) except LBX Series 8 lb/in2 (56 kPa).7) 1.8) 8 (2.7) 1.5 GHz Antenna Inputs.0 0.6) 1799.06 (30.4 43.7) 1.3 46.9 1.0 48.1 48.7) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 6 (1.7 45.8 47.7 0.7) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: CPR112G and PDR84 PL6-82 PL8-82 PL10-82 PL12-82 PL15-82 LBX 6 (1.0 43.6 43. washers. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached.425 . in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 4-5 (100-125) 5-6 (125-150) Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. 4 in (102 mm) dia.91 m) EWSH-77 Hardware Kit of 10.725 .5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. dB).5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.Call toll-free from: • U. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. Stainless steel Member Diameter. Type No.8. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. 3/8” rod. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies.06 (30.125–8.. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below).. nuts.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. refer to pages 214-218.6 m) VSWR 1. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10.500 EWP77-71W *** Standard Waveguide Assemblies 7.125–7. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.S.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz Waveguide Type Flange Type†† UG-51/U††† CPR112G PBR84 PDR84 PDR70 7. Up to 300 ft (90 m).3 GHz ONLY † “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. 41108A-1 41108A-2 41108A-3 202421 177DZ 204989-3 241088-3 204989-23 241088-8 204989-33 207270 19256B EWBTK-2 33544-34 245314-77 WGB4-77 WGB5-77 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – 84 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center . kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .A. *** 7.. Description Tower Standoff Kit of 10. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit.1)** F112PA0240BC F112MK0600KC F112PC0240CC F112MH0600HC 7.750 EWP77-71 177DCT 177DET 177DCMT 177DEMT 277DEMT 177DCT 177DET 177DCMT 177DEMT 277DEMT 177DCT 177DET 177DCMT 177DEMT 277DEMT Non-Tunable 177DC 177DCM 177DE 177DEM 177SC 177SCM 177SE 177SEM 55000A-112 243498-84 55001-112 223306-84 177SC 177SE 177SCM 177SEM – 177SC 177SE 177SCM 177SEM – 177SC 177SE 177SCM 177SEM – 55000A-112 55001-112 243498-84 223306-84 223306-70 55000A-112 55001-112 243498-84 223306-84 223306-70 55000A-112 55001-112 243498-84 223306-84 223306-70 F112PA0240BA F112PC0240CA F112MK0600KA F112MH0600HA F137MH0600HC F112PA0240BB F112PC0240CB F112MK0600KB F112MH0600HB F137MH0600HF‡ F112PA0240BC F112PC0240CC F112MK0600KC F112MH0600HC F137MH0600HE VSWR 1. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. ††† Modified cover flange with gasket groove. 3/8" bolts. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. ** VSWR max. For other conditions see page 196.7)** Premium Waveguide Assemblies 7. 2.500 EWP77-77 UG-51/U††† CPR112G PBR84 PDR84 PDR70 UG-51/U††† CPR112G PBR84 PDR84 PDR70 UG-51/U††† PBR84 CPR112G PDR84 * Connector† Tunable Fixed-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0.925 GHz ‡ 7. lock washers.7. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.91 m)* 42396A-11 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10.5-3.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No. in (mm) 0. 0.500 EW77 Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands.75-1.L. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.725–8.15 (23. †† For detailed information on mating flanges.125–8. (R. 4) 1.0) 3752 3336 3754 3756 B B A A – – – – – – – – 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 39.4) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz • U. Pressurization.4) 1.2) 6 (1.4) 1.4 47.10 (26.9 43.4) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 4 (1.0) 2 (0.K.2 0.7 30 30 30 30 30 50 58 68 68 68 1.4 47.2 40.4 47.S.5 47.L.6 47.2 45. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.4) 10 (3.9 0.10 (26.0) 3742 3744 3326 3746 3748 – B B A A – – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 33.10 (26. dB (R.9 43.1) 1. ValuLine® Antennas.4) 1.3 1.9 0.5 45.1 45.10 (26.0) 3758 4505 3769 4494 3760 4506 3348 3762 A A A A – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 39. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Ultra High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 Low Gain.10 (26.8 1.5 47.7 43.2 0.8) 8 (2.4) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 P4-102 P6-102 P8-102 P10-102 4 (1.9 45.0 33.1 46.4 47.8 1.15 (23.2 46.3 42.2 40.5 47.2) 6 (1.0 43.2 0.15 (23.1) 1.4) 10 (3.7 30 30 30 30 58 68 68 68 1.10 (26.1 33.4) 1.10 (26.9 43.7 42.9 1.6 42. dB) 4 (1.7 43.1 39.2) 6 (1. See page 127.10 (26.5 47.andrew.7 39.3 39.Refer to page 88 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 10.8 1.1 43.1 40.7 42. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.10 (26.10 (26.7 GHz Antenna Inputs.6 47.7 30 30 30 30 45 50 52 58 1.3 47.4) Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 3314 3316 3740 3320 B B A A – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 – 2 2 2 39. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).4) 1.4) 10 (3.2 39. Disc.10 (26.4) 1.2 0.3 1.4 40.4) High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 HP2-102 HP4-102 HP6-102 HP8-102 HP10-102 PX P PX4-102 PX6-102 PX8-102 PX10-102 4 (1.8 1.10 (26.9 0.9 0.0) 3306 3731 3732 3312 B B B A – – – – – – – – – 1 1 1 – 2 2 2 39.0 46.4) 1.1 45.4) 1.2 1.3 45.9 0.10 (26.10 (26.1 45.com 85 .8 43.3 45.10.1 39.1 43.4) 1. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.10 (26. Type Number UHX UHX4-102 UHX6-102 UHX8-102 UHX10-102 HPX HP HPX4-102 HPX6-102 HPX8-102 HPX10-102 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.2 0.7 45.9 45.10 (26.4) 10 (3.2) 6 (1.8 33 33 33 33 68 79 78 80 1.4) 1. Contact Andrew for details.6 1.2) 6 (1.6) 4 (1.4) 1.0 39. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 7/00 & 5/01 Visit us at: www.2 3..9 45.1 45.8 39.3 45.10 (26.2 45.10 (26.5 42.3 47.2 .7 30 30 30 30 45 50 52 58 1.4) 1.3 45..8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.8) 8 (2.10 (26.8) 8 (2.1 43.8) 8 (2.4) 1.8 1. 9 47.9 0.8) 8 (2.9 47.9 43.8 47.10.8 43.9 47.5 .8 47.4 45.8 0.4) 10 (3.0 47.5 45.0 49.9 49. dB) 4 (1.0 43.7) High Performance Antennas – Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 4 (1.4) 1.2 0.8 1.06 (30.9 49.4) P4-105 P6-105 P8-105 P10-105 P12-105 PAR PAR6-105* PAR8-105* 4 (1. See page 127.7 30 30 30 30 30 45 51 53 53 55 1.9 43.4 1.08 (28.06 (30.8 43.0 48.06 (30.8 47.4 1.3 40.6 46.4) 1646 1647 A A – – – – 1 1 2 2 43.8) 8 (2.06 (30.06 (30.15 (23.6 43.3) 1.7 0.7) 1. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.2) 6 (1.Refer to page 88 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 10.9 47.8 43.8 0.10 (26.8 49.06 (30.7) 1.8) 8 (2.5 39.2 45.2 0.2) 6 (1.2 39.8 43.2 0.6 49. Disc.8 1.0) 12 (3.06 (30.1) 1.2) 6 (1.0 45.4) 1.6 40 40 40 40 40 64 72 75 75 80 1.9 43.4) 1.8) 8 (2.4 1.8 49.8 49. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).7) 39.4) 10 (3.4) 1.9 0.10 (26..8 49.4 1.5 45.7) 6 (1.6 43.3 40.7) 1.A.0) 12 (3.3 40.7) 1.10 (26.2) 6 (1.9 47.6 46.0) 12 (3.2 39.7 GHz Antenna Inputs.06 (30.2 0.08 (28.Call toll-free from: • U.0 43.4) 1.4) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 6 (1.2 39.9 43.S.0 0.9 49.06 (30.4 45.8 43.7 30 30 30 30 30 60 64 68 70 71 1.0) 12 (3.2 43.8 0.1 0.7) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 4 (1.9 49.10 (26.0 47.1 45.3) 1.15 (23.10 (26.5 45.2 39.L.3 43.4 45.8 49.0 43.0) 12 (3.4) 10 (3.4 45.4) 10 (3.0 49.7) 2462 B – – 2 2 3269 A – – 2 2 3274 A – – 2 2 3280 A – – 2 2 3282 A – – 2 2 High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 3472 B – – 2 2 3258 B – – 2 2 3259 A – – 2 2 3260 A – – 2 2 3261 A – – 1 2 Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 3290 B – – 1 3291 B – – 1 3292 B – – 1 3293 B – – 1 Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 3002 B – – – 3146 B – – 1 3004 B – – 1 3006 A – – 1 3218 B – – 1 39.3) 1.7) 1.7 43.7) 1.7) 2 2 2 2 43.3) 1. Pressurization.7 1.10 (26.8 1.8) 8 (2.9 0.3 39.8 0.7) 1..2 1.08 (28.2) 6 (1.0 47.7 30 30 30 30 30 60 66 68 70 71 1.9 49. ValuLine® Antennas.5 45.1) 1. Type Number UHX UHX4-105 UHX6-105 UHX8-105 UHX10-105 UHX12-105 HSX HSX4-105 HSX6-105 HSX8-105 HSX10-105 HSX12-105 HPX HP HPX4-105 HPX6-105 HPX8-105 HPX10-105 HPX12-105 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.08 (28.0 47.7) 2013 2037 2024 2033 2034 2012 2038 2025 2032 2035 A A A A A – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 39. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.7 30 30 30 30 49 50 52 55 1. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Ultra High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 Low Gain.4) 1.8) 8 (2.10 (26.7) 1.7 49.0 48.5 45.7) 1.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz * Uses focal plane reflector and feed system. dB (R.9 30 30 60 63 1.5 46.8 47.4) 10 (3.06 (30.6 46.06 (30.10 (26.2 0.7 1.7) – 2 2 2 2 39.7) 1.7) 1.2 1.06 (30.10 (26.7 43. 86 Revised 7/00 & 5/01 Customer Service Center .6 46.2 45.7) HP4-105 HP6-105 HP8-105 HP10-105 HP12-105 PX P PX6-105 PX8-105 PX10-105 PX12-105 4 (1.4 45.8 49.3 40.4 45.4 1.4) 10 (3.6 46.9 0.65 33 33 33 33 33 70 81 80 83 80 1.06 (30.8 0.0) 12 (3.0 43. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.06 (30.S.9 47.7 49.7 49.7 49. Contact Andrew for details.8 1.06 (30.4) 1.8) 8 (2.8 47.8 0.06 (30. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .8 47.7) 1972 1974 1976 1980 2017 2019 2026 2028 2253 2255 A A A A A – – – – – – – – – – 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 39.. 7 0.8 40.Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 4 (1.0) 12 (3.8) 8 (2.6 40.4 44.08 (28.6 50.6 1.com 87 .5 40 40 40 40 40 64 72 75 75 80 1.7) 1.2 44.7) 1.2 1.6 49.7) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 4 (1.0 43.andrew.2 49.7 0.7) 2460 B – – 2 2 3224 A – – 2 2 3175 A – – 2 2 3173 A – – 2 2 3190 A – – 2 2 High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 3429 A – – 2 2 3222 A – – 3 2 3174 A – – 3 2 3250 A – – 2 2 3188 A – – 2 2 40.4 48.1 0.0 43.2 40.7) 1.6 1.6 1.2 49. Dual Beam Antennas – Dual Polarized Angle Diversity Antenna Input: CPR90G 8 (2.4) 10 (3.1 43.8 44.2 1.3 49.06 (30..8 48.7) 1.5 46.6 1.4) 1.6 46.08 (28.8 49.9 49.06 (30.6 46.0 46.2 45..4 40.5 44.7) PL4-107 PL6-107 PL8-107 PL10-107 PL12-107 4 (1.6 46. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.7) 1.7) 1.7) High Performance.06 (30.3) 1.8 48.06 (30.L.2) 6 (1. ** Uses focal plane reflector and feed system • U. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Ultra High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 Low Gain.06 (30. dB) 4 (1.0 46.5 30 30 30 30 30 62 70 70 70 72 1.2 1.4) 10 (3.10 (26.0) 12 (3.8 44.2 1.06 (30.06 (30.9 49. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www.1 48.8 26 22 78 78 1.6 44.7) HP4-107 HP6-107 HP8-107 HP10-107 HP12-107 HDX HDX8-107 HDX10-107 4 (1.4 40.8 30 30 60 63 1.0 47.5 30 30 30 30 30 61 70 71 70 70 1.0 46.3) 1.8 43.5 48. Contact Andrew for details.8 0.6 46.7) 1.3 44.06 (30.3 50.0 47.6 47.7 0.3 49.0 43.06 (30.8 40.06 (30. Disc.7) 6 (1.7) 1.0 49.0 47.7 0.6 50.8 48.0 0.4) 10 (3.5 30 30 30 30 49 50 52 53 1.0) 3791 3793 3787 3789 4352 4353 4354 4355 A A – – – – 2 2 2 2 47.7) High Performance Antennas .0) 12 (3.8 40.4 48.7) 1.2) 6 (1.K.06 (30.4 48.3 46. See page 127.8) 8 (2.9 46.4) 10 (3.06 (30.11.08 (28.8) 8 (2.5 50.08 (28.9 48.4 44.0) 12 (3.8 0.4 46.0) 12 (3.06 (30.5 48.7) 1.4 46.8 0.06 (30.4 46.0 47.06 (30.9 49.06 (30.7) 40.6 44.6 50.7 GHz* Antenna Inputs.4 46.08 (28.5 30 30 30 30 30 46 51 53 54 60 1.Refer to page 88 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 10.4) 1. Type Number UHX UHX4-107 UHX6-107 UHX8-107 UHX10-107 UHX12-107 HSX HSX4-107 HSX6-107 HSX8-107 HSX10-107 HSX12-107 HPX HP HPX4-107 HPX6-107 HPX8-107 HPX10-107 HPX12-107 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U. See pages 93-94.8 49. ValuLine® Antennas.7 0. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.7) 2314 2312 2316 2318 2320 2322 2340 2338 2362 2364 A A A A A – – – – – – – – – – 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 39.4 40.2) 6 (1.8 44.6 46.7) 1.06 (30.8) 8 (2.7) 1.6 46. All antenna VSWR values are specified with CPR and PDR flanges.10 (26.06 (30.8 48.08 (28.8 0.8 48.8 0.3) 1.1 0.0 0.4 44.6 47.0 46.7 0.06 (30.10 (26.4) 10 (3.1 0.9 44.0 0.8 43.5 33 33 33 33 33 70 80 80 82 80 1.2 1.7) 1.8 0.8 48.4) PAR PAR6-107** PAR8-107** PXL PL PXL6-107 PXL8-107 PXL10-107 PXL12-107 6 (1.9 47.3) 1. Pressurization. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.0 47.4 40.7) 40.1 0.4) 10 (3.7) 1.06 (30.S.8) 8 (2.3 49.3) 1.3 1. dB (R.06 (30.06 (30.7) 1.10 (26.8 0.2 43.0 46.8) 8 (2.8 40.6 1.0) 12 (3.4) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 3743 3745 A A – – – – 1 1 2 2 43.7) 1.7) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz * Multiband antennas are available for this frequency band.0 47.2) 6 (1.0 46.2) 6 (1.7) Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 3183 B – – – – 3185 B – – – – 3187 B – – – – 3199 B – – – – Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Low VSWR Antenna Inputs: CPR90G and PDR100 3214 B – – – – 3101 B – – 1 2 3249 B – – 1 2 3200 B – – – – 3116 B – – 1 2 43.8) 8 (2.6 50.0 0.6 1.5 .7) 2098 2097 2141 2142 2124 2125 2127 2126 2128 2129 A A A A A – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 40.3) 1.06 (30.4 48. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).4) 1.4) 10 (3.4 46. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .5-3. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0.7 EWP90-105 EWP90-105W EWP90-107 * ** † †† Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long.. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies.7 10. “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. Up to 300 ft (90 m). 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter.1)** F090PC0240CS F090MH0600HS F075PA0240BS Super Premium Waveguide Assemblies 10. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. 2.15 (23. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter.2-11.91 m) EWSH-90 Hardware Kit of 10. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10. 0.3)** 10. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached.91 m)* 42396A-5 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10.7-11. washers.L.3)** CPR90G PDR100 190DET 190DEMT 190SE 190SEM 55001-90 223306-100 F090PC0240CB F090MH0600HB VSWR 1. For other conditions see page 196. (R.7)** CPR90G PDR100 CPR90G PDR100 CPR90 PDR100 WR75††† 190DET 190DEMT – – 190DET 190DEMT 190SE 190SEM 190SE 190SEM 190SE 190SEM 55001-90 223306-100 55001-90 223306-100 55001-90 223306-100 F090PC0240CA F090MH0600HA F090PC0240CB F090MH0600HB F090PC0240CB F090MH0600HB VSWR 1. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 Type No. refer to pages 214-218. VSWR max.7-11.S. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – 204919 190DZ 204989-2 241088-2 204989-22 241088-7 204989-32 207270 29958 EWBTK-1 33544-37 245314-90 WGB4-90 WGB5-90 Type No. nuts. 4 in (102 mm) dia.7 10. 3/8” rod.Call toll-free from: • U. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.6 m) VSWR 1. 3/8" bolts. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.7 EWP90S Premium Waveguide Assemblies 10. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.5-11. For detailed information on mating flanges.A.2-10.5 in (13 mm) radial ice.7 Standard Waveguide Assemblies 10. lock washers. dB).7 EW90 CPR90G PDR100 WR75††† – Non-Tunable 190DE 190DEM – 190SE 190SEM – 55001-90 223306-100 55000A-75 290SC 55000A-75 F075PA0240BB VSWR 1. ††† Pressurizable cover flange. * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. Stainless steel Member Diameter. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10. 88 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center . ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.7-11.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10..06 (30.05 (32.75-1.. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. in (mm) 0. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below).09 (27.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz Waveguide Type Flange Type†† Connector† Tunable Fixed-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. Description Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 6 0.8 50.S.3 48.7) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: WR75 cover/gasket and PDR120 3216 – – – – – 3204 B B B 1 2 1277 A A A 1 2 1286 A A A 1 2 1288 A A A 1 2 4271 A A A 1 2 35.4) 1.8 50.3) 1.0) 12 (3.4) Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: WR75 cover/gasket and PDR120 4 (1.08 (28..5 48.5 48.9 0. Pressurization.4 0.5 40.4 50.2 2.1 47.S. Disc.9 0.9 35.L.8) 8 (2.K.8) 8 (2.10 (26.. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. dB) 8 (2.9 45.25 GHz* Antenna Inputs.4) 10 (3.5 48.08 (28.2) 6 (1.L.5 41. Pressurization.4) 1.4) 1.6 0.5 50.3) 12.10 (26. See page 127.7 GHz Antenna Inputs. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.10 (26.8 1.8 0.4) 10 (3. dB (R.8 45.8 41.08 (28.1 0.7 0. Disc..4) 10 (3.10 (26. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. See page 94.8 50. Contact Andrew for details.2) 6 (1.3) 1.10 (26.8 1.7 0.8) 8 (2.6 45.6 0.5 44.6 0.5 25 30 30 30 26 30 42 49 55 59 60 58 1.5 50. Continued on next page • U.4) 10 (3. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. dB (R. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.4) 12.4 47.S.4 50. Disc.0) 12 (3.8 47. Type Number HP HP6-122 HP8-122 HP10-122 HP12-122 P P2-122 P4-122 P6-122 P8-122 P10-122 P12-122 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.5 30 30 25 25 68 70 71 72 1.12.10 (26.3) 1.10 (26.7) 3284 3228 3270 3272 A A A A A A A A A A A A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 44. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).andrew.4 47.6 47.4) 10 (3..10 (26.. All antenna VSWR values are specified with PDR flange. All antenna VSWR values are specified with PDR flange.4 0.7) 3211 3213 3215 3217 3219 B A A A A – – – – – – – – – – 1 – – – – 2 – – – – 40.4 50.6 32 30 80 82 1.4) 1.10 (26.7) 3285 3232 3233 3234 A A A A – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 44.13. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.6 40.0) 12 (3.0 0.10 (26. Type Number HPX HPX6-122 HPX8-122 HPX10-122 HPX12-122 PX PX4-122 PX6-122 PX8-122 PX10-122 PX12-122 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.10 (26.2 .3) 1..9 49. Contact Andrew for details.6) 4 (1.4) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz *Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band.8 49. Pressurization.1 48.2 44. See page 127.3) 2 (0.4) 1.08 (28.L.5 30 30 28 30 70 70 71 71 1.10 (26.4) 1.4) 1.8) 8 (2.3 48.3) 1.7 47.4) 1.7 0.7 0.0) 12 (3.Refer to page 185 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 12. ValuLine® Antennas.0 51.7 0.5 48.9 45.08 (28.5 30 30 25 25 68 70 71 71 1. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.0) 1255 1256 1258 1259 A A A A A A 3 3 2 2 47.4) 1.10 (26.1 41. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: WR75 cover/gasket and PDR120 Low Gain.1 47.0 47.6 35.2 0.3) 1.5 25 25 30 30 25 52 51 54 57 58 1.2 .4) 1. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).9 0. ValuLine® Antennas.9 45.0 47.8 49.9 0. dB (R. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.4 50.1 48.7 50.7 44.10 (26.2 48. Contact Andrew for details. All antenna VSWR values are specified with PDR flange.4) 10 (3.4) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: WR75 cover/gasket and PDR120 6 (1.5 45. ValuLine® Antennas.6 48.25 GHz Antenna Inputs.3 47.5 44.com 89 . FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: WR75 cover/gasket and PDR120 Low Gain.8 47.7 0.7 50.7 .6 48.7 47.0) 12 (3.13.6 47. Type Number UHX UHX8-127 UHX10-127 HPX HPX6-127 HPX8-127 HPX10-127 HPX12-127 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.8) 8 (2.0 47.10 (26.08 (28.9 0.1 47.6 48. dB) 6 (1.8 47.10 (26.6 48. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Ultra High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: WR75 cover/gasket and PDR120 Low Gain. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.1 51. dB) 6 (1.2 48.7 47.9 49.08 (28. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).4) 1.9 45.6 0.10 (26.4) 1.4) 1.7 50.7) 3296 3278 3279 3281 B A A A B A A A B A A A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 45. See page 127.1 51.08 (28.6 45. 4) 1.75 .3) 14.4) High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: WR75 cover/gasket and PDR120 HP4-130 HP6-130 HP8-130 4 (1.6 0.3 0.10 (26. Type Number HSX HSX4-130 HSX6-130 HSX8-130 HSX10-130 HPX HP HPX4-130 HPX6-130 HPX8-130 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U. dB (R.8 41.0 1.25 GHz* Antenna Inputs.10 (26.0) 1010 1012 1014 1016 1018 1020 1202 1204 – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 42.9 45.. All antenna VSWR values are specified with PDR flange. Pressurization.1 45. All antenna VSWR values are specified with PDR flange.8 49.3 47.Call toll-free from: • U.4) 1.9 0.4) 10 (3. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.1 1.6 48.1 48.4 50. Disc.6 40 40 40 40 68 75 76 76 1.Refer to pages 185 and 187 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 12. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.4) 10 (3.4) 1.7 0.8) 8 (2.. 90 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center .2) 6 (1.0 47.9 0.1 45. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.2 45.4) 1.6 41.4 44.2) 6 (1.9 45. Contact Andrew for details.Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination – Dual Polarized Antenna Input: PDR120 4 (1. dB (R. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Input: PDR140 Low Gain.S. See page 127. Type Number PX PX4-127 PX6-127 PX8-127 PX10-127 PX12-127 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.7) 3220 3221 3223 3225 3226 B A A A A B A A A A B A A A A 1 – – – – 2 – – – – 40.10 (26.08 (28.9 47.10 (26. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).4) 10 (3.10 (26.8 1.10 (26.10 (26.10 (26.S.9 0.6 41.9 45.4) 1.7 41.A.7 28 28 32 66 68 74 1.6 0.10 (26.7 0. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: WR75 cover/gasket and PDR120 Low Gain.4) 1.8 49..4) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz * Multiband antennas are available in this frequency band. ValuLine® Antennas.10 (26. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.8) 8 (2.7 41.5 25 25 30 30 25 52 52 54 57 58 1.0) 12 (3.4) High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: WR75 cover/gasket and PDR120 4 (1.7 50..1 47.9 41.0 51.10 (26.0 45.2 42.S.8 0.8 45.9 48.4) 1.14.0 47.8 50.3 47.4) 1. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.13. ValuLine® Antennas.4) 1. ValuLine® Antennas.0 45.2) 6 (1.3 0. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .10 (26.4) 1.4) 12.6 48.6 50.4) 1.10 (26.4 0.5 48.8 41.8) 8 (2.7 .1 47.3) 1.10 (26.3 1. Contact Andrew for details. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max. Pressurization.13. All antenna VSWR values are specified with PDR flange.5 40 40 40 40 68 75 76 76 1.4) 1.08 (28.4 48.25 . Disc.5 45.10 (26. Type Number HSX HSX4-142 HSX6-142 HSX8-142 HSX10-142 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.10 (26. dB (R. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.3 47.4) 1.10 (26.2 47.6 45.1 47..1 47.7 41. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max..L.8) 8 (2.8 1. dB) 4 (1.9 0.0 45.L.6 0.2) 6 (1.25 GHz* Antenna Inputs. Contact Andrew for details.S.8) 8 (2..2 0.0) 2490 2492 2099 2100 2513 2515 2566 2568 B A A A B A A A B A A A 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 41. Disc.5 50.4) 1254 3288 1033 B A A B A A B A A 3 2 3 2 2 2 40. dB) 4 (1. See page 127. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.2 47. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).0 48. dB) High Performance Antennas.4) 1252 3286 3289 A A A A A A A A A 3 2 2 2 2 2 40.5 GHz Antenna Inputs.7 46.L.7 28 28 28 68 70 71 1.2) 6 (1. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.6 46. Pressurization. See page 127.1 42. See page 94. 10 (26.10 (26.8 48.0 48.2 42. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.8) 8 (2.5 49.8 0.L.3 50.8) 8 (2.35 GHz Antenna Inputs.8 0. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).6 0.4) 3983 A A A 2 2 50.5 33.10 (26.4) 1.6 50. Pressurization.com 91 .15 (23.4) 1.5 46. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain High Performance Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Input: UG-541A/U Low Gain.0 47.0) High Performance Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: UG-595/U and PBR220 8 (2.5 30 30 57 58 1. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.5 46. All antenna VSWR values are specified with PDR flange.0) 1.135 (24.8 50.andrew.0) 1.S.4 44.4 38. See page 127.10 (26.K.2 42.5 30 72 1.4) Standard Antennas – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: UG-541A/U and PDR140 4 (1. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. Disc.4) 1. Type Number HSX HSX1-180 HSX2-180 HSX4-180 HSX6-180 HP HP8-180 P P8-180 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.0 38.9 1.7 .L.10 (26.10 (26.0) 1206 1208 1210 1212 1214 1216 1218 1220 – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 42.2 0.5 50. Pressurization. Feeds are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).6 1.7 34 36 36 36 60 64 67 72 1.8) 2050 2051 2052 2053 2055 2054 2057 2056 – A A A – A A A – A A A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 32.4) 10 (3. ValuLine® Antennas.7 51.6 0.. dB F/B VSWR Ratio max.0 33.2 0.7 46.8 46.6 50.0 44.1 48. ValuLine® Antennas..2 0.4) 10 (3. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR. dB (R.6) 4 (1.1 50.5 38.. Contact Andrew for details.0 46.1) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz • U.2) 6 (1.10 (26.Refer to pages 187 and 189 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 14.3) 2 (0.10 (26.8 1.0 0.10 (26.2) 6 (1. Type Number HSX HSX4-144 HSX6-144 HSX8-144 HSX10-144 PX P PX4-144 PX6-144 PX8-144 PX10-144 Diameter ft (m) Regulatory Compliance RPE U.9 50.135 (24.4) 1.0) 1565 1567 1569 1571 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 – – – 2 – – 42. Disc.S.2 0.4) 10 (3.10 (26.2 50.4) 4058 B B B 1 2 50.5 40 40 40 40 68 75 76 76 1.4 .1) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: UG-595/U and PBR220 8 (2. dB) 4 (1. FCC ETSI ETSI Number(s) 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.2 50.3 48..0) 1.15.4) 17.5 48.8 48.7 51.9 50.6 0.2) 6 (1.0) 1505 1507 – – – – – – 1 – 2 – 48.8 1.7 GHz Antenna Inputs. All antenna VSWR values are specified with PDR flange.19.135 (24. dBi Mid-Band Top Beamwidth Degrees Cross Pol.5 42. dB (R.4) 1. dB) High Performance Antennas. Other optional flanges may result in equal or slightly higher VSWR.5 43.4 3.8 0.4) 1.4 48. Contact Andrew for details.3 45.2 48.5 30 30 30 30 48 55 57 58 1.5 30 59 1.15 (23.3 48.4) Standard Antennas – Single Polarized Antenna Inputs: UG-541A/U and PDR140 P8-144 P10-144 8 (2.3 50.8 44.Super High Cross Polarization Discrimination – Dual Polarized Antenna Inputs: UG-595/U and PBR220 1 (0.135 (24. See page 127.4) 1. They also offer great system planning flexibility. Contact Andrew for further information and help in designing your system. Maximum channel expansion. The multiband antennas listed in this catalog are a small sampling of our total capabilities. with minimum increase in tower wind load.Call toll-free from: • U. in general.S. We understand that your upgrade or expansion needs may be unique and we would like the opportunity to discuss your requirements with you. weight.A. Input Flange Information Antenna Series -3444 -3456 -459 -465 -4456 -4459 -4464 -6477 -6511 -186 -4477 -6812 Antenna Input CPR229G CPR229G CPR229G CPR229G CPR187G CPR187G CPR187G CPR137G CPR137G 7/8” EIA CPR187G CPR137G CPR229G CPR137G CPR137G CPR137G CPR137G CPR137G CPR137G CPR112G CPR90G CPR137G CPR112G WR75 92 Customer Service Center . especially for upgrades of existing frequency congested routes. Andrew also offers the combining networks and circulators you need to complete your multiband antenna system. saves system installation time and cost. Multiband antennas provide a second frequency band of operation using one antenna.Multiband Antennas Multiband antennas offer very high route capacity at minimum antenna/tower system cost. Size.. be used as direct replacements for your existing single band antennas. wind load characteristics and tower interface requirements are similar to other Andrew antennas of equivalent size. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Our line of multiband antennas can. L.7 4310 4311 UMX15-6477 15 6.1) 1.15 (23.15 (23.1 1.8 44.3 39.8 1.0) 5.0 1.5 0.4-3.4 43.00 GHz and 6.15 (23..7 1.425 GHz UMX8-4459 8 4.6 38.2 40.1) 1.7 0.2 42.6 4152 4153 UMX12-3456 12 3.425 GHz UMX10-459* 10 3.2 GHz UMX10-4456 10 4.9 47.4 4154 4155 (3.2 44.8 43.3 43.2 GHz and 5.6 42.4-5.4) 7.9 36.7 1.0 37.15 (23.2 1.0 0.5 kPa) maximum ** 5 lb/in2 (35 kPa) maximum – – B B A – – B B A B A A A A A A A A A – B – B – A – A – A – A – A – A – A – A A – A A A – A A – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – A – A – – – – – – – – – – – – – A – A – A – A A – A A A – A A – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 37.7 40.2 GHz UMX10-3456 10 3.5 41.4) 1.8 1.4) 1.15 (23.1) 1.1) 1. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.3 1.8 41.0 45.125 GHz UMX8-4464 8 4.7 38.15 (23.4 4292 4293 (3.1) 1.00 GHz and 5.7 42.1) 1.6) 6.7 45.0 40.9 41.8 1.0) 5.925-6.7) 4.6 1.5 42.15 (23.9 1.1 40.15 (23.15 (23.1 43.1) 1.425-7.0 1.40-5.1) 1.0 46.2 1.4 4300 4301 (2. dB) Ultra High Performance Multiband 4-Port Antennas Antenna Inputs: See page 92 3.06 (30.0 1.15 (23.7) 1.15 (23.1) 1.4 39.4 4308 4309 (3.1) 1.9 45.4 4360 4361 UMX12-A465**12 3.1 44.40-5.9 41.7 4302 4303 UMX10-6477 10 6.10 (26.5 lb/in2 (3.7) 6..3 47.1) 1.2 43.S.0 39.4 37.8 48.3 0.7) 5.10 (26.5 2.5 45.1 1.7 40.6-6.9 42.3 44.15 (23.6) 5.4 4150 4151 (3.4 4296 4297 (4.8 39.7 43.2 41.0) 5.8 39.15 (23.4 4294 4295 UMX15-4464 15 4.2 38.0) 7.8 45.2 41.2 42.0) 5.1) 1.1 46.4 43.15 (23.7 42.4 3310 3311 (2.6-6.58-4.2 39.12 (24.5 39.9 1.5 47.7 40.9 43.8 43.1) 1.7 4314 4315 Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz * 0.9 4107 3.1) 1.40-5.6 40.3 41.1) 1.6 1.5 45.5 4357 4360 (3.1) 1.5 38.5 45.1 47.0 40.0 1.2 41.2 39.3 1.8 41.7) 5.9 4104 UMX12-459* 12 3.15 (23.8 45.0 43.1 1.0 41.1) 1.7 0.4 4298 4299 6.15 (23.6 4164 4165 UMX15-3456 15 3.6 40.425-7.4 4284 4285 (2.125 GHz UMX10-465** 10 3.6 4160 4161 UMX15-4456 15 4.15 (23. Degrees Disc.15 (23.00 GHz and 5.15 (23.9 38.6 4172 4173 4.15 (23.1 2.1 1.com 93 Revised 7/00 & 5/01 .0) 4.1) 1.4 3330 3331 (3.0 43.4 4312 4313 (4.7) 1.9 37.1) 1.6 40.2 45.925-6.15 (23.7 0.4 4288 4289 (3.6 4176 4177 3.8 42.0 48.15 (23.9 1.7) 1.15 (23.6) 7.3 40.9 GHz and 5.9 46.1) 1.275 GHz UMX8-6477 8 6.0 1.7 4102 (3.15 (23.3 38.7 44.9) 1.0 1.5 4108 4109 (3.9 GHz and 4.15 (23.8 40.3 39.1) 1.4 4174 4175 (4.0 41.6) 4.10 (26.Multiband Antennas Type Number UMX Diameter ft (m) Band RPE Number(s) Regulatory Compliance U.6 40.15 (23.4) 1.5 47.0 0.3 1.6 44.15 (23.6 42.6 0.3 45. (R.2 42.7) 7.4 4286 4287 UMX10-4464 10 4.0 1.6 44.4 4290 4291 UMX12-4464 12 4.5 41.4 44.06 (30.7 38.4) 1.2 1.0 GHz UMX10-3444 10 3.10 (26.7) 6.7 4105 (3.7 4306 4307 UMX12-6477 12 6.1 41. FCC ETSI ETSI 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.4 40.3 1.2 39.3 42.0 40.7 39.6 1.7) 5.5 42.4 43.1) • U.3 44.7 42.1) 1.67 46.15 (23.425-7.9 3332 3333 4.1 1.1) 1.4 42.1) 1.9) 1.4 4304 4305 (3.K.06 (30.8 40.4 46.andrew.4) 6.2 45.0 44.4 43.4 43.4 4168 4169 3.15 (23.10 (26.1) 1.1) 1.6 41.9 3327 3329 UMX12-4459 12 4.15 (23.4 40.6 1.4 4170 4171 (4.6 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 68 71 71 78 72 79 70 73 71 76 74 77 75 80 74 80 72 76 73 78 75 76 74 77 75 78 68 69 73 75 75 77 68 70 72 74 73 75 74 76 70 73 74 76 75 77 76 78 1.4) 1.0) 6.4 3324 3325 (3.6 44.1) 1.7 43.4 43.1 45.15 (23.15 (23.7-4. dB F/B Ratio dB VSWR max.6 1.1) 1.7 42.3 1.1) 1.3 44.9 3313 3315 UMX10-4459 10 4.4 4144 4145 UMX12-3444 12 3.12 (24.8 41.6 4148 4149 UMX12-4456 12 4.5 1.95 1.4 41.10 (26.4 4110 4111 4.1 44.7 44.15 (23.1) 1.15 (23.1) 1.8 38.4 4156 4157 UMX15-3444 15 3.7 41.8 42.9 45.8 43.0 37.3 38.5 44.1) 1.4) 1.8 0.1) 1.725-8.7) 5.1 39.1 42.6) 5.7 42.4-3.4 4142 4143 (3.125 GHz and 7.4 42.4) 5.9 1. dBi Mid-Band Top Cross Beamwidth Pol.2 42.4 4166 4167 (4.06 (30.0) 6.4 4146 4147 (3.4 42.5 37.4 1.4 4162 4163 (3.3 40.1) 1.20 GHz and 6.3 41.1) 1.15 (23.15 (23.2 42.9 37.7) 1.4 4158 4159 (3. 4 41.7) 1.5 43.85-1.3 1.3 42.25 GHz P8-6812 P10-6812 8 (2.5 GHz HP8-4477 HP10-4477 HP12-4477 5.4) 10 (3.4 1.S.7 5.7) 1.8 28 30 28 30 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 25 30 25 28 25 32 25 51 69 54 71 64 71 67 74 69 78 65 70 72 72 72 72 65 70 1.7 43.8 6.06 (30.5 33.7) 8 (2.4 4.0) 1.8 44. 5/01 & 11/01 Customer Service Center .9 44.3 30.10 (26.9 41.1 1.7 30.85-1.5 42.0) 8 (2.425-7.0 42.125 GHz and 12.0) 6.3 44.7 GHz HP8-6511* P Standard Multiband 3-Port Antennas (2 GHz Single Polarized.9 32. degrees Disc.4) 10 (3.20 (20.7 42. FCC ETSI ETSI 101 74 78 Class Gain Low Gain.9 0.4-5.4 41.15 (23.3 0.1 43.725-8.9 41.4 42.8 1.7 1093 1094 1095 1096 B B B B B B B B – B – B 1 – 1 – 2 – 2 – 42.0 2.7 41.1 40.20 (20.7 47.Call toll-free from: • U.99 GHz and 6.4 1.1) 1.06 (30.7 31. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . dB) High Performance Multiband 2-Port Antennas (Single Polarized each band.7 43.8) 1.125 GHz P8-186** P10-186** 8 (2.9 10.4 46.0 GHz and 7. 6 GHz Dual Polarized) Antenna Inputs: See page 92 1.0 1.1) 1.2 43.7 0.4) 10 (3.15 (23.4) 1.6 44.1 42.7) 1.4 3945 3946 3947 3950 3951 3952 A B A B B A A A – – – – – 1 – 1 – 2 – 2 30.15 (23.8 1.8 6.7 43.1) Reference ETSI Document EN300833 for 3 to 60 GHz * 5 lb/in2 (35 kPa) maximum ** 2 lb/in2 (14 kPa) maximum 94 Revised 7/00.7 46.4 7.2 42.L.7-11.7 41.8 12.4 10.1) 1.3 3.10 (26.8 4.8 40.9 10.4 33.4) 1.8 12.4) 1.0 46.7 5.4) 4.7 4.5 32.1 0.15 (23.1 43..15 (23.10 (26.1 44.7 6.0 43.4) 10 (3.8 6.3 46.10 (26.4 0.7 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 815 816 811 812 813 814 3038 3040 3049 3050 3046 3048 2387 2392 A B A B – – – – – – A A A A A A – – A B A B – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 – 2 – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 30.4) 1.125 GHz and 10.4) 1.3 3.10 (26.425-7.2 42.2 1.3 43.10 (26.8) 1.8 43.4) 10 (3.4 43.4) 1.6 42.5 41.0 43.99 GHz and 6.7 1.2 45.15 (23.06 (30.7) 1. dB F/B Ratio dB VSWR max.0) 12 (3.S.2 1.2 44.0 18 30 20 30 39 49 42 52 1.4) P Standard Multiband 2-Port Antennas (Both Bands Single Polarized.4) 1.8 44.1) 1.6 32.15 (23.875-7.7 1.1 46. dBi Mid-Band Top Cross Beamwidth Pol.0 38.6 0.6 45.Multiband Antennas Type Number HP Diameter ft (m) Band RPE Number(s) Regulatory Compliance U.0) 12 (3.1) 1.A.15 (23.06 (30.6 44.0 45.7 6.1 40.0 32.20 (20.10 (26. (R..8 6.8 42.1 42.3 0.425 GHz and 10.7 42.3 1.125 GHz HP8-186** HP10-186** 8 (2.1 43.5 42.4 39.425-7. Orthogonal Polarized) Antenna Inputs: See page 92 1.4) 1.8) 1.7 43.3 45.7 38.3 44.1) 1.1 30 15 30 10 53 54 59 60 1.4 7.70-13.1 4.7) 8 (2.7-11.3 41.10 (26.4 40.4 1.2 44..15 (23.1) 1.4) 1.9 10.7 5.4 7.7 1.925-6.7 4.10 (26.5 1.0 47.7 GHz HP8-611* HP10-611* HP12-611* 6.10 (26.2 46.7 1.4 31. Orthogonal Polarization) Antenna Inputs: See page 92 6.9 44.1) 1. use a swivel clamp for azimuth adjustment. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. include a mount for attachment to a vertical pipe. including adjusting rods. It is normally purchased as part of the tower. it includes a stainless steel threaded rod fine azimuth adjustment. Mount construction. Special purpose mounts are described on page 122. Some mounts. Some antennas include one or two side struts. except those for the 4 ft (1. except UMX-459 series. Where two side struts are supplied. The number supplied with each antenna is indicated in the table on page 96. All mounts have threaded fine elevation adjustment. Azimuth and elevation adjustments. Standard mounting information is summarized in the table on page 96. • U. Mounting pipe. Dimensional information and illustrations for installation planning are presented on pages 97-110. Adjustment range for these is 360 degrees. Where one side strut is supplied.2 m) GRIDPAK® and the Mini-GRIDPAK® antennas. Fixed hardware is hot-dip galvanized steel. The mounting pipe is not included with the antenna. Vertical tower mounts attached to a tower supported vertical pipe of the diameter specified on page 96.com 95 . is stainless steel. The adjustment ranges are indicated in the table on page 96. Refer to page 97 for information on side strut positioning. Adjusting hardware.K. as noted in the table. Hardware.andrew. one is adjustable (has fine azimuth adjustment) and the other is fixed (adjustable but without fine azimuth adjustment).Antenna Mechanical Specifications Mounting Information All microwave antennas listed on pages 51-94. Structural members are hot-dip galvanized steel or aluminum. Side struts. 88 (175) 6.5 (115) 4.88 (175) *** *** ±5 ±5 ±5 ±15 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 – – 1 1 2 * With respect to the mounting pipe viewed from the rear of the antenna.5 (115) 4.2)‡ 4 (1.S.88 (175) 6. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .7) 15 (4.6) GRIDPAK® Antennas 4 (1.5 (115) 4.7) 15 (4.5 (215) left* 8.4 (137)** 8.3) 6 (2) 8 (2.5 (115) 4.0 (200) left* 8.8)‡ 6 Replacement Mount Type Number Metric Standard Hardware Mounting Pipe Dia.0 (200) right* ±5 *** ±5 *** ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±3.5 (115) 4.5 (115) 4. Antenna Size.5 (115) 4.2) 6 (1.4 (137)** 5. Contact Andrew for type numbers.88 (175) 6.5 (115) 4.A.4) 10 (3) 13 (4) Integral 140854 140855 140856 140857 4. *** 360° azimuth capability. ft (m) Shielded Antennas 4 (1.4 (137)** 5.0 (200) left* 8.5 (115) 6.5 (115) 4. no fine adjustment.6 – 1 2 2 2 1 Standard and Focal Plane Antennas T6MSB 46770A-2 T6MSB 46770A-2 T10MSB T10MSB T12MSA Integral 4.0 (200) left* 8.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3. Can be reversed by inverting the mount or antenna.5 (115) 4.5 (215) left* 8.5 GHz and higher.4 (137)** 5.88 (175) 6.6) 4 (1.6 – – – – 1 1 2 1 8 (2.5 (115) 4.7 GHz and lower.0) 12 (3. ** Can be offset right or left without inverting the mount or antenna. 96 Customer Service Center .5 (115) 4..2)‡‡ (1. ‡ Applies to antennas 3.8)‡‡ 6 (1.0 (200) right* ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±3. ‡‡ Applies to antennas 2. Note: Integral mounts consist of multiple type numbers. †† UHX12-59 includes a bottom strut and requires a 10 ft (3 m) long mounting pipe.5 (115) 4. Mount type numbers are shown for ordering replacement mounts.4 (137)** 5.5 (115) 4.5 (115) 5.4) 10 (3. in (mm) Center Offset* in (mm) Fine Azimuth Adjustment Degrees Fine Elevation Adjustment Degrees Side Struts Included T6MSB T6MSC T10MSB T10MSB T12MSA†† Integral 4.Vertical Tower Mounts The vertical tower mounts listed below are included as part of all new antennas.0 (200) left* 8.5 (115) 4. except for FP antennas which use the T6MSB mount.5 (115) 4.4 (137)** 8.5 (115) 5.Call toll-free from: • U.0) 12 (3. RPEs are prepared for the full 360°. its angle should not exceed ±25° in the horizontal plane and ±5° in the vertical plane. The polarizations are clearly marked with arrows on the feed mounting hub. The fixed side strut can be lowered or raised 25°. side struts should be installed straight back to the tower. The frequency coordinator can use the better half of the radiation pattern on either the right or the left side of the antenna to reduce potential interference. One input signal is rotated 90° inside the feed horn to provide cross polarization. the strut closest to the mounting pipe may be positioned at an angle up to 35°. The installer must be advised of the proper feed orientation on all ultra high performance antennas and the proper polarization for single-polarized antennas. HSX and UHX feed hubs use red to identify the better side. Applies to Specified Types Rear View Side View UHX Waveguide Red Right UHX Waveguide Red Left High Performance and Standard UHX Coaxial Red Right UHX Coaxial Red Left Dual Polarized Antennas. Therefore. PX6 (except -107 -22 and -127). When this is not possible. PXL8-37 Dual Polarized Antennas. Feed Orientation All Andrew solid parabolic antennas are fed from the center of the reflector and include polarization adjustment. -122 and -127) PXL10-37. For single polarized antennas. See illustration at right. • U. Rear View Rear View Side View Attachment Point on Antenna Both Struts Shown Parallel to Antenna Boresight Axis Mount or Ring (Inboard) Side Strut Positioning Reflector Edge (Outboard) 5° 25° 25° 5° 25° 25° Adjustable Strut ±25 Horizontal Plane ±5 Vertical Plane Fixed Strut ±25 Horizontal Plane ±25 Vertical Plane Vertically Polarized Antenna Rear View Side View Horizontally Polarized Antenna Side View Applies to: PXL-17 and -19 series. Side Strut Positioning For maximum wind load capacity. both struts can be positioned at an angle up to 25°. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. See illustration for “adjustable strut”. In the horizontal plane. Except Those Specified Above.Antenna/Tower Interface Dimensional information and illustrations for installation planning are presented on the following pages. Dual polarized.K. PXL6 (except -107. provided the sum of the angles for both struts does not exceed 50°.andrew. the following guidelines apply: When only one side strut is supplied. it is necessary for the frequency coordinator to specify “red right” or “red left” feed position. waveguide fed antennas have both input flanges in the same plane to ease the attachment of waveguide. the arrow is positioned up or down for vertical polarization and right or left for horizontal polarization. See illustrations. UHX® high performance antennas have asymmetrical patterns with lower sidelobe levels on one side. For these antennas. Further.com 97 . the adjustable strut can be lowered or raised 5° from horizontal. This side can be placed either right or left or boresight. For antennas with two side struts. To shift the offset of 1-ft. -144. -122. 36" Mounting Pipe Center Offset 12" 36" 12" 12" Clear space required behind reflector for routing and attachment of transmission line.A. it is possible to reverse the feed offset to position the feed on the other side of the mounting pipe. If there are interfering members behind the center of the antenna when mounted normally. Applies to all 8. 2-ft and 15-ft antennas. -220 series feeds (except HPX()-105A. Reflectors used on these antennas are designed to accommodate both standard and inverted mounting. The antenna mount can be inverted to change the offset of the feed for all 8. -127. single-polarized feeds (except -59. 98 Customer Service Center . Reversing the Feed Offset It is recommended that a cylindrical clear space of 12 in (305 mm) diameter by 36 in (915 mm) long be provided behind the center of the antenna to permit proper routing and attachment of the transmission line. including dual band feeds.. -107. -77 series) and most dual polarized -105. 10 and 12-ft antennas. must be inserted from the front of the antenna before the radome is attached. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . -71. -65. -130. UHX()-107 and UHX()127H) can be replaced from the back of the antenna.S. Normal Mount Inverted Mount Normal and Inverted Mounts. All other feeds.Call toll-free from: • U. Tower members directly behind the feed will interfere with the routing of the HELIAX® elliptical waveguide or coaxial cable to the feed. the entire antenna is inverted.Feed Installation Most feeds are designed to be originally installed from the front of the antenna. The offset for 4-ft and 6-ft antennas can be shifted without inverting the mount or antenna. The installer should be advised which antennas require inverted mounting prior to assembly and the antennas should be clearly identified prior to lifting. 10 and 12 ft antennas. -70. -180. However. 7) 15 (4.5 in (115 mm) B = 3 in (76 mm) C = 1.5 (215) .(G + A) Dimensions D.7) 15 (4.8) 8 and 10 (2.25 (387) 0.com 99 .4 (140) 8 (205) 8.5 (-13) 8. single and dual-polarized.6 (-15) 1. except UMX® antennas Rear View The dimensions presented below are for use in planning transmission line routing for waveguide.andrew.4 and 3.5 (13) 8.1 (206) D F G • U.4 (135) 5.0) 12 (3.5 in (38 mm) E = F .75 (19) -0.1 (28) 0.1 (206) 5.K.2) 6 (1.5 (370) 11.1 (28) 0. ft (m) Shielded Antennas 4 (1. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.25 (387) 0.6) 5.5 (215) -8 (-205) 11.Feed Dimensions Top View G A 15 ft Antenna or 6-12 ft Antenna with Inverted Mount F E B D C Mounting Pipe Applies to waveguide and coaxial.75 (298) 13 (330) 13 (330) 15.75 (298) 13 (330) 13 (330) 15.75 (19) -0.0) 12 (3.75 (298) 11. in (mm) Antenna Type and Size. C and E A = 4.6 (-15) 1.4 (140) 5. F and G. Dimensions A.4 and 3. B.6) Standard Antennas 4 (1.4 (135) 8 (205) 8. singlepolarized and dual-polarized feeds.8 (-205) 14.2) 6 (1.8) 8 and 10 (2. coaxial. 0 (541) C 4.6) A 25.3 (110) F 8. ft (m) 2 (0.2 ft Standard Antenna D A C B E F G Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.7 (220) G 1.5 (292) E 4.Call toll-free from: • U.6 (42) 100 Customer Service Center . Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .A.S.0 (637) B 21.3 (108) D 11.. 1 (585) 35.25 (490) 19.75 (95) K – 84.4 (160) 6.75 (195) 13.andrew.2) 6 (1.6 (780) B 23.25 (55) 2.8) 30.4 (160) C 3.25 (55) O 19.4 (1330) 76.5 (90) 3.5 (675) • U.com 101 .9 (175) 6.62 (295) 11.25 (490) H 26.6 (780) 30.9 (175) N 21.4 and 6 ft Shielded Antennas A Top View B C D Side View K L Attachment Point for Adjusting Side Strut (6 ft Antennas) and Optional Side Strut (4 ft Antennas) E F Azimuth Adjustment Assembly (4 ft only) O N M G H I Bolt Circle Diameter Rear View J Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.5 (545) G 2.2) 6 (1.8) A 52.5 (545) 21. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.25 (335) L 11.62 (295) E 19. ft (m) 4 (1.5 (675) 26.6 (500) 19.25 (895) J 6.K.75 (2155) D 7.5 (1945) I 4 (1.6 (500) M 29 (735) 29 (735) F 6. 7 GHz and Below Antennas Do Not Have Fine Azimuth Adjustments Rear View L M F G H J Side View Bolt Circle Diameter I 4.4 and 6 ft Standard and Focal Plane Antennas Optional Molded Radome A B C Top View E Attachment Point for Optional Side Strut D K Note: Except for FP Type. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 ..S.A.5 in (115 mm) Diameter Mounting Pipe (not included) 102 Customer Service Center .Call toll-free from: • U. 2. 75 (195) 7.8) 50.5 (675) 5 (137) 5 (137) 30.5 (545) 21.5 (470) 27. ft (m) Standard Antennas 4 (1.25 (60) 2.6 (295) 30.8) 26.75 (1290) 76 (1930) H Standard Antennas 4 (1.2) 6 (1.6 (295) 11.6 (295) 11.75 (780) 30.75 (195) M 2.25 (60) A B C D E F G • U.25 (60) 52.5 (545) L 7.6 (780) 30.8) Focal Plane Antennas 4 (1.6 (780) 11.6 (295) 30.2 (335) 26.6 (780) 30.2) 6 (1.5 (675) K 21.2) 6 (1.5 (245) 17.5 (545) 7.75 (780) 19 (480) 19 (480) 23.5 (675) 26.5 (675) 5 (137) 5 (137) 30.75 (780) 19 (480) 19 (480) 26.5 (445) J 26.2) 6 (1. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.75 (195) 13.4 and 6 ft Standard and Focal Plane Antennas Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.com 103 .4 (1330) 76.5 (545) 21.75 (195) 7.75 (195) 2.25 (60) 2.5 (675) 26.3 (590) 13.3 (1940) 18.75 (780) 30.75 (690) 7.K.5 (675) 26.5 (675) 26.6 (780) 11.8) Focal Plane Antennas 4 (1.5 (675) 21.46 (340) I 9.andrew. 10 and 12 ft Two-Piece Reflectors Optional Bottom Strut Attachment Point Side View Optional Bottom Strut Bracket for 8. 10 and 12 ft One-Piece Reflectors Rear View 104 Customer Service Center .S.8.. 10 and 12 ft Shielded and 12 ft Standard/FP Antennas (strut does not attach here. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . 10 and 12 ft Shielded. except optional side strut) Bolt Circle Diameter L Pipe 4-1/2" Diameter (115mm) (not included) Optional Bottom Strut Bracket for 8. 10.A. and 12 ft Shielded and 12 ft Standard/FP Antennas Optional Side Strut Attachment Point for 8 and 10 ft Standard/FP Antennas. Standard and Focal Plane Antennas Top View Optional Molded Radome (Standard and Focal Plane Antennas) B A C D E 25° Fixed Side Strut 25° 25° Adjusting Side Strut 25° Adjusting Strut Attachment Point F G H N T I Q R P J M K Fixed Strut Attachment Point for 8.Call toll-free from: • U. Use Type 520568 Bracket Kit (Order Separately) S U 8. 75 (195) 10.75 (195) 10.75 (145) K 37.5 (3315) 31.0) 13 (330) 37.0) 26.0) 13 (330) 37.5 (2705) 41.75 (680) 10.75 (275) 12 (3.4) 100.25 (1225) 45 (1145) Dual Beam Antennas with Extended Mount (Sum and Difference) 8 (2.75 (755) 7.75 (1140) 27.75 (275) 12 (3.5 (950) 37.5 (625) 31 (790) 24.5 (1205) 37.75 (400) 14 (355) Dual Beam Antennas with Extended Mount (Sum and Difference) 8 (2.0) 20 (510) 37.4) 13 (330) 37.5 (950) 35.75 (1520) 71. 10 and 12 ft Shielded.25 (1020) 52.7) 32.5 (3315) 31.5 (3315) 36.0 (280) 8 (200) 8 (200) 8.25 (920) 12 (3.7) 148.5 (215) S 27.75 (1820) 84.5 (625) 31 (790) 24.5 (905) 15.25 (895) 13.25 (1710) – – 67.25 (2140) – 71.25 (1100) 56.5 (750) 35.5 (1205) R 24.5 (140) 5.0) 29.75 (835) 15.5 (3775) 154.5 (2555) – 36 (915) 10 (3.25 (1430) 43.25 (1100) 43.75 (275) 10 (3.25 (615) 27 (685) 21.75 (275) 12 (3.5 (3775) 154.25 (895) 10 (3.75 (145) 5 (125) 5.7) 13 (330) 48.25 (335) 14 (355) Focal Plane Antennas 8 (2. ft (m) A B C Shielded Antennas (Except Dual Beam with Extended Mount) 8 (2.75 (1900) 86.25 (1110) 55.25 (1710) U 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 60 (1525) 60 (1525) • U.7) 20 (510) 48.7) 148.75 (1140) 27.5 (950) 35.25 (1430) T 120 (3050) 120 (3050) 120 (3050) 120 (3050) 120 (3050) 120 (3050) 120 (3050) 120 (3050) 120 (3050) 120 (3050) 120 (3050) 120 (3050) G 43.4) 13 (330) 37.4) 100.5 (2555) 106.75 (680) 10.5 (800) 12 (3.75 (275) 10 (3.5 (950) 35.5 (625) 31 (790) E 15.5 (215) 11.4) 29.4) 26.7) 148.5 (950) 47.5 (3160) – 32.75 (145) 5 (125) 5.25 (695) 39.75 (1060) 10 (3.75 (680) 10.5 (950) 37.75 (145) 5 (125) 5.5 (140) 5.75 (1520) 71.0) 124.25 (1000) 44.25 (1100) 43.25 (1100) 56.5 (625) 31 (790) 24.5 (950) 47.8.5 (3915) 40.75 (275) 10 (3.75 (1415) 67.75 (275) 10.5 (3160) 130.5 (1030) Standard Antennas 8 (2.75 (400) 14 (355) Standard Antennas 8 (2.75 (1820) 84.5 (1205) 37.4) 20 (510) 37.25 (695) 39.4) 13 (330) 37.7) 35.5 (950) 47.75 (1140) F 59.0 (280) 11.75 (275) 12 (3.75 (1595) 74.0 in (940 mm) for HDX10-107 D 5 (125) 5.25 (695) 39.0) 26.7) 13 (330) 48.25 (895) 12 (3.75 (1645) 43.25 (895) 10 (3.5 (3775) 154.5 (800)** 12 (3.5 (395) 24.5 (625) 24.5 (950) 35.75 (835) 15.5 (215) 8 (200) 8 (200) 8.75 (275) 10.75 (275) 10.75 (1140) 27.75 (1415) 67.25 (2140) 62.5 (545) 29.75 (2205) 59.0) 124.25 (1100) 56. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.5 (1205) 37.75 (1060) 10 (3.75 (275) 10.com 105 .0 (280) 11.0) 124.5 (3915) 43 (1090)* Dual Beam Antennas with Extended Mount (Sum and Difference) 8 (2.5 (395) 24.25 (1110) 55.4) 100.25 (1225) 45 (1145) Standard Antennas 8 (2.4) 26.7) 32.5 (3160) 130.75 (1340) 64.25 (1000) 44.75 (835) 15.0) 13 (330) 37.25 (1100) 43.0) 124.25 (1100) 43.25 (1000) 44.25 (1225) 45 (1145) Focal Plane Antennas 8 (2.5 (3915) 43 (1090) Focal Plane Antennas 8 (2.75 (275) 10.25 (2140) M 43.75 (680) 10.25 (1225) 45 (1145) * C = 57-1/4 in (1455 mm) for UHX12-59 ** C = 37.andrew.75 (1820) 84.25 (895) 12 (3.75 (680) 10.25 (1430) 43.25 (1710) 40.5 (625) 24.5 (3160) 130.25 (895) 10 (3.5 (2705) 26.5 (950) 35.75 (755) 7.0) 26.75 (275) 10.7) 148.5 (395) 24.75 (830) 12 (3.75 (400) 14 (355) N P Q Shielded Antennas (Except Dual Beam with Extended Mount) 8 (2.4) 26.25 (615) 27 (685) 15.5 (2555) 106.5 (950) 37.25 (1430) 43.5 (950) 47.5 (950) 35. Standard and Focal Plane Antennas Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.5 (3925) 36.25 (695) 39.5 (625) 24.5 (950) 35.5 (2555) 106.5 (140) 5.25 (895) 12 (3.25 (615) 27 (685) L 8 (200) 8 (200) 8.25 (1000) 44.25 (1100) 56.25 (895) 10 (3.7) 13 (330) 48.5 (950) 35.4) 100.75 (680) 10.5 (3775) 154.5 (670) 10 (3.7) 32.5 (140) 5.5 (2705) 41.25 (895) 12 (3.75 (275) 10 (3.K.5 (950) 37.5 (625) 24.5 (930) H I J Shielded Antennas (Except Dual Beam with Extended Mount) 8 (2. 0 (1245) C 5.6) A 184.A.S.5 (595) J 76.. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .0 (865) E 51.5 (1310) F 87 (2210) G 8 (200) H 23.15 ft Shielded and Standard Antennas Top View A B C D I F Adjustable Side Strut Attachment Point K J H Side View G E Rear View Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.5 (595) I 23. ft (m) 15 (4.Call toll-free from: • U.3 (135) D 34.5 (4685) B 49.0 (1930) K 108 (1240) 106 Customer Service Center . K. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. ft (m) 6.4 (340) D in (mm) 37.6 (2) C in (mm) 15.5 in (90 mm) in Diameter E D Dimensions Antenna Size.6 x 3.3 (2 x 1) A in (mm) 5 (127) B ft (m) 6.Mini-GRIDPAK® Antennas Side View Front View 1/2" U-Bolt B A Cable Entry to be Facing Down Mounting Bracket C Mounts to Pipe 2.0 (940) E ft (m) 5.com 107 .andrew.3 (1) • U.3 in (60 mm) to 3. 1 (205) 7.8 (959) 8.5 in (115mm) Side View Side View 4 ft (1.3 (950) 29.3 and 4 ft GRIDPAK® Antennas 3 ft GRIDPAK® Antennas Top View A 4 ft GRIDPAK® Antennas NOTE: Antenna shown is horizontally polarized and offset right Top View B F E C C D H G D E F B A H G Mounts to Pipe with Outside Diameters from 1.9 (278) 16.3 (185) D 3.3 m) Diameter Circle Rear View Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.5 (1231) G 65 (165) 51.S.3 (232) 32.5 (1309) H 37.9 (175) F 23.Call toll-free from: • U. ft (m) 3 (1.6 (92) 5..88 in (48mm) to 4.9(772) 108 Customer Service Center .4 (416) C 8.5 (520) 6.A.0) 4 (1. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .7 (146) E 20.1 (587) 48.2) A B 10. 0 (304) • U. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.0 (1172) C 8.0 (200) D 81.com 109 .3 (1049) B 46.andrew.0) A 41.0 (2061) E 12.K. ft (m) 6 (2.6 ft GRIDPAK® Antennas B A C D E Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size. 8 (1748) 55.6 (1870) 56.6 (2302) 68.A.6 (651) 33. 10 and 13 ft GRIDPAK® Antennas P N M KP10 and KP13 Antennas Only C Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.5 (1333) 47.1 (1197) 29.0 (3149) 162.4 (1988) (1433) 126.7 (1643) 64. . ft (m) 8 (2.7 (1440) 42.6 (1641) 84. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .1 (2239) 74.3 (1303) 64.9 (175) C 2.9 (1089) 25.9 (175) 6..9 (175) 6.8.0 (1398) 34.Call toll-free from: • U.4 (976) 90.9 (760) 73.8 (1392) 54.0 (76) D – – 45.6 (1818) 41..4) 10 (3) 13 (4) A 99.3 (1378) 71.7 (4135) B 6.4 (1889) 39.3 56.7 (68) 3.S.8 (2536) 124.7 (68) 2.4 (1026) 52.3 (2140) 58.3 (1505) 38..6 (3216) 88. H J L K B A G D E F E F G H J K L M N 40.0 (1195) 110 Customer Service Center .7 (1008) P 54.7 (1491) .2 (868) 78.9 (1167) 58.0 (838) 51.5 (1055) 47. Forces Produced by Microwave Antennas Wind Forces The axial, side and twisting moment forces tabulated below and on page 112 are maximum values exerted on a supporting structure. They are the result of wind from the most critical direction for each parameter. The individual maximums may not occur simultaneously. All forces are referenced to the antenna mounting pipe. The components are: • Axial Force, FA • Side Force, FS • Twisting Moment, MT Andrew software, included on the Powertools CD-ROM and downloadable from www.andrew.com, calculates the forces produced by winds from any angle. See page 44 for more information about Powertools. Parabolic Antennas Antenna Axis Wind FA MT FS Top View Wind Forces at 125 mph (200 km/h) Antenna Dia. ft (m) 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) Other Shielded, With Planar Radome UHX10-59 10 (3.0) UMX10-459 10 (3.0) HDX10-107 10 (3.0) UHX12-59 12 (3.7) UMX12-459 12 (3.7) UMX12-465 12 (3.7) Focal Plane and PAR Series 4 (1.2) Antenna without Radome 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) Focal Plane and PAR Series 4 (1.2) Antennas with Radome* 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) Standard Antenna 4 (1.2) without Radome 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) Standard Antenna 2 (0.6) with Radome 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 ((3.0) 12 (3.7) GRIDPAK® Antenna 4 (1.3) Without Ice KP Series 6 (2.0) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 13 (4.0) Antenna Type Shielded Antenna With Planar Radome (Except “other shielded” shown below) *PAR series use deep reflectors on 6 ft - 8 ft only. FA Max. lb 634 1427 2537 3964 5708 8919 4000 4000 4040 5800 5760 5910 918 2065 3672 5737 8261 434 976 1736 2712 864 1944 3456 5400 7775 12149 109 434 976 1736 2712 3905 325 820 1180 1825 3135 FA Max. (N) 2821 6348 11284 17632 25390 39672 17790 17790 17970 25800 25620 26290 4083 9187 16333 25520 36749 1930 4343 7720 12064 3843 8647 15372 24019 34587 54042 483 1930 4343 7720 12064 17372 1450 3650 5250 8120 13940 FS Max. lb 314 707 1257 1964 2827 4418 1910 1970 2065 3020 2830 3210 279 625 1115 1742 2509 267 685 1068 1669 236 531 943 1474 2122 3316 67 267 685 1068 1669 2403 190 430 600 1020 1750 FS Max. (N) 1398 3144 5590 8734 12577 19652 8500 8760 9190 13430 12590 14280 1240 2790 4960 7749 11159 1188 2673 4751 7424 1049 2360 4196 6556 9441 14751 297 1188 2673 4751 7424 10691 840 1910 2670 4540 7780 MT Max. lb-ft -632 -1681 -3615 -6365 -10423 22000 -6880 -10100 -7260 -13610 13400 -15590 -705 -1936 -4247 -7608 -12575 540 1597 3714 6883 -647 -1597 -3945 -7084 -11728 24294 94 540 1597 3714 6883 11581 351 1342 2200 3869 8022 MT Max. (N•m) -826 -2209 -4901 -8630 -14132 29828 -9330 -13700 -9850 -18450 18170 -21140 -937 -2635 -5758 -10314 -17050 774 2309 5036 9333 -858 -2425 -5349 -9605 -15900 32938 128 774 2309 5036 9333 15702 475 1824 2990 5259 10903 α For MT Max -110 -110 -110 -110 -110 110 -105 -105 -105 -105 105 -105 -125 -125 -125 -125 -125 90 100 99 99 -130 -130 -125 -125 -125 -125 -10 90 100 99 99 99 60 60 60 60 60 • U.K. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.andrew.com 111 Antenna Weight and Center of Gravity Center of Gravity Parabolic Antenna ZCG For parabolic antennas, the center of gravity is referenced to the centerline of the antenna mounting pipe as illustrated. Dimension X, the transverse offset, can be found on pages 100 to 110. Dimension ZCG and antenna weights with and without ice are tabulated below. Antenna Mounting Pipe X Antenna Weight and Center of Gravity, Parabolic Antenna Including Mount and Side Struts Antenna Type Shielded Antenna One-Piece Reflector with Planar Radome (except “Other Shielded” shown below) Antenna Dia. ft (m) 1 (0.3) 2 (0.6) 2.5 (0.8) 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 1 (0.3) 2 (0.6) 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 10 (3.0) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 12 (3.7) 12 (3.7) 12 (3.7) 2 (0.6) 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 2 (0.6) 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 2 (0.6) 4 (1.2) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) 4 (1.3) 6 (2) 8 (2.4) 10 (3) 13 (4) Without Ice Weight, lb (kg) ZCG, in (mm) 22.9 (10.4) 41 (18.5) 78 (35.5) 170 (77) 281 (127) 447 (203) 541 (245) 850 (386) 460 (209) 560 (254) 860 (390) 1780 (807) 22.9 (10.4) 68 (31) 140 (64) 380 (173) 470 (213) 705 (320) 555 (252) 560 (254) 895 (406) 960 (435) 890 (404) 890 (404) 14 (7) 104 (47) 143 (61) 251 (114) 317 (144) 540 (245) 49 (22.3) 90 (41) 205 (93.2) 17 (8) 119 (54) 162 (73) 304 (138) 402 (182) 654 (297) 264 (120) 336 (152) 600 (272) 1240 (562) 51 (23) 198 (90) 282 (128) 418 (190) 517 (235) 3.9 (98) 9.6 (244) 6.9 (175) 11.1 (282) 20.0 (508) 26.5 (673) 30.2 (767) 31.2 (792) 27.0 (686) 30.7 (780) 31.8 (808) 51.4 (1306) 3.9 (98) 6.9 (175) 12.5 (317) 20.0 (508) 25.8 (655) 46.0 (1168) 30.7 (780) 29.6 (752) 44.0 (1118) 29.9 (759) 33.3 (846) 30.3 (770) 6.5 (165) 7.0 (178) 10.0 (254) 13.5 (343) 18.0 (457) 19.0 (483) 3.5 (88) 2.7 (38) 10 (254) 8.7 (221) 10.0 (254) 13.7 (348) 19.8 (503) 25.8 (655) 26.9 (683) 14.0 (356) 18.5 (470) 19.6 (498) 32.3 (820) 10.0 (254) 14.5 (368) 16.0 (406) 21.5 (546) 25.5 (648) With 1/2" (12 mm) Radial Ice Weight, lb (kg) ZCG, in (mm) 30.6 (13.9) 77 (35) 96 (43.5) 280 (127) 501 (227) 974 (430) 1234 (560) 1874 (850) 989 (449) 1254 (569) 1885 (855) 2777 (1260) 30.6 (13.9) 86 (39) 282 (128) 620 (282) 1010 (458) 1310 (594) 1275 (578) 1270 (576) 1660 (753) 2025 (919) 1815 (823) 1940 (880) 58 (26) 175 (79) 294 (133) 536 (243) 784 (356) 1158 (525) 54.4 (24.3) 194 (88) 363 (165) 81 (37) 189 (86) 321 (146) 621 (282) 916 (415) 1356 (615) 550 (249) 804 (365) 1219 (553) 2269 (1029) – – – – – 5.1 (130) 10.7 (272) 8.5 (215) 14.6 (371) 22.8 (579) 28.7 (729) 32.2 (818) 35.8 (909) 28.8 (732) 32.3 (820) 36.0 (914) 54.0 (1372) 5.1 (130) 8.5 (215) 16.7 (424) 33.3 (848) 28.2 (716) 51.0 (1295) 32.7 (831) 32.0 (813) 49.0 (1245) 31.0 (787) 39.3 (998) 35.1 (892) 7.9 (201) 10.9 (277) 13.5 (343) 16.8 (427) 21.7 (551) 22.3 (566) 4.3 (110) 6.2 (157) 13.5 (343) 9.9 (251) 14.6 (371) 19.6 (498) 25.0 (635) 31.7 (805) 32.8 (833) 17.3 (439) 22.2 (564) 22.9 (582) 36.4 (925) – – – – – Shielded Antenna Two-Piece Reflector with Planar Radome Other Shielded, with Planar Radome VHP1 VHP2 VHP4 VHP6 HDX8S-59 UMX10-459 HDX10-107 HDX10S-59 UMX12-459 UMX12-465 UHX12-59 HDX12S-59 Standard Antenna One-Piece Reflector without Radome Other Standard, One-Piece Reflector without Radome VP2 VP4 VP6 Standard Antenna One-Piece Reflector with Radome Standard Antenna Two-Piece Reflector without Radome GRIDPAK® Antenna 112 Customer Service Center - Call toll-free from: • U.S.A., Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 Side Strut Axial Forces Maximum axial forces produced on support structures by antenna side struts are tabulated below. In each case, the loads are the result of a 125 mph (200 km/h) wind from the most critical direction and each side strut is positioned at the most extreme angle permitted by the specifications on page 97. The forces are components of, not in addition to, the maximum forces which are referenced to the mounting pipe on page 111. Top View Typical Adjusting Side Strut Typical Fixed Side Strut Maximum Antenna Side Strut Axial Force, 125 mph (200 km/h) Wind Antenna Type Shielded Antenna (except “Other Shielded” shown below) Size ft (m) 6 (1.8) 8 (2.4) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 15 (4.6) Adjustable Strut Force, lb (N) 2070 (9207) 958 (4261) 1320 (5871) 1799 (8001) 7921 (35233) Fixed Strut Force, lb (N) – 1265 (5627) 1987 (8838) 2585 (11498) – Other Shielded Antennas UHX10-59 UMX10-459 UHX12-59 UMX12-459 10 (3.0) 10 (3.0) 12 (3.7) 12 (3.7) 1452 (6558) 4086 (18175) 2392 (10640) 4137 (18401) 2184 (9714) 4492 (19980) 3437 (15288) 4545 (20216) • U.K. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.andrew.com 113 Suffix Option Codes Suffix option codes are required for your antenna order.Antenna Options All antenna orders require option codes to specify the details for your system. radome.Call toll-free from: • U.. and the “S” prefix for 200 mph (320 km/h) survival ratings. These heavy duty antenna versions feature strong back structures for maintaining alignment accuracy in adverse and severe wind conditions.S. and the third character indicates the packing options. Use the “W” prefix for 155 mph (250 km/h). In addition. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . The first character indicates the feed input type. High Wind Environment Options UHX10-59 WUHX10-59 SUHX10-59 125 mph (200 km/h) 155 mph (250 km/h) 200 mph (320 km/h) High wind options that exceed the standard 125 mph (200 km/h) wind survival rating are available in 155 mph (250 km/h) and 200 mph (320 km/h) survival rating. packing. These option codes are unique characters placed before (prefix) or after (suffix) the base antenna type number. A special epoxy paint applied at the factory provides added protection. the second character indicates the antenna color and applicable radome information. This option provides long term protection in marine or salt and most industrial environments including chemical and fossil fuel areas. Corrosive Environment Options The corrosive environment option is available for most antennas. UHX10-59 EUHX10-59 WEUHX10-59 Standard paint Corrosive environment paint High wind and corrosive environment paint 114 Customer Service Center . corrosion inhibiting compounds and protective sealants are applied during installation. Suffix codes are required. Prefix Option Codes The prefix option codes include special environmental options such as high wind and corrosive environment. request Bulletin 3522. For additional information about special environment antennas. and environmental offerings. The suffix option code is made up of three characters. Most antennas include options for selecting feed input types. paint color. Note: High wind and corrosive environment prefix codes are optional.A. Prefix codes are optional. K. Note: Not all connector and flange types listed are applicable for all antennas. For additional radome information see pages 116-119. indicating antenna color.com 115 . not available for 12 ft. 15 ft or any split two piece reflectors.Antenna Options The option code’s first character. are optional. Packing Option Codes Packing Standard Global Pack Standard Global Pack for Two-Piece Split Reflector or GRIDPAK® Option Code A Type Number with Option Code: M Description: UHX10-59-P3A UHX10-59 antenna with CPR flange. For additional color information see pages 116-117. Contact Andrew. Refer to the antenna input options listed in each antenna ordering table. The remaining option codes.andrew. radome. Additional options available. Solid reflectors available for 2 ft to 10 ft. painted gray with white TEGLAR radome Antenna Color/Radome Option Codes Antenna Color Gray Gray Gray Unpainted Gray** Radome Type/Color* Hypalon/White TEGLAR®/White Not Available Not Available Molded/Gray Option Code 1 3 7 W (for GRIDPAK®) X * All radomes listed have Andrew logo. has no default. indicating connector or flange type. and packing. Antenna Input Option Codes Coaxial Applications Connector Type 7/8" EIA “F” Flange Female 7/16 DIN Female Type N Female Waveguide Applications Flange Type PBR PDR WR75 CPR UG* * Compatible with choke or cover Type Number with Option Code: UHX10-59-P Description: UHX10-59 antenna with CPR flange Option Code E F H N Option Code B D C P U Type Number with Option Code: Description: UHX10-59-P3 UHX10-59 antenna with CPR flange. If you do not specify a code for the second and third characters you will receive the default. ** UNIPAK includes the radome and antenna in a single container. painted gray with white TEGLAR radome. You must specify a flange type for each antenna ordered. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. Standard Global Pack • U. Optional colors are available. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .. The standard color is white.* The radome flexes slightly in the wind. A special version of the TEGLAR radome is available with high wind series antennas. Flexible Radomes Flexible radomes are either Hypalon or TEGLAR® material.A.Call toll-free from: • U. flexible and molded.S. Flexible radomes are provided on shielded antennas and molded radomes are options to standard and focal plane antennas. There are two types of radomes. TEGLAR® is a polymer coated fiberglass material that provides the greatest protection in harsh environments. Optional Colors Aviation Orange Green Brown Light Tan Gray Beige 116 Customer Service Center .2 m) TEGLAR radome is pre-tensioned. The standard color is white. Field painting is optional. 4 ft (1.Radomes Radomes Radomes are available for most Andrew antennas. Radomes reduce wind loading to the tower while providing added protection for the feed from the elements. All radomes have a standard minimum wind survival of 125 mph (200 km/h). shedding ice and snow in most environments. These materials are stretched and tensioned across the opening of the shield. * FPHP antennas include molded radomes. Hypalon is a rubber coated nylon material that is durable and suited for most normal environments. TEGLAR radomes cannot be field painted. andrew. PX. PL.Radomes Molded Radomes Molded radomes are made from fiberglass or ABS plastic. HSX UMX® HP.2 m) shielded antennas includes the pre-tensioned radome. 10 and 12 ft (3. Field painting is optional. made from TEGLAR® material is bonded to a support ring. Pre-Tensioned Radomes The new global offering for 4 ft (1.com 117 . They directly bolt to the reflector rim. The radome and ring are directly bolted to the shield assembly. FPX Included Radome TEGLAR TEGLAR Hypalon None None Standard Color white white white gray gray Optional Radomes – – TEGLAR Standard molded Extra strength molded. The standard color is dark gray. This radome. PAR FP. HDX.0 and 3.7 m) • U. Pre-tensioned radomes replace the previously offered spring tensioned design radomes.K. 10 and 12 ft (3. HDH.0 and 3. Optional colors are available. HPX. PXL. HDV P. UHX®. Optional Colors Most other colors available on request Aviation White Aviation Orange Radome Applications Antenna Types Ultra High Performance UMX Multiband High Performance Standard Focal Plane Antenna Series UHP®. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.7 m) Standard molded Extra strength molded. 03 0. extra strength molded radomes for 10 ft and 12 ft which are rated for 155 mph (250 km/h) are also available.8) 8 (2.05 0.3 1.3 1.2) 6 (1.4 0.03 0.Radome Electrical Characteristics Planar Radomes.03 0.0 2.5 0.03 0.9 1.03 0.03 0.2 0. dB 11 GHz 13 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz Add to Antenna VSWR 2 GHz 6 GHz 11 GHz and above Standard Antenna Radomes Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Extra Strength Extra Strength 2 (0.03 0.2 2.0 0.1 0.03 0.6 2.A.03 0.2 0.7) 4 (1.0) 12 (3. Typical Molded Radome Attenuation and VSWR Radome Type Diameter ft (m) 2 GHz 6 GHz 8 GHz Attenuation.9 1.2 0.0 1.05 0.03 0.02 0. The electrical characteristics of the planar radome are incorporated into the electrical performance specifications of the shielded antenna.4 0.6 0.0) 12 (3.0 1.1 0. The use of a molded radome on standard (P-Series) or focal plane (FP-Series) antennas may slightly impact maximum antenna VSWR.02 0. add the figure from the table to the maximum antenna VSWR specification.02 0.9 1.7) 0.03 0.9 2.05 0.4) 10 (3.4 0.2 1.02 0.05 – – – – – – – – – – 118 Revised 1/03 Customer Service Center .03 0.5 2.0 1.8 2.4 0.4 0.2 0.3 1.2 1.05 0.2 1.05 0.03 0.9 2.1 2.2) 6 (1.7 2.4) 10 (3.6 0.1 0.6 0.5 1.5 1.5 2.7 0.03 0.03 Focal Plane Antenna Radomes Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Extra Strength Extra Strength Extra Strength Extra Strength Extra Strength 4 (1.03 0.1 0.02 0.9 – – – – – 0.1 0.03 0.9 1.05 0.0 1.7) 0.8) 8 (2.3 0.8 1.6 2.03 0.5 1.4 1.7) 10 (3.2 1.03 0.05 0.02 0.1 0.03 0.0 2.05 0.1 2. To determine the maximum VSWR across the band for the antenna/radome combination.2 0.3 0.7 1.5 0.8 0.6) 4 (1. Attenuation and system VSWR effects are listed in the table below.6 2.05 0.03 0.2 2.8) 8 (2. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .4) 10 (3.3 0.03 0.1 0.S. Molded Radomes..2 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.4 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.03 0.2) 6 (1.0) 12 (3.1 0. 6 ft and 8 ft standard radomes are rated for 155 mph (250 km/h).2 2. 10 ft and 12 ft standard molded radomes are rated for 125 mph (200 km/h) while 4 ft.05 0.0) 12 (3.05 0.02 0.Call toll-free from: • U.7 1. 6 m) standard molded radome has changed in design.6) 4 (1. Standard and focal plane antennas* do not include a molded radome but in order to reduce wind loading. Pre-tensioned radomes.8 m) diameters require the additional clip kit listed in the table below. Specify the type number from the table below. February 1991 for 8 ft (2. Standard and focal plane antennas.andrew. Field drilling is required. Radome Ordering Information Reflector Diameter ft (m) 2 (0. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 9/00 Visit us at: www. VR2. Kit includes stainless steel edge protector strips and attachment hardware. The strips are fastened in pairs to form a band around the edge of the radome. * FPHP antennas include radome Older Model Antennas Radome clip kits. All shielded antennas include a Hypalon or TEGLAR® radome. Specify the type number from the table below.4) 10 (3. and July 1991 for 6 ft (1.2) 6 (2. Flexible planar radome replacement kits.0) 12 (3. request Type Number R2E. Standard antennas (P-Series) reflector with a rolled rim manufactured prior to: September 1987 for 4 ft (1. For shielded 4 ft (1. The 2 ft (0. The radome can be shipped with the antenna using the UNIPAK shipping option. For antennas shipped prior to June 1998. Several antennas (HP and HPX) can be upgraded to TEGLAR for a minimal fee.2 m) and 10 ft (3. This kit prevents damage to the untensioned radome edge between J-bolt anchor points caused by unusually high gusting winds. Specify the type number from the table below. TEGLAR spring-type attachment radomes have been replaced by pre-tensioned TEGLAR radomes that are directly attached to the rim of the shield.0 m). Edge protection kit for TEGLAR® radomes. VR2-WH R4E R6E R8F R10G R12F – * Pre-tensioned radome ** Spring tensioned radome for older style antennas ***Except 2 ft is gray • U.Radome Ordering Information Current Model Antennas Shielded antennas.7) 15 (4.com 119 . Type Number 520093-9 Standard molded radomes.2 m).6) Standard Molded Extra Strength Molded – R4E R6E R8F 39193B 39194 – Focal Plane Extra Strength Molded Focal Plane Molded – FR4 FR6 FR8 FR10 FR12 – – FR4-E FR6-E FR8-E FR10-E FR12-E – Clip Kit – 207844-1 207844-2 207844-3 207844-4 – – Hypalon – – 520434-1 520434-2 520434-3 520434-4 520434-5 TEGLAR 207105*** 207106** 520093-9* 45665-1 45665-2 45665-3 45665-4 45665-5 Edge Protection Kit (TEGLAR) – – 205866-3 205866-4 205866-1 205866-2 205866-5 R2E. one can be added to the antenna crate.0) 8 (2. These kits include one radome and hardware to replace an existing Andrew planar radome.4 m).K. This packing is suitable for ocean. Andrew can also provide bulk transport and on-site assembly of antennas.A. For systems requiring a large number of antennas. Dual Pack. Heavy Duty Export Pack. which includes plywood sheathing of the entire antenna crate.S. For example.Antenna Packing Heavy Duty Export Pack Standard Pack Dual Pack Packing Type Standard Pack. Andrew standard packing is suitable for export. Andrew also offers a heavy duty export packing option.8 ft Standard Radome Pack 120 Customer Service Center . special packs can be quoted to reduce shipping volume. 4 ft Shielded Antenna Pack Packing Quantity 10-foot (3.7 m) radomes are shipped in wood crates. For your convenience.0 m) and larger antennas and molded radomes may require special handling in shipping. For more details about crate dimensions and approximate weights.6 . it is often convenient to pack all antennas for the same site in the same box. Two antennas are packaged together in one crate. 4-12 foot (1. 4 . reducing overall shipping volume.Call toll-free from: • U. consult the price list for this catalog.. container or air shipment. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Multiple packing is also available which will provide considerable savings to the customer. Antennas are shipped as one unit. GRIDPAK® antennas and mounts are shipped in one carton or crate. In most cases.2-3. depending on destination and routing. Antenna Packing 6 ft Shielded Antenna Pack 8 .andrew.com 121 .K. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.10 ft Shielded Antenna Pack KP Series GRIDPAK® Antenna Pack 12 ft (split) Antenna Pack UNIPAK • U. A.7 m) 15 ft (4. GRIDPAK and Mini GRIDPAK Antennas .6 m) One-Piece One-Piece Two-Piece Two-Piece – Two-Piece One-Piece – Special Purpose Mounts In addition to the standard mounts listed on page 96. Andrew can provide horizontal and vertical tilt mounts and other mount options to meet most special requirements. Contact Andrew for further information.0 m) 12 ft (3.Call toll-free from: • U..KP. GRIDPAK® and Mini-GRIDPAK antennas are supplied with reflectors that are completely disassembled. MKP Series All Reflector shipped Disassembled – 122 Customer Service Center . Refer to the table.3-1.GRIDPAK® disassembled One piece reflector Two piece reflector Reflector Type One and Two-Piece Antennas.4-3. Antennas are supplied with one-piece reflectors or with two-piece reflectors split through the center and bolted together at the site. Standard and optional reflector types are dependent on antenna size and type.8 m) 8-10 ft (2. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .S. Standard and Optional Reflectors Antenna Diameter Reflector Type Standard Optional Solid Antennas Standard. High Performance and Ultra High Performance 2-6 ft (0. KPR. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. as indicated in the table.com 123 . Requires mounting pipe which extends to bottom edge of antenna. See illustration. Attachment at Antenna Rim 8 through 12 ft Sizes Attachment at Antenna Mounting Ring 4 and 6 ft Sizes Antenna Mounting Ring Reflector Rim Optional Fixed Strut Kit-520570-4 Optional Fixed Strut Kit520570-1 or 520570-2 Strut Mounting Bracket520568 (supplied with 8-12 ft shielded antennas and standard 12 ft antennas) Attach Optional Fixed Strut Here • U.K. as a first or second strut. They can be added to any of the antennas.andrew. Bottom Struts are recommended for high ice load environments.Antenna Accessories Additional Struts for Microwave Antennas Fixed and Adjustable Side Struts provide increased rigidity. Attachment of Strut to Antenna The strut attaches either to a bracket at the antenna rim or to the antenna mounting ring. Call toll-free from: • U. L G D 124 Customer Service Center . Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . C.Reflector A B.S. C Reflector Mounting Ring D Suitable Tower or Support Structure Member (not supplied) 4. F H G I Mounting Ring K J B.5 in (115 mm) Diameter Mounting Pipe (not supplied) A E..A. 52 m) in length. Order strut collar clamp (G) separately. Strut is schedule 80 and 10. Galvanized steel pipe and brackets include all (metric) galvanized hardware for attachment to antenna mount or reflector mounting ring.0 ft (1. Type Number 100232-7 (for 8. Strut is 83. Brackets are cast aluminum and the kit contains all (metric) stainless steel hardware for attachment to the reflector.5 in (1212 mm).K. strut collar assembly.8 m) reflectors same as B less item D.A Reflector Strut Brackets. Type Number 520570-5 (replaces 40604) Provides additional support to antennas due to weight of high ice loads. Type Number 520568 (replaces 44695) Two brackets attach to the edge of 8 ft.5 ft (3.5 ft (3. galvanized strut pipe. Reflector strut bracket. J Fine Azimuth Adjustment Assembly for Grid Strut and Collar Clamp Assembly. H Bottom Strut Kit.05 m) in length. F Outboard Strut Replacement Kit. Reflector strut bracket.andrew.0 m) standard antennas allows strut packed within shipping crate. L Short Strut Assembly. Type Number 520477 (replaces 222944) Provides tower interface and strut securement point. Kit includes universal joint and (metric) hardware for attachment to reflector strut bracket (item A) included. Includes strut and strut collar assembly (G). Order adjustment assembly separately. E Outboard Strut Kit.2 m) and 6 ft (1.0 ft (3. Type Number 520570-1 (replaces 221865) Solid reflector for the 12 ft. Type Number 520569 (replaces 40186-2) Attaches to inboard side strut (and strut collar assembly) to allow fine movement of the antenna during final alignment. Existing (extended) antenna pipe mount is required for strut attachment. item J. Azimuth wind brace with threaded rod adjustment assembly allows for fine antenna alignment and lock down. Type Number 100094 For replacement of item I and use with item J. Type Number 520570-3 Galvanized fixed side strut provides increased rigidity. and G for tower end attachment. strut pipe. and (pipe mount) angle interface bracket included.2m) in length. All parts are galvanized including hardware. K Grid Clamp Assembly.2 m) in length. Strut collar assembly (item G) also included to provide interface to tower. Type Number 520570-7 Short strut assembly for 6 ft (2. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. Quantity: 2 per kit. Galvanized clamp assembly includes stainless and galvanized hardware. 10 ft. Includes hardware for attachment to antenna and tower. Strut is schedule 80 and 5. D Azimuth Adjustment Kit. C Inboard Strut Kit (less azimuth adjustment). Also includes item D. Type Number 100093-2 All parts galvanized including hardware. and 12 ft reflectors to provide an attachment point for the fixed side strut. • U. Straight (metric) threaded rod assembly and associated hardware included. Strut pipe is schedule 80. All associated (metric) hardware is galvanized. (See tower interface options). Type Number 520570-4 (replaces 38891A) Includes item G less item A reflector bracket. I Grid Strut Kit (KP Series only). B Adjustable Inboard Strut Kit. strut collar assembly and hardware. Type Number 520570-2 Typically used as an optional side strut for 4 ft (1. Strut pipe is schedule 80 and 10.com 125 . All parts are galvanized including hardware. G Strut Collar Assembly. 10 and 13 ft only) Provides added support in either the azimuth or elevation plane. and 10. Refer to page 212. An 11/16" (18 mm) hole should be drilled in the appropriate strut support member. See illustration.S.A. Type 223740 round member clamp (order separately) can be used on members having a diameter of 1 to 3 in (25-76 mm). 520569 Side Strut Round Tower Member Tower Member Type 223740 Round Member Adaptor Clamp (order separately) 18 mm (11/16") Dia.. Replacement Components Termination Load Andrew can also supply the following replacement components for your Andrew antennas: • • • • • Reflectors Radomes (see page 119) Major hardware kits Universal guy wire kit Struts (see page 123) • Feeds • Shield absorber kits • Mounts (see page 95) • Shields For Angle Tower Members Side Strut Clamp Assembly (fixed and adjustable struts) Type No. Andrew recommends using a termination load to ensure your antenna meets the stated Andrew specifications. 520477 For Round Tower Members Azimuth Adjustment Assembly (adjustable struts only) Type No. Hole Required for Side Strut Clamp Assembly Invert Clamp for Round Members Under 1–7/8" (48 mm) Diameter 126 Customer Service Center .Attachment of Strut to Tower Direct bolt attachment of the side strut clamp to angle members is recommended. Termination Loads When both ports of a dual polarized antenna are not being used.Call toll-free from: • U. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Note: Holes should not be drilled without prior approval of the tower manufacturer. This very low profile antenna. weighing less than 8 pounds (3. and BAPT and are qualified in many countries including Russia. and structural characteristics.8 m) in diameter. Direct Antenna Radio Integration Andrew has worked with the world’s leading radio houses to develop antennas that can be directly integrated with the radio outdoor unit. Standard Andrew designs and process controls ensure product consistency and quality throughout the world. • U.. ETSI. and Poland.A. U. while still delivering the superior performance and overall quality expected of Andrew. ValuLine antennas meet the regulatory requirements of FCC. These antennas are available in both single and dual polarized configurations and in sizes from 1 ft (0. which can be attached to pipes with diameters ranging from 1. normally only achieved by shielded antennas. Low Profile Antennas To meet increasing demand for low visibility antenna systems. in a package less than 2 inches (46 mm) deep. Products are available in the 23 GHz.5 inches (115 mm). Contact Andrew for further details. minimizing their environmental impact. Andrew can supply these radomes painted to match local surroundings. broadcast. Multiple Manufacturing Locations In order to reduce shipping costs to sites worldwide. provide a significant benefit in overall system cost.3 m) to 4 ft (1. the ValuLine product range has been extended to include a new range of low profile shielded antennas (VHLP Series) offering excellent electrical performance in an antenna with minimal environmental impact.andrew. These antennas provide excellent pattern performance. mechanical.S. reduces tower wind loading and is a cost-effective package for worldwide shipping. Brazil.K. depending on antenna type. and Australia.8 m) antennas is dramatically simplified by the use of rigid plastic radomes. currently available for over 20 major radio suppliers. PCS/PCN.3 m) to 6 ft (1. The antennas meet the requirements of the EIA195 and 222 standards for electrical.8 m) in diameter. and private user microwave applications. ValuLine antennas are available from Andrew locations in Scotland.com 127 . Andrew ValuLine antennas economically satisfy the requirements of the cellular.3 m) to 6 ft (1. These integrated antennas are available in all frequencies from 7 GHz to 38 GHz and in sizes from 1 ft (0.9 inches (48 mm) to 4. easy installation is made possible by the use of simple pole mounts.2 m) and 6 ft (1.ValuLine® Antennas A Cost-Effective Antenna Solution for Today’s Terrestrial Microwave Systems ValuLine® antennas provide a cost-effective solution for all terrestrial microwave systems operating at frequencies between 7 GHz and 60 GHz. Brazil. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. Radome installation on the 4 ft (1. Flat Plate Antennas The new ValuLine Flat Plate antennas provide the ultimate solution for operators who require low visibility antennas for short haul communications in areas such as congested inner city sites. These integrated solutions. Fast.2 m) in diameter.6 kg). Optionally. RA. and are backed by a three-year warranty. Low profile antennas are available in frequencies from 13 GHz to 38 GHz and in sizes from 1 ft (0. 27 GHz and 38 GHz 136 frequency bands. The ValuLine range includes both High Performance shielded antennas (VHP Series) and Standard performance unshielded antennas (VP Series). 2 GHz 54. 1. contact Andrew for details about these options: 6 Antenna Flange Type and VSWR Specification. Andrew type numbers describe the antenna type.220 A 2 4 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Antenna Type. Use: 71 71W 74 77 102 105 107 117 130 142 159 173 1823 180 220 240 240W 275 275W 310 370 490 540 570 To indicate: 7.7 GHz/21.2-58. frequency band.A.6 GHz 24.125-7. shielded.ValuLine® Antenna Nomenclature Andrew uses an alphanumeric numbering system for identifying and ordering ValuLine antennas. Single Polarized 2 Antenna Size. and packing and assembly information. Single Polarized VHPX Shielded.0-31.7 GHz 21.7-11.2-50.25-57.2-23. See table on page 130.35 GHz 15. three. 8 Packing Type and Assembly Option.25-26.2-23.2 m) 6 6 ft (1. and other available options including flange type and VSWR specifications.5-10.425-7. Use: To indicate: VHP Shielded.7 GHz 10.0-31. Use: To indicate: A Non-compliant to UK RA Specification blank Compliant to UK RA Specification 4 Frequency Band.7-19.725-8.5 GHz/31.9-16.S.75-13.2-10.75 GHz 7. The number indicates the antenna diameter in feet.5 GHz 17.Call toll-free from: • U.7-12. This letter identifies product revisions. and the presence of the Andrew flash.2 GHz 57.9 GHz 7.2-23.3 GHz 31. VHP2A-220A-241 is: 1 ValuLine High Performance.. Dual Polarized VP Unshielded.5 GHz 27.25-15.20 VSWR 7 White Antenna.5-29. size.0 GHz 49. This number identifies the antenna color.7-19.25 GHz 14. The numbers following the first hyphen are an abbreviated designation for the operating frequency band.7 GHz 17.6 m) 2. The prefix is two.25-29.3 m) 2 2 ft (0. Example: VHP 2 A .2 GHz 5 Catalog Revision. In addition. This system is known worldwide and Andrew terminology is often used to specify antenna within procurement documents. 7 Antenna Appearance. antenna and radome color.6 m) in diameter 3 Non-compliant to UK RA specifications 4 21.5 ft (0.5 2.3-17.8 m) 3 Regulatory Compliance.5 GHz 10.6 GHz band 5 A Revision 6 PBR220. catalog revision.8 GHz 37. or four letters that describe the antenna type. no flash 8 Standard packing 128 Customer Service Center .2 GHz 12. radome color.5 GHz 7.8 m) 4 4 ft (1. In the example above.7 GHz 11.125-8. Use: To indicate: 1 1 ft (0. single polarized 2 2 ft (0. A change in revision letter indicates a change in electrical or mechanical specifications that affect antenna performance or the interface with other system equipment. regulatory compliance.5 GHz 24.0-40.7 GHz 10.6 GHz 17. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . white radome.5-29. Single Polarized VHLP Low Profile.5 GHz 27. com 129 .2 m). The antennas also include additional treatments that will provide long-term protection in marine. urban. These antennas. are mechanically upgraded to withstand 155 mph (250 km/h) through the use of additional struts and strengthened reflectors.K.8 m).6 m). 4 ft (1. and most industrial environments: • Factory applied epoxy painting • Hot-dip galvanizing • Stainless steel hardware • Corrosion inhibiting compounds Contact Andrew for more information.3 m). 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.8 m).5 (0. and 6 ft (1. • U. available in diameters of 1 ft (0. 2 ft (0. 2.andrew.E-Series ValuLine® Antennas for Use in Extreme Environments ValuLine® antennas are now available in upgraded versions that allow them to be used in locations subjected to high wind load or corrosive environments. and dirt and to reduce wind loading. ValuLine shielded antennas are supplied with molded planar polymer radomes. Within the tables. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .6 m) to 6 ft (1.8 m).Antenna Specifications and Ordering Information Radome Applications Antenna Type Antenna Series VHP. VR Series Radomes for Unshielded ValuLine Antennas Gray Gray White White Radome Radome Radome Radome with without with without Andrew flash Andrew flash Andrew flash Andrew flash VR2-1 VR4-1 VR6-1 VR2-2 VR4-2 VR6-2 VR2-1-WH VR4-1-WH VR6-1-WH VR2-2-WH VR4-2-WH VR6-2-WH Antenna Diameter 2 ft (0. Contact Andrew for information about other flange options..6 m) 4 ft (1. The tables are arranged by operating frequency band. Radomes Radomes are used to protect microwave antennas against accumulation of ice. VPX Included Radome Polymer – Optional Radomes – Molded plastic (VR Series) Our ValuLine® antennas are presented in the tables on pages 131-137.Call toll-free from: • U. Input Flanges ValuLine antennas can be supplied with many different EIA and IEC flange types.A. Their aerodynamic shape dramatically reduces the wind loading on the tower.S. Basic Antenna The type numbers listed in the tables define the basic antenna. These radomes are available as standard in gray or white. VHPX VP. Contact Andrew for more information.2 m) 6 ft (1. antennas are grouped by antenna type and by diameter. The numbers correspond with those appearing on the Radiation Pattern Envelopes published by Andrew (see page 48) and also define the electrical performance parameters of the antenna. in ascending order. The recommended flanges are identified in the table below. Input Flanges Frequency Band -71 -71W -74 -77 -102 -105 -107 -117 -130 -142 -159 -173 Recommended EIA Flange CPR112G CPR112G CPR112G CPR112G CPR90G CPR90G CPR90G WR75 WR75 UG-541A/U — — Recommended IEC Flange PDR84 PDR84 PDR84 PDR84 PDR100 PDR100 PDR100 PDR120 PDR120 PBR140 PDR180 PDR180 ValuLine The VR Series of plastic radomes are designed to offer maximum protection to VP and VPX Series unshielded ValuLine antennas in diameters ranging from 2 ft (0. snow. less options and accessories. The material is highly resistant to ultraviolet rays and provides high reliability under severe environmental conditions.8 m) Frequency Band -1823 -180 -220 -240 -240W -275 -275W -310 -370 -490 -540 -570 Recommended EIA Flange UG-595/U Modified UG-595/U Modified UG-595/U Modified UG-595/U Modified — UG-599/U Modified UG-599/U Modified UG-599/U Modified UG-599/U Modified UG-385-25 UG-385-25 UG-385-25 Recommended IEC Flange PBR220 PBR220 PBR220 PBR220 PBR260 PBR320 PBR320 PBR320 PBR320 — — — 130 Customer Service Center . Bulk pack options are also available on request. 2) 6 (1.3 42..5 36.2 40.2) 6 (1.8.8) 2 (0.8 36.1 36.1 37.4 37.8 36.2) 6 (1.8) 2 (0.6 29. dBi ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top 4 (1.8) 1.15 (23.2) 6 (1.15 (23.3 40.5 4.1)* 1.9 39.2) 2 (0.125 .5) 33 (15.L.4) available on request ** 1.75 GHz (WR112 / R84) Type Number VP4-71 VP6-71 VHP2-71 VHP4-71 VHP6-71 VHPX2-71 VHPX4-71 VHPX6-71 Diameter Gain.1) 1.2) 6 (1.9 GHz (WR112 / R84) Type Number VP4A-74 VHP2-74 VHP4-74 VHP6A-74 VHPX2A-74 VHPX4A-74 VHPX6A-74 Diameter Gain.2 29.8) 36.1)* Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±20 ±50 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±20 ±5 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 79 (36.3 4.8 29.15 (23.3 1..4 1.8) 37.0) 126 (57.0) 126 (57.15 (23.6) 4 (1.7 2.5 29.7 37.6 4.7 40.3 30.15 (23.1)* 1.2) 6 (1. dB dB (R.7 Beamwidth Cross Pol.10 (26.1) available on request 7.4 40.10 (26.0) 126 (57.0 39..7.6) 4 (1.1 36.5 32 30 32 32 30 32 32 45 54 62 64 53 60 64 1. degrees Disc.8) 2 (0. dBi ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top 4 (1.4 36.5 Beamwidth Cross Pol.4 1.0) 126 (57.8) 36..7 32 32 30 32 32 30 32 32 45 49 54 62 66 53 60 64 1.6 29.5 GHz (WR112 / R84) Type Number VP4-71W VP6-71W VHP2-71W VHP4-71W VHP6-71W VHPX2-71W VHPX4-71W VHPX6-71W Diameter Gain.0) 347 (157.20 (20. F/B Ratio VSWR max.25 (19.125 . degrees Disc.2) 6 (1.425 .1 37.8 2.7 36.15 (23.6 36.6) 4 (1.1)* Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±20 ±5 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 79 (36.7 37.3 40.5) * 1.8) 2 (0.6 32 32 30 32 32 30 32 32 45 49 53 60 64 53 60 64 1.7 30.9 39.5 36.4 40.0) 160 (72..9 36.5) 7.1) 1.4 40.8) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±20 ±5 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 79 (36.15 (23.L.1) 1. dB dB (R.7.8 2.3 30.Refer to pages 177 and 179 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 7.15 (23. dB dB (R.4 1.5 29.7)** 1.1)* 1.1)* 1.8 40.7)** 1.5 41.5 41.2) 6 (1.9 2.0) 347 (157.8 36.0) 347 (157.0) 126 (57.8 2.5) * 1.4 1.20 (20. dBi ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top 4 (1.5) 33 (15.5 41.30 (17.1) 1.9 2.1)* 1.K.15 (23.com 131 . dB) 2.8 40.6) 4 (1.15 (23.7 29.5) 33 (15.6) 4 (1.15 (23.2 30.andrew.8) 2 (0.6 40.5) 33 (15.0 39..2 29.15 (23.30 (17.5 Beamwidth Cross Pol.4 29.4 30. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 1/03 Visit us at: www.7 40.9 30.1) available on request • U.7) 1. F/B Ratio VSWR max.1) 1.6) 4 (1.5 40.1 37.30 (17.0) 347 (157.2 35.5 4.0) 347 (157.5) 33 (15.1)* 1.0) 33 (15.L.1)* 1.3 37.0) 160 (72.0) 347 (157.7 4.15 (23.2 35.1)* 1.6 4.15 (23.1)* 1. dB) 2. F/B Ratio VSWR max. dB) 2.4 1.25 (19.2 40.7 40.5 38.8 40.15 (23.2 30.5 29.15 (23.1)* 1.4 36.4) available on request ** 1.15 (23.0) 126 (57.0 31.4 1.6 40. degrees Disc.1)* 1.3 1.15 (23.8 36.4 36. 4 36.0) 347 (157.0 40.8) 34.5 1.1 37. degrees Disc. degrees Disc.5 40.6 2.5 .15 (23.0 (36.10 (26. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .0 31.3 42.7 39.20 (20.1 32 32 32 55 60 67 1.8 1.4 39.8 1. degrees Disc.5) * 1. dB dB (R.8 37..75 .2 GHz (WR75 / R120) Type Number VHP4-117 Diameter Gain.9 41.6 39.5 41.L.4) available on request ** 1.0 33.0) 347 (157.7 30.3 Beamwidth Cross Pol..8)* Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±5 ±50 ±20 ±5 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 33 (15. dB dB (R.0 43.2 1.2 40.1 43. dBi ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top 2 (0.1) available on request 10.7 32 60 1.7 GHz (WR90 / R100) Type Number VHP4-107 VHP6-107 Diameter Gain.7)** 1.0) 347 (157.2 1.8)* 1.6 29. dB) 1. degrees Disc. dB dB (R. dBi ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top 4 (1.6) 4 (1. degrees Disc.15 (23.2) 6 (1.1)* Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±20 ±5 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 79.8) 37. dBi ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top 4 (1.4 1.1 Beamwidth Cross Pol.0) 347 (157.8 43.8 43.6) 4 (1..4 42.15 (23.8) 40.1 34.8)* 1..11..1)* 1.2) 6 (1.0) 126 (57.8 33.L.2 34.1 40.1 37. F/B Ratio VSWR max.1)** 1.2 .5 39.6) 4 (1.0) 126 (57.0 39.2 32 32 32 32 32 32 59 65 68 59 65 68 1.8)* 1.1) available on request 11.2 33.5 1.5) 33 (15.5 32 32 30 32 32 30 32 32 45 50 54 62 64 53 60 64 1.1) available on request 132 Revised 1/03 Customer Service Center .6 40.20 (20.0 43.1) available on request 10.10.8 36.0 41.3 40.1)* 1.8)* Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±20 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 126 (57.30 (17. F/B Ratio VSWR max.20 (20.20 (20.2) 40.1 32 32 60 67 1.0) 347 (157.2) 6 (1.5 GHz (WR112 / R84) Type Number VP4-77 VP6-77 VHP2-77 VHP4-77 VHP6-77 VHPX2-77 VHPX4-77 VHPX6-77 Diameter Gain.8 30.2) 6 (1.8) 2 (0. dBi ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top 2 (0.25 (19.3 30. dB) 1.0) 160 (72.7 ..9 41.1)* 1.15 (23.6) 4 (1.8) 2 (0.9 40.5 37.0) 347 (157.9 33.0) 126 (57.7 Beamwidth Cross Pol.8 43.5 43.6 40.8)* 1.15 (23.20 (20. dB) 3.6 42. F/B Ratio VSWR max.5) 33 (15.8)* 1.5 4..L.6 2.2 1.12.1)* 1.8 1.1)** 1.7 GHz (WR112 / R84) Type Number VHP2-102 VHP4-102 VHP6-102 VHPX2-102 VHPX4-102 VHPX6-102 Diameter Gain. dB dB (R.1)** Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±50 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±20 ±5 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 33 (15. dBi ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top 4 (1.8) 33.Refer to pages 179 and 183 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 7.9 43.20 (20.8 1.20 (20.Call toll-free from: • U.6) 4 (1.25 (19.7 30.1 Beamwidth Cross Pol.L.A.7 .2) 6 (1.15 (23.15 (23.4 37.7 33.0) * 1.5) * 1.15 (23. dB dB (R.8.15 (23.7 GHz (WR90 / R100) Type Number VHP2-105 VHP4-105 VHP6-105 Diameter Gain. dB) 3.25 (19.2) 6 (1.20 (20.5) * 1..2 39.9 Beamwidth Cross Pol.8)* 1.S.8) available on request 10.20 (20.8) 2 (0.5 4. F/B Ratio VSWR max.5) 33 (15..1 39.25 (19.1)* 1.1) available on request ** 1.8)* Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±5 ±20 ±5 125 (200) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 126 (57.7 40.0) 126 (57.6 38..10.15 (23.0) 126 (57.6 42. F/B Ratio VSWR max.4 40.2) 6 (1..5) * 1.L.1)* 1.15 (23. dB) 2.2 3.9 43.20 (20. 20 (20.4 1.7 46.5 39.8) VHLP1-142 1 (0.1)** 1.8 2.0 (36.0) 78 (35.1 34.1)** 1.3) 69 (31.6 36.6 46.20 (20.5 46.5) 126 (57.4 45.30 (17. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.20 (20.6) VHPX2.3 36.8 31.0) 79.1)** 1.25 (19.20 (20.30 (17.8)* Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±20 ±5 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.1) available on request ** 1.15..20 (20.7) 1.3 45.2) 6 (1.7) 33 (15.8 45.0) 79.9 42.5) VHPX2-142 2 (0.8)* 1.0 2.8) available on request 14. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.25 (19.6 42.2 42.2) VP4A-142 VP6A-142 4 (1.20 (20.2 0. F/B Ratio VSWR max.4 4.7) 1.8) * 1.0 41.8 1.0 29.7 38.13.5-142 VHP4-142 VHP6-142 Diameter Gain.30 (17.0 41.3 42.8) VHLP2-130 2 (0.6) 2.0) 160 (72.1 1.2) VHPX4A-130 4 (1.5 (0.20 (20.5) 25 (11.6) VHLP2.1 1.8 39.6) VHPX2.4 36.7 41.1 1.8) * 1.6 42.5 2.20 (20.4 45.3) 2 (0.25 GHz (WR75 / R120) Type Number VHP1-130 VHP2-130 VHP2.8 1. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.2 44.Refer to pages 185 and 187 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 12.25 (19.7 37.0 38.8 34.1)** 1.8)* 1.9 42.8 2.20 (20.5-142 2.2) 6 (1.2 41.6 38.5-130 2.3 37.9 41.8)* 1.6 42.2 44.2) VP4A-130 VP6A-130 4 (1.5 (0.9 30 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 30 30 30 32 32 56 61 63 67 70 61 63 67 63 70 61 63 67 52 58 1.25 (19.9 2.7) 1.25 (19.6 39.5-142 2.5) 33 (15.4 45.8)* 1.5 (0.6 42.0) 78 (35.8) 4 (1.1) available on request ** 1.4 35.3 1.8 2.3) 2 (0.3 1.2 0.3 44.2) 6 (1.2 45.2 35.3 38.2) VHPX4A-142 4 (1.1 41.8 42.8 2.0) 347 (157.2) 115 (52.K.1)** 1.7 41.8 31.8 46.1 37.3 42.1 32.5) 126 (57.1)** 1.0) 126 (57.2 29.L.8)* 1.6 45.andrew.5 37. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 1/03 Visit us at: www.8)* 1.7 36.com 133 .20 (20.7) 1.0 46.0 34.0 42.8) VHPX4-130 4 (1.9 35.8 3.0) 160 (72.4 1.2 0.25 (19.0) 347 (157.25 (19. dB) 1 (0.25 (19.0 36.5 31.7) 1.2) VHPX6-130 6 (1.0) 78 (35.2 1.15 (23.0 45.0) 126 (57.30 (17.8)* Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±20 ±5 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.8) 30.5-130 2.1)** 1. F/B Ratio VSWR max.5 2.0) 347 (157.30 (17.6 45.8 36..4 42.20 (20.7) 1.8 30 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 30 30 30 30 32 32 50 62 64 68 71 62 64 68 64 71 53 64 67 70 53 56 1.5-130 VHP4-130 VHP6-130 Diameter Gain.8) 29.3 41.8) 4 (1.5 (0.3 37.3) 69 (31.8) VHLP4-130 4 (1.7 .30 (17.9 39.6) 2.20 (20.3) 25 (11.20 (20.8) VHLP4-142 4 (1. dB dB (R.8)* 1.0) 347 (157.5) 126 (57.6 41.5 (0.2 1.0) 78 (35.1 31. dB) 1 (0.7) 33 (15.0 35.3) VHLP2-142 2 (0..25 (19.6 35.1 36.15 (23.8 41.2) 115 (52.2 41.9 37.3 38.20 (20.8) available on request • U.5) 126 (57.1)** 1.5) 33 (15.8)* 1.7) 1.1)** 1.9 43.3 5.8)* 1.6) VHLP2.7 41.3 41.5) VHPX2-130 2 (0.0 44.8 35.5) 18 (8..5 37.3 36.5 41.3 0.5 41.3 0.2) 6 (1.20 (20.2 1.8) VHPX4-142 4 (1.1)** 1.8)* 1.2 38.3 42.35 GHz (WR62 / R140) Type Number VHP1-142 VHP2-142 VHP2.30 (17.9 2.25 (19.8)* 1.8)* 1.5 (0.9 36.8 1.3 0.0 (36.20 (20.L. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol. dB dB (R.25 .1 42.5 38.2) VHPX6-142 6 (1. 23.3 48.A.2 47.7 .8 30 30 30 30 67 64 68 70 1.8)* 1.30 (17.5 38.20 (20.5) 21 (9.7) 1.5 32.0) VHP4-1823 17. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 ..8 1.Call toll-free from: • U.8)* 1.9 0.0 32. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.4 45.30 (17.6 45.2) 115 (52.23.8)* 1.20 (20.8) VHLP4-180 4 (1.7 .2) VHPX6-180A 6 (1.20 (20. F/B Ratio VSWR max.2) ±15 ±20 125 (200) 126 (57.2 40.0 1.8)* 1.0 (36.30 (17.9 44.4 38.7 GHz / 21.7) 1.7) 33 (15.3) 2 (0. F/B Ratio VSWR max.8) VHLP1-180 1 (0.6 GHz 4 (1.0 44.5 33.5 44.0 47.4 38.4 45.0) 79.6 1.5) 126 (57.7) 1.1 38..2 1.1 41.1) available on request 17.20 (20.15 (23.5-180 VHP4-180A VHP6-180A Diameter Gain.5) 18 (8.30 (17.6 38.30 (17.L.9 0.3 47.0 44.20 (20.4 45.5 (0. dBi ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top 1 (0.S.Refer to pages 189 and 191 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 17.2 43.5 39.L.7 GHz (WR51 / R180) Type Number VHP1-173 VHP2-173 VP4-173 VP6-173 Diameter Gain.8) VP4-180A VP6-180A 4 (1.7 38.6 48.5 44.0) 78 (35.1 48.0 44.1 44.25 (19.6 44.2 45...3) 2 (0.0 0.7 33.23.7 46. degrees Disc.5-180 2.20 (20.2 40.7 .6 40.8)* 1.6 GHz Diameter Gain.7 33.7 GHz 4 (1.8)* 1.6 GHz (WR42 / R220) Multiband Antennas Type Number VHP2-1823 17.8)* 1.1) available on request * 1.19.9 0. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.7 41.2) 6 (1.7 3.9 1. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.4 44.8)* Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±5 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.6) 37.25 (19.30 (17.0) 134 Revised 1/03 Customer Service Center .7 45.8) VHPX4-180A 4 (1.7 .1 41.8) 4 (1.3 .6) 2.7) 33 (15.0 40.25 (19.25 (19. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.5) 126 (57.30 (17.2 .1)** 1.8) available on request 17.20 (20.3) 69 (31.5) * 1.1 39.9 1.7) 1.0 38.8)* 1.20 (20.20 (20.0) 347 (157.9 38.9 0.2) 6 (1.4 39.7) 33 (15.3) VHLP2-180 2 (0.5 38.1)** 1.4 41. dB dB (R.5) 79.5 (0.3) VHPX2-180A 2 (0.7) 1.2 44.0 44.5 0.7 GHz 21.8 30 32 32 32 58 64 55 58 1.7) 1.5 0.3 47.8)* 1..2) * 1.5 0.7) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±5 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.8) 32.2 .8 2.5 32.19.7 3.5-180 2.8 48. dB) (0.7 41.3 38.6 32.5 (0.6) VHPX2.0) 160 (72.6 1. dB dB (R. dB dB (R.3) 25 (11.7 0. dB) 3.1)** 1.2 34.20 (20.0) 160 (72.1)** 1.1 47.2 .8)* 1.0) 78 (35.0) 347 (157..2 38.20 (20.1 47.6) 4 (1.2) 21.5 0.25 (19.L.20 (20.. F/B Ratio VSWR max.6) (0.1)** 1.8 41.0 (36.9 30 32 32 32 32 30 32 32 32 32 32 32 30 30 30 30 58 60 66 65 70 58 60 66 65 70 53 57 55 67 69 73 1.7 44. dB) 1 (0.1 3.2) 6 (1.15 (23.17.8) 32.2 33.7 Beamwidth Cross Pol.0 48.5 47.7) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±50 155 (250) Net Weight lb (kg) 33 (15.9 1.7 GHz (WR42 / R220) Type Number VHP1-180 VHP2-180B VHP2.30 (17.6) VHLP2.7 34.6 39.19.19.2 44.3 1.6 38.0) VHPX1-180 1 (0. 8 40.6 43.5 47.3) 2 (0.20 (20.6) 2. F/B Ratio VSWR max..7 2.2 43.5 1.1 46.3) 2 (0.2) * 1.0 41.4 30 32 62 68 1.5-220 VHP4-220A VHP6-220A Diameter Gain.0 49.5) 126 (57.4 34.20 (20.7) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±50 ±50 ±20 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.1)** 1.1) available on request ** 1.2) 1 (0.7) 1.8 2.9 40.3 40.6 46.2 36.8)* 1.20 (20.8 43.1) available on request • U.0 46.3 42.8)* 1. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.2 39.3 35.8 0.9 34.8 46.4 40.6 GHz (WR42 / R220) Type Number VHP1-220 VHP2-220A VHP2.3) 115 (52.0) 347 (157.6 40.20 (20.5 40.1)** 1.5 2.4 39.5 (0.20 (20.5 43.3) 115 (52.1)** 1.4 1. dB) 1 (0.5 34.2 2.0) 78 (35.6) 35.3 37.5 35.5 35.5 GHz (WR42 / R220) Type Number VHP1-240A VHP2-240A VHP2.7 40. F/B Ratio VSWR max.25 (19.6 0. dB) 1 (0.5 (0.5 0.0 (36.9 36.andrew.1 41.8)* 1.0) 78 (35.5) 126 (57.25 (19.0) 78 (35.2) VHLP1-240 VHLP2-240 VHLP4-240 1 (0.7) 33 (15.4 0.0) 21 (9. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.6) VHPX2.30 (17.5 2.1)** 1.8 0.30 (17.6 1.3) 2 (0..9 42.8) VHPX4-220A 4 (1.8) 34.20 (20.2) 6 (1. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.5-240 2.Refer to pages 191 and 193 for Elliptical Waveguide ordering information 21.6) 2.8) available on request 24.4 0.25 (19.5) 126 (57.25 .5) 126 (57.3) 25 (11.5-240 VHP4-240 Diameter Gain.1)** 1.25 (19.8) VP4A-220 VHLP1-220 VHLP2-220 VHLP4-220 4 (1.20 (20.5 49.30 (17.4 1.8)* 1.3) VHPX2-220A 2 (0.8 34.1) available on request ** 1.0 47.3) 2 (0.20 (20.K.9 41.5) 79..5 (0.7 36.20 (20.8 45. dB dB (R.2 .6 48.30 (17.8 1.3) 2 (0.0) VHPX1-220 1 (0.8)* 1.0) 78 (35.8)* 1.1)** 1.7 46. dB dB (R.5 (0.6) VHPX2.2 46.com 135 .6 36.8 1.0) 18 (8.4 44.1)** 1.1 0.5 1.4 46.1)** 1.1 46.1 46.25 .1 45.8)* 1.0) 126 (57.8)* Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±50 ±50 155 (250) 155 (250) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.6 40.25 (19.7 39.7) 1.7) 33 (15.1 0.2 40.3 41.5 45.20 (20.6 46.7) 1.9 2.8 0.6 45.5-220 2.3 46.7 30 32 32 32 32 30 32 32 32 32 32 32 30 30 30 60 66 68 72 75 60 66 68 72 63 75 58 61 66 72 1.1)** 1.3) VHPX2-240A 2 (0.30 (17.0 46.15 (23.0 36.0) 347 (157.30 (17.8)* 1.4 41.6 30 32 32 32 30 32 32 32 30 30 30 61 67 69 73 61 67 69 73 62 67 73 1.6 46.4 41.5 GHz (WR34 / R260) Type Number VHP1-240W VHP2-240W Diameter Gain.8) 4 (1.6 1.8 40.7) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±5 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±5 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 ±20 ±5 ±20 ±50 ±50 ±20 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 125 (200) 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.2) VHPX6-220A 6 (1.8 1.6) 4 (1.5 46..29.25 (19.8) available on request 24.8)* 1.2) VHPX4A-220A 4 (1.L.3) 25 (11.5) 21 (9.8)* 1.4 43.4 46.2) 35.0 35.6 49.25 (19.5 1.5 41.26. F/B Ratio VSWR max.5 48. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.2) * 1.1 49. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 1/03 Visit us at: www.8) VHPX4-240 4 (1.1 41.7) 33 (15.0) * 1.7) 1.25 (19.25 (19.6 42.7) 33 (15.25 (19. dB) 1 (0. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.6) 4 (1.0) VHPX1-240A 1 (0.5 1.8) 4 (1.9 33.9 45.1)** 1.9 46.20 (20. dB dB (R..1 42.23.3 39.15 (23.20 (20.7 2.3 34.20 (20.20 (20.8 35..L.8)* 1.L.0) 18 (8.4 0.8 47.0 43.7) 33 (15.9 35.15 (23. 56) 1.5 30 32 32 30 30 30 62 68 53 63 68 73 1..7) 31.5) 18 (8.30 (17.3) 2 (0.30 (17.2 – 2.4 2. dB) 1 (0.3 GHz 1 (0.20 (20.0 .20 (20.9 41..L.2 0.31.2 1..3 GHz (WR28 / R320) Multiband Antennas Type Number Diameter Gain.2 1.1 36.8 GHz (WR28 / R320) Type Number VHP1-275W Diameter Gain.6) 1 (0.9 37. dB) 36. dB dB (R.2 – 42.7) 33 (15.4 30 32 62 68 1. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.20 (20. dB) 1 (0.L. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.6 37.8)* 1.5 GHz 1 (0.A.L.29.5 .1) available on request 136 Revised 1/03 Customer Service Center .3 GHz 2 (0.8)* 1.20 (20.5 42.8 GHz (WR28 / R320) Type Number VHP1-310 VHP2-310 Diameter Gain.3) 115 (52.9 42.0) * 1..0 36. dB dB (R.8)* 1.6 41.6 37.40 (15. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.5 .8 42. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .3) 25 (11.0) * 1.2 1.30 (17.30 (17.7) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 155 (250) 155 (250) 155 (250) 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.6 47.31.0 36.56) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±50 155 (250) Net Weight lb (kg) 18 (8.3 36.6) 2 (0.0 42.8 42.31. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.7) 1.29.1) available on request 27.6) ±15 ±50 155 (250) 25 (11.3) 31.. F/B Ratio VSWR max.2) 36.Call toll-free from: • U.6 – 36. F/B Ratio VSWR max. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.0 .7) 1.3) 2 (0.27. dB dB (R.29.6) 36.1 1.30 (17.2 1.5 41.2 37.8)* Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±50 ±50 155 (250) 155 (250) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.3 1.2 42.2 48.30 (17.31..0 30 30 30 30 63 63 68 68 1.7) 1.31. F/B Ratio VSWR max.6 – 41.5 GHz 2 (0. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.20 (20.2 2. dB dB (R.3 41. F/B Ratio VSWR max.L.8)* 1..0 (8.7 1.0) 19.6) 31.S.7) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±50 155 (250) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.5 .1 37.29.7) 1..4 2.15 (23.5 GHz (WR28 / R320) Type Number VHP1-275 VHP2-275 VP2-275 VHLP1-275 VHLP2-275 VHLP4-275 Diameter Gain.7) 33 (15. dB) 1 (0.3) 36.2 42.9 48.6 41.0 .9 43.9 41.0 .0 36. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.8 36.2 1.3) VHLP1A-275W 27.40 (15.5 .3) VHLP2A-275W 27.5 .2 30 62 1.15 (23.6) 4 (1.3) 2 (0.5 GHz / 31.3) 27.. L. dB dB (R.0) 18 (8.3) 2 (0.30 (17.2 GHz (WR19 / R500) Type Number VHP1-490 Diameter Gain.57.L.30 (17.5 50.7) • U.7 1.0 44.0) 33 (15. dB) 1 (0..7 44.7 1.6) 4 (1.8 51. F/B Ratio VSWR max.2) 39.0 39.37.5 1. dB) 1 (0.58. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.0 1.4 41. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.0) * 1.3 41. F/B Ratio VSWR max.5 44.6) 2 (0.7 39.7) 33 (15.8)* 1.8 1.2 42.2 ..K..1) 1.6 44. dB) 1 (0.3 44.30 (17.50. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.8 44.30 (17.1 30 62 1. dB dB (R.0 44.4 44..3 30 60 1. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.7) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±50 155 (250) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9. dB dB (R.0 0.3) 115 (52.andrew.3) 41.2 30 61 1. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.L.3) 42..40.7) 57.2 44.20 (20.2 GHz (WR19 / R500) Type Number VHP1-540 Diameter Gain.4 30 32 32 30 30 30 60 63 63 60 63 71 1.7 42..3) 42. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.20 (20. dB dB (R.4 39. ft (m) Bottom Mid-Band Top degrees Disc.2 50.7) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±50 155 (250) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.1) available on request 49.0 1.8)* 1.0 .30 (17.7) 1.2 . dB) 1 (0.15 (23.6 40..6 42. F/B Ratio VSWR max.4 42.L. F/B Ratio VSWR max..25 .0 GHz (WR28 / R320) Type Number VHP1-370A VHP2-370A VHPX2-370 VHLP1-370 VHLP2-370 VHLP4-370 Diameter Gain.3) 25 (11.2 GHz (WR19 / R500) Type Number VHP1-570 Diameter Gain.3 39.7) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±50 155 (250) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9.3) 2 (0.30 (17.25 (19.6) 1 (0.6 1.0 1.7) 1.7) 54. dBi Beamwidth Cross Pol.com 137 .7) Fine Adjustment Survival degrees Wind Speed Azimuth Elevation mph (km/h) ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±15 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±50 ±20 155 (250) 155 (250) 155 (250) 155 (250) 155 (250) 125 (200) Net Weight lb (kg) 21 (9. Adjustment range for these is 360 degrees. Center Offset* in (mm) in (mm) 1..5 (48-115) 1.4 (315) 10. Mount Construction. Fixed hardware is hot-dip galvanized steel. Adjusting hardware.5 (0. Vertical tower mounts attached to a tower supported vertical pipe of the diameter specified in the table below. All ValuLine antenna mounts have threaded fine elevation adjustment. The side strut includes a stainless steel threaded rod fine azimuth adjustment.5 (115) 4. as noted in the table. 138 Customer Service Center .9-4. The mounting pipe is not included with the antenna. Vertical Tower Mounts Antenna Size ft (m) 1 (0. Contact Andrew for type numbers.9 (278) 11.4 (137) Fine Azimuth Adjustment Degrees ± 15° ± 15° ± 15° ± 15° ± 15° Fine Elevation Adjustment Degrees ± 50° ± 50° ± 50° ± 20° ± 5° Side Struts Included – – – 1 1 * With respect to the mounting pipe viewed from the rear of the antenna. Can be reversed by inverting the mount or antenna. It is normally purchased as part of the tower.5 (48-115) 2. Hardware. Azimuth and Elevation Adjustments. Some mounts. See page 123 for information about side strut positioning.6) 2.5 (65-115) 4. Standard mounting information is shown below. including adjusting rods. Dimensional information and illustrations for installation are shown on pages 139-147. The adjustment ranges are indicated in the table below.5 (292) 12.S. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Side Struts. use a swivel clamp for azimuth adjustment. Some ValuLine antennas include a side strut.2) 6 (1.A.9-4. Note: Integral mounts consist of multiple type numbers. Structural members are hot-dip galvanized steel or aluminum.Antenna Mechanical Specifications All ValuLine® antennas include a vertical tower mount.5-4.3) 2 (0.4 (264) 5.8) Replacement Mount Type Number Metric Standard Hardware Integral Integral Integral Integral 46770A-3 Mounting Pipe Dia. Mounting Pipe.Call toll-free from: • U.8) 4 (1. is stainless steel.5 (115) 10. ft (m) 1 (0.andrew.1-ft ValuLine® Antenna Dimensions B C A D E F Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size. • U.6 (398) B 13.3) A 15.7 (220) F 1.5 in (115 mm) pipe.65 (42) All dimensions based on 4. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 1/03 Visit us at: www.3 (110) E 8.7 (296) D 4.K.3 (338) C 11.com 139 . 65 (42) * 12.6 (398) B* 9..S.5 in (50 mm .3 (110) E 8. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .5 in (115 mm) pipe 140 Revised 1/03 Customer Service Center .7 (296) D 4.3) A 15.115 mm) pipe D E F Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.A.1-ft ValuLine® Low Profile Antenna Dimensions B C A Suitable for mounting to 2.Call toll-free from: • U.0 in to 4.4 (314 mm) for VHLP1-220 antenna All dimensions based on 4.7 (220) F 1. ft (m) 1 (0.2 (234) C 11. 7 (220) F 1. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 1/03 Visit us at: www.6) Shielded 2.2-ft ValuLine® Shielded and Standard Antenna Dimensions B B C A Suitable for mounting to 2.115 mm) pipe D E F Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.65 (42) 1.7 (220) 8. ft (m) 2.3 (110) 4.0 (0.com 141 .5 in (115 mm) pipe.0 (534) 10.2 (310) 11.65 (42) All dimensions based on 4.6) Standard A 25.5 in (65 mm .3 (110) E 8.0 (637) B 21.andrew.5 (292) D 4.0 (0.5 (266) C 12.5 in to 4.K. • U.6 (651) 25. ft (m) 2 (0.2 (310) D 4.6 (651) B 13.2-ft ValuLine® Low Profile Antenna Dimensions B C A Suitable for mounting to 2.115 mm) pipe D E F Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.3 (110) E 8.7 (220) F 1.Call toll-free from: • U.A.6) A 25.65 (42) All dimensions based on 4.6 (345) C 12..5 in (115 mm) pipe 142 Revised 1/03 Customer Service Center .0 in to 4. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .S.5 in (50 mm . 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.2 (208) 8.5 in (65 mm .9 (301) 11.andrew.115 mm) pipe B shielded B standard F D A E Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.2 (385) C 11.8) Shielded 2.K.5 (0.6 (752) 15. • U.8) Standard A 35 (889) 35 (889) B 29.5 in (115 mm) pipe.5-ft ValuLine® Shielded and Standard Antenna Dimensions C Suitable for mounting to 2.2.2 (208) All dimensions based on 4.3 (338) F 8.3 (338) 13.5 (0.com 143 . ft (m) 2.5 in to 4.9 (301) D 6 (153) 6 (153) E 13. 5 in to 4.8) A 35 (889) B 24.5 (0.5 (622) C 11.5-ft ValuLine® Low Profile Antenna Dimensions C B Suitable for mounting to 2.Call toll-free from: • U.A.2 (208) All dimensions based on 4.9 (301) D 6 (153) E 13. 144 Customer Service Center .5 in (65 mm .3 (338) F 8.5 in (115 mm) pipe.S. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . ft (m) 2.2..115 mm) pipe F D A E Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size. 3 (541) • U.2 (361) K 6.5 (165) D 10.2 (411) H 20.com 145 .8 (528) * Applicable only for VHP Series (shielded) antennas. B 11. ft (m) 4 (1.K.4 (264) L 49.4-ft ValuLine® Antenna Dimensions + 25° – Suitable for mounting to 4.6 (295) J 11.4 (544) F* 30.1 (1247) E 21.2) A 16.andrew. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. A B G F E C L H J D K Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.5 in (115 mm) pipe only.1 (288) C 14.0 (762) G* 21. 2) A 16. ft (m) 4 (1.6 (295) J 11..S.7 (373) 146 Customer Service Center .5 in (115 mm) pipe G E C ØL J H D K Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.4 (594) G 14.4 (544) F 23.8 (528) B 11. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .2 (361) K 6.4-ft ValuLine® Low Profile Antenna Dimensions + – 25° A F B Suitable for mounting to 4.5 (165) D 10.A.2 (411) H 20.Call toll-free from: • U.1 (1247) E 21.4 (264) L 49.1 (288) C 14. K.com 147 .5 in (115 mm) pipe J Dimensions in Inches (mm) Antenna Size.8 (476) L 11.7 (246) M 19.8) A 76.1 (488) F 26. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.1 (740) G 7.7 (881) J 5.75 (300) E 9.5 (675) D 18. ft (m) 6 (1.75 (325) K 26.6-ft ValuLine® Antenna Dimensions A B C Alternative mounting position Attachment point for azimuth adjustment strut D F E + – 25° L G H N M K Suitable for mounting to 4.65 (195) • U.25 (60) B 34.4 (137) C 12.5 (1945) H 2.andrew.5 (675) N 29. . Forces and Twisting Moments Due to Wind Loads 70 mph 110 km/h 31 m/s 23 (102) 9 (41) 18 (24) 23 (102) 10 (46) 19 (26) 66 (294) 18 (80) 62 (84) 51 (226) 27 (121) 44 (60) 51 (226) 32 (141) 60 (81) 33 (147) 20 (91) 29 (39) 103 (459) 28 (125) 105 (143) 76 (337) 34 (150) 70 (95) 76 (337) 38 (167) 78 (106) Wind Speed 125 mph 200 km/h 56 m/s 75 (334) 30 (135) 58 (79) 75 (334) 34 (150) 63 (85) 216 (960) 59 (262) 204 (276) 166 (740) 89 (394) 145 (196) 166 (740) 103 (460) 195 (264) 108 (482) 67 (297) 94 (128) 337 (1501) 92 (410) 345 (468) 248 (1102) 110 (491) 229 (311) 248 (1102) 123 (546) 255 (346) 150 mph 250 km/h 69 m/s 108 (481) 44 (194) 84 (114) 108 (481) 49 (216) 90 (122) 311 (1382) 85 (377) 293 (397) 240 (1066) 127 (567) 208 (282) 240 (1066) 149 (662) 280 (380) 156 (694) 96 (428) 136 (184) – – – – – – – – – 70 mph 110 km/h 31 m/s 52 (231) 32 (142) 49 (66) 264 (1176) 72 (321) 194 (263) 194 (863) 86 (383) 181 (245) 194 (863) 96 (428) 202 (274) 133 (591) 77 (342) 175 (237) 595 (2646) 162 (722) 547 (742) 437 (1942) 216 (962) 499 (676) 299 (1329) 184 (818) 521 (707) Wind Speed 125 mph 200 km/h 56 m/s 170 (754) 104 (464) 160 (217) 864 (3843) 236 (1049) 633 (858) 634 (2821) 281 (1251) 590 (800) 634 (2821) 314 (1398) 659 (894) 434 (1930) 251 (1118) 571 (774) 1944 (8647) 531 (2360) 1789 (2425) 1427 (6348) 707 (3144) 1629 (2209) 976 (4343) 601 (2673) 1703 (2309) 150 mph 250 km/h 69 m/s – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Forces/ Moments 1 ft (0.2 m) VHP.. lb-ft (N•m) FAT max. lb-ft (N•m) 2 ft (0. VHLPX FAT max.2 m) VP.. VPX FAT max. lb (N) MT max.. VHLPX FAT max. They are the result of wind from the most critical direction for each parameter. lb-ft (N•m) 4 ft (1. lb (N) FST max. lb (N) FST max.. VPX FAT max. side. lb (N) MT max.8 m) VP...6 m) VHP.... lb (N) FST max.. lb (N) MT max. lb-ft (N•m) FAT max.6 m) VHLP. The individual maximums may not occur simultaneously. lb (N) MT max. lb-ft (N•m) FAT max. lb-ft (N•m) 2.... included on the Powertools CD-ROM and downloadable from www. lb (N) FST max. lb-ft (N•m) FAT max. VHLPX 4 ft (1. VPX with Molded Radome 148 Customer Service Center .6 m) VP..8 m) VP. lb-ft (N•m) 6 ft (1..3 m) VHP. lb (N) FST max. VHPX FAT max. lb-ft (N•m) Forces/ Moments FAT max.S.8 m) VHP.... VPX FAT max. lb (N) FST max. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . VPX FAT max.. lb-ft (N•m) 2. VHPX FAT max..8 m) VHP.. VHPX FAT max. lb (N) MT max. lb (N) FST max.5 ft (0. lb (N) FST max. lb (N) MT max. lb-ft (N•m) 2 ft (0.A...5 ft (0..3 m) VHLP.. Andrew Software.5 ft (0. lb (N) MT max.2 m) VHLP.... VHLPX 6 ft (1. lb (N) FST max.. lb (N) FST max. lb (N) FST max. lb (N) FST max..8 m) VHLP. lb-ft (N•m) 2.. lb (N) FST max.Call toll-free from: • U. lb (N) FST max. lb (N) MT max. lb (N) FST max. VPX with Molded Radome 4 ft (1. lb-ft (N•m) 2 ft (0. lb-ft (N•m) 4 ft (1.Forces and Twisting Moments Due to Wind Loads The axial.. and twisting moment forces shown below are maximum values exerted on a supporting structure. lb-ft (N•m) 1 ft (0. lb (N) MT max.8 m) VP.. lb (N) MT max.. lb (N) MT max.. VPX with Molded Radome 2..com.. lb (N) MT max. lb-ft (N•m) 6 ft (1..6 m) VP.andrew. See page 44 for more information. lb (N) MT max. calculates the forces produced by winds from any angle..5 ft (0... lb (N) FST max. VHPX FAT max.2 m) VP..... lb (N) MT max.. lb (N) MT max. VHPX FAT max.. lb-ft (N•m) FAT max. lb (N) FST max. lb (N) MT max..8 m) VP. lb (N) MT max.. VPX with Molded Radome 2 ft (0... and 2. Standard VHP4 Packing Pre-Assembled VHP4 Packing Standard VHP1 and VHP2 Packing • U. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. heavy duty packing is available.8 m) ValuLine antennas are shipped as standard in totally recyclable cardboard packaging.3 m).com 149 .ValuLine® Packing 1 ft (0.8 m) antennas are supplied in wire-bound crates.5 ft (0. 4 ft (1. Contact Andrew for details.6 m). For shipment to more remote areas of the world.andrew. 2 ft (0.2 m) and 6 ft (1.K. 7/8". How to Select Transmission Lines Andrew offers a complete range of HELIAX elliptical. flexible lengths result in easier and less costly system planning and installation compared with rigid waveguides.Transmission Lines Widest Selection of microwave transmission lines in the industry. The choice is typically based on evaluation of the features of each as described below. for many years. Use of these products ensures the ultimate in quality. HELIAX® Coaxial Cables and Elliptical Waveguides have been.4 to 26. reliability and performance. HELIAX Elliptical Waveguide is the recommended feeder for most microwave antenna systems in the 3. Low VSWR HELIAX Foam-Dielectric Coaxial Cable is recommended for use with antennas having unpressurized feeds.S. HELIAX cables and waveguides are proven performers in thousands of applications worldwide. 1-5/8" and 2-1/4" are the sizes typically used. 1/2". HELIAX cable is available in long continuous lengths for ease of installation and maintenance-free service. the standard transmission lines of the microwave industry. HELIAX foam-dielectric cables for microwave applications are described on pages 152 and 153. Andrew offers sizes and types that are optimized for nearly every application.. HELIAX coaxial cables are offered for systems operating in microwave bands below 3 GHz. Low VSWR HELIAX Air-Dielectric Coaxial Cable is the recommended feeder for antennas with air-dielectric feeds for 2.A. rigid rectangular and rigid circular waveguides for use in terrestrial microwave and earth station antenna systems. Andrew Circular Waveguides offer lowest possible attenuation for long vertical runs and can result in antenna and tower cost savings. HELIAX air-dielectric cables for microwave applications are described on pages 154 and 155. Long. Several options are listed for each band.7 GHz and below. Low VSWR Andrew offers all types of microwave transmission lines in low VSWR versions for minimum group delay distortion and system noise. The performance and reliability of HELIAX elliptical waveguide have been 150 Customer Service Center . continuous.5 GHz frequency range. 7/8".Call toll-free from: • U. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . 1-1/4" and 1-5/8" LDF series are the sizes typically used. The selector chart on page 151 lists recommended transmission lines by frequency band. 125-7.5-9. The economic choice between elliptical and circular waveguides depends on total antenna and feeder system equipment. Assemblies consist of waveguide cut to a specified length and terminated with connectors.7 10. EWP34. and flex-twists are used in elliptical and circular waveguide systems for connections with the antenna and radio equipment. Alternatively.427 1.5-2.4-5.5 8.0-14.6-6. bulk lengths may be ordered and individual feeders cut to length on site prior to installation.425 5.9-3. EWP132 186 EW180.535 1.25 14. EWP63 & EWP63S EW64. EWP64 EW77.7-19.7 21.com 151 .7-11. pressure windows. Rectangular waveguide also may be used for short feeder systems where space is limited.6 24.50 26.35 17. A full range of components for bands in the 3. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.425-7. GHz Below 1. EWP17 EW20 EW28 EW34.25-26. premium (EWP Series) assemblies are recommended for long-haul or high channel density systems.425 6. A single waveguide run can carry two polarizations with 30 dB minimum isolation.125-8.125 7.2 HELIAX Coaxial Cable Air Dielectric Foam Dielectric HJ( )-50 Series HJ( )-50 Series HJ( )P-50 Series HJ( )P-50 Series – LDF( )-50 Series LDF( )P-50 Series LDF( )P-50 Series LDF( )P-50 Series – HELIAX Elliptical Waveguide Type Pages – – EW17. Rectangular Waveguide Components such as elbows. 28 Circular Waveguide (See Pages 219) – – – – – WC281 – – – WC281. WR112 WR112 WR90. EWP52 & EWP52S EW63.7-13.8 10. Rectangular Waveguide (See Pages 202) – – – – – WR229 – WR187 WR159. A rugged black polyethylene jacket provides protection during handling and installation.3 2. WC166 WC281. Standard VSWR (EW Series) assemblies are recommended for short and medium-haul radio relay systems with low and medium channel densities and medium-haul color television microwave relay systems.925-6.andrew. WR112 WR90 WR90 WR75 WR75 WR62 WR42 WR42 WR42 WR51. Super premium versions are available for selected sizes and offer lowest VSWR. EWP132 186 EW132. EWP180 EW220 EW240 – Pages – 555 – 560 560 188 190 192 * LDF( )-50 Series Type Pages LDF4-50A LDF5-50A LDF6-50 LDF7-50A 496 506 513 520 HJ4-50 HJ5-50 – HJ7-50A • U. EW37. Rectangular waveguides are described on pages 219-230.5 14.750 7.K. installation and tower costs. twists. WR137 WR159. Circular Waveguide minimizes feeder attenuation and is particularly suited for long vertical waveguide runs to tower-mounted antennas.proven in thousands of microwave systems.4 .5-40 HJ( )-50 Series Size Type 1/2" 7/8" 1-1/4" 1-5/8" * On request – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – HJ( )P-50 Series Pages Type 535 555 – 560 – HJ5P-50 – HJ7P-50A HJ7SP-50A EW127A.40 GHz frequency range is offered. HELIAX elliptical waveguides are described on pages 156-201.4-4. WC166 WC166 WC166 – – WC109 WC109 – – WC109 – – – LDF( )P-50 Series Type Pages LDF4P-50A LDF5P-50A LDF6P-50 LDF7P-50A 496 506 513 520 Transmission Line Selector Chart Frequency Band. EWP127A 184 EW132. transportation.2-23.7 2. Circular waveguide is recommended for systems where lower attenuation is critical or where multiband capability is needed. WR137 WR137 WR137.4 3. Circular waveguides are described on pages 202218.5-10. EWP90 & EWP90S – – 160 162 164 166 168 170 172 172 174 176 178 180 182 182 4.5-15. EWP37 & EWP37S EW43 & EWP43 EW52. EWP77 EW85 EW90. Low VSWR.427-1. EWP52 EW52.7-2.0 5.7 11. EWP90 EW90. The corrugated copper walls give HELIAX® elliptical waveguide excellent crush strength and good flexibility. 29 (1. Type N Plug (male) connectors have gold-plated inner contact pins and silver-plated external surfaces. 50 ohm HELIAX cable and connectors are used. provide a longitudinal moisture block.35 (4.Microwave Cables Foam Dielectric Cables and fitted connectors are available for any standard U. Self-Flaring. Foam-Dielectric Cables Eliminates the need for pressurization equipment for easier installation and lower maintenance costs. These cables are for use with the “F” series antennas operating from 1427 to 2700 MHz listed on pages 54-59.66 (0. This patented* innovation results in simplified assembly. Impedance.82 (46.7) 24 (610) 1. * U. Weatherproof. excellent electrical contact and high resistance to connector pull-off and twist-off. lb/ft (kg/m) 1/2" LDF4P-50A 50 Refer to Page 498 3. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . ** For other frequencies. Low Attenuation Low loss foam for efficient signal transfer. HELIAX® low-VSWR. Low VSWR Minimize group delay distortion and system noise.49) 1-1/4" 1-5/8" 2-1/4" LDF12P-50 50 Refer to Page 525 0. Canadian.3) 20 (508) 0.LDF Series Foam-Dielectric HELIAX Cable Assemblies Size Type No.Call toll-free from: • U.09 (28) 10 (250) 0. S.86 (21. and high mechanical strength for equipment room connections.16 (3.92 (1..25 (10.046.81) 88 1.22) 5/8" LDF4.43) 89 1. “first-off” connector and cable length in feet or meters. Type LDF6P-50 has a pressure path through the inner conductor and is also suitable for use with air-dielectric feed antennas.86 (6. the standard HELIAX cables described on pages 496-526 are recommended. Accessories described on pages 529-625 apply to lowVSWR HELIAX cable.26) 88 2. low VSWR. See referenced page.11) 89 1. Low-VSWR HELIAX Jumper Assemblies LDF series foam jumper assemblies offer low attenuation.4) 15 (380) 0.91) LDF6P-50-(*) LDF7P-50A-(*) 50 Refer to Page 515 1. Other frequency bands are available on special order. foam-dielectric coaxial cables are the industry standard for use in unpressurized microwave radio relay systems. in (mm) Cable Weight. Specify cable type number including frequency band code.S.5P-50 50 Refer to Page 501 2.35 (59.15 (0.A. the dielectric is mechanically locked to the outer conductor and bonded to the inner conductor. Long Continuous Lengths Simplifies installation. 1/2".33 (0. Also. in (mm) Minimum Bending Radius. Characteristics .02) 89 0. ohms Low VSWR. Every assembly is guaranteed not to exceed the maximum VSWR specified.55 (39. eliminates the need for splices and provides for convenient stocking on site.44 (8. refer to pages 496-520. Connector O-ring seals. flexibility. or CCIR frequency band. (RL) Attenuation at 2 GHz** dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) Velocity. Max.9) 8 (200) 0. percent Diameter over Jacket. Each connector is designed for low VSWR up to the cut-off frequency of the cable.27 (0. fewer joints mean increased reliability. To Order. See sample order on page 473. Low-VSWR. complete RF shielding.451..37) * Insert frequency band code in Type Number when ordering. 152 Customer Service Center .994 (3.63 (16) 5 (125) 0.98) 50 Refer to Page 522 1. connector type numbers.S. Every assembly is guaranteed not to exceed the maximum VSWR specified. To eliminate differential expansion. in conjunction with the annular corrugations of the cable.40) 7/8" LDF5P-50A-(*) 50 Refer to Page 508 1. For applications below 1427 MHz. Patent 4.7) 88 0. Other connectors and cable lengths are also available. 4) 1.9) 6 (1.10 (26.06 (30.9) 1. includes inner Conductor. use with jumper cables having “F” Flange (male) connectors. (R.9) 6 (1.4) 1.10 (26.9) 6 (1. Frequency MHz Length feet (m) VSWR Max. Elbow. “F” Flange (female) For 1/2" LDF4P-50A L4PNM-RC L4PNF-RC L44F 209865 L44R – For 7/8" LDF5P-50A L5PNM-RPC L5PNF-RPC L45F 48041 L45R – For 1-1/4" LDF6P-50 L6PNM-RPC* L6PNF-RPC* L46F – L46S* – For 1-5/8" LDF7P-50A L7PNM-RPC L7PNF-RPC L47F 201942 L47S – For 2-1/4" LDF12P-50A Components – L12PNF – – – – – – – – – 104300-2 G – – – – – 203361 * For pressure port and pipe plug.2300 1700 .4) 1.10 (26.12 (24.2700 2300 .9) 6 (1.) Type No.4) 1. Type N Jack (female).K.andrew.12 (24. (R.7) 1.1535 940 .8) 3 (0.8) 1.2300 3 (0.1) 1.L.9) 6 (1.2700 3 (0. “F” Flange (male).15 (23.2700 2300 .4) 7/8" EIA Flange/N Plug Connectors 200834A-3 200834A-6 202638A-3 202638A-6 1700 .8) 1.2700 3 (0. mates with UG-23 N Jack (female).4) “F” Flange Male/“F” Flange Male Connectors L4P3-FMFM-3 L4P3-FMFM-6 1700 .10 (26.4) 1.06 (30. Adapter “F” Flange (female).10 (26.L.2700 940 .2300 2500 .10 (26. order type number L6PNM-PR or L6PNF-PR • U.) Type N Plug/Type N Plug Connectors L4P4-PNMNM-3 L4P4-PNMNM-6 L4P3-PNMNM-3 L4P3-PNMNM-6 48695A-3 48695A-6 L4P3-PNMNM-3 L4P3-PNMNM-6 1427 .4) 1.10 (26.9) 6 (1.2700 2300 .15 (23. Frequency MHz Length feet (m) VSWR Max. for attachment to “F” series antennas “F” Flange (female).1535 1427 . No gas barrier.8) 3 (0.8) 3 (0.1) G A B C D E F Connectors and Components Interface A B C D E F N Plug (male).8) 1.2700 2500 . 7/8" EIA Flange.com 153 .9) 1. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.9) 6 (1.8) 3 (0. Allows testing of feeders terminated with “F” Flange male connectors.2300 1700 .10 (26.Microwave Cables Foam Dielectric Connectors Type No. mates with UG-21 “F” Flange (male).7) 1.2700 2300 . 2300 2300 .2300 – 93.04 (3.55) 2-1/4" HJ12P-50-(**) 1.1990 2110 .) Maximum (with recommended connectors) Attenuation at 2 GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) Impedance.42) 50 1700 .1900 1850 .08 (28. (R. Air-Dielectric Cables Provide pressure path to pressurizable antenna feeds.2700 91.54 (0.4)† 1.26) 50 1700 .04 (1.1900 1850 . Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .S.Air-Dielectric HELIAX Cable Assemblies Size Type No.12 (24.42) 50 1700 .S.2200 1700 .L. Canadian.3) 20 (508) 1. These cables are for use with the air-dielectric feeds operating from 1700 to 2700 MHz listed on pages 54-59.91 (6. VSWR. air-dielectric coaxial cables are the industry standard for use in pressurized microwave antenna systems.98 (50.89) 50 1700 . † 1.3) 1. Also.1990 2110 .8) with H7NM-T and H7NF-T Recommended Connectors Cable Type HJ5P-50 HJ7SP-50A HJ7P-50A HJ12P-50 Bandwidth Up to 200 MHz 200 .A.410 MHz Up to 410 MHz Up to 150 MHz 150 .2110 1900 .80) 1-5/8" HJ7SP-50A-(**) 1. HELIAX® low-VSWR.1990 2110 .3) 20 (508) 1.1 1. in (mm) Minimum Bending Radius.2110 1900 .2110 1900 .Microwave Cables Air Dielectric Low VSWR Minimum group delay distortion and minimum noise Low Attenuation Lowest loss for efficient signal transfer Long Continuous Lengths Simplifies installation.10 (26. Accessories described on pages 592-625 apply to lowVSWR HELIAX cable.15 (23. MHz.2200 1700 .2300 2300 .1 2.1900 1850 . Other frequency bands are available on special order. eliminates the need for splices and provides for convenient stocking on site.1990 2110 .410 MHz Up to 410 MHz 7/8" EIA Flange No Gas Barrier 75AR 75ART 87ST 87S 87ST 82S 7/8" EIA Flange Gas Barrier 75AG 75AGT 87SGT 87SG 87SGT – Type N Plug (male) H5NM-T H5NM-T H7NM-T H7NM-T H7NM-T – Type N Jack (female) H5NF-T H5NF-T H7NF-T H7NF-T H7NF-T H12NF 154 Customer Service Center .Call toll-free from: • U.04 (3.1 1.2110 1900 . fewer joints mean increased reliability. lb/ft (kg/m) ** Insert frequency band code in Type Number when ordering. or CCIR frequency band.1) 1.16 (1.73) Velocity.2200 1700 . All cable assemblies are sweep tested at the factory to ensure low VSWR performance across the specified operating band.6 1.80 (2.1 (28) 10 (250) 0.38 (60.55) 1-5/8" HJ7P-50A-(**) 1.. in (mm) Cable Weight.2700 92. ohms Frequency.. percent Diameter over Jacket.1900 1850 .2300 – 92.2200 1700 .15 (23. – – – -17L -18 -21 -17 -19 -23W – – – – Frequency Band Code Cables and fitted connectors are available for any standard U.98 (50.4) 22 (560) 1.1) 0. Characteristics .04 (1. 7/8" HJ5P-50-(**) 1. com 155 . Refer to the table on page 154 for connector recommendations. “F” Flange (male).andrew. A C E B D F Connectors and Components For 7/8" HJ5P-50 75AR 75AR 75ART 75AGT H5NM-T H5NF-T For 1-5/8" HJ7P-50A and HJSP-50A 87S 87SG 87ST 87SGT H7NM-T H7NF-T For 2-1/4" HJ12P-50 82S – – – – H12PNF* Interface A A B B C D E 7/8" EIA Flange. connector type numbers. no gas barrier at interface 7/8" EIA Flange. includes gas barrier. For example. tunable Type N or non-tunable 7/8" EIA connectors are recommended for use with Type HJ5P-50 cable operating in the 1850 . • U. require tunable connectors to achieve the specified VSWR ratings. Components – – – – – – – – – 33682 F – – – 104300-2 * H12PNF not tunable To Order. depending on bandwidth and cable type. Specify cable type number including frequency band code. For attaching air-dielectric HELIAX® cable with 7/8" EIA Flange to “F” Series antenna. mates with UG-21 Adapter.Microwave Cables Air Dielectric Connectors Selection of Connectors Some applications. mates with UG-23 Tunable* N Jack (female). Adapter.1990 MHz band (under 200 MHz bandwidth). Type N Jack (female). “F” Flange (female). 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.K. gas barrier Tunable 7/8" EIA Flange. gas barrier Tunable N Plug (male). 7/8" EIA. “first-off” connector and cable length in feet or meters. no gas barrier at interface Tunable 7/8" EIA Flange. Allows testing of feeders terminated with “F” Flange male connectors. See sample order on page 473. The elliptical cross section propagates the eTE11 dominate mode. installation. Standard jacketing material is suitable for operation down to -54°C (-65°F) and installation down to -40°C (-40°F). Good Flexibility of the corrugated copper construction provides ease of handling during installation. HELIAX elliptical waveguide minimizes the cost of detailed waveguide system planning and has lower installation cost compared with other types of waveguide. A full range of waveguide sizes is available for application from 1. Long Continuous Length availability is a major advantage of HELIAX elliptical waveguide.A. Fixed-tuned premium connector design provides low VSWR performance. contain costs and get your system operating on time. The corrugated wall gives the waveguide excellent crush strength. ensures long lasting pressure tightness and corrosion resistance. One-Stop Shopping. Long Service Life Means Cost-Effective Performance Solid Copper Corrugated Wall gives the waveguide excellent crush strength. It can be easily cut to length for any waveguide run eliminating the need for multiple joints and elbows of flex sections. A rugged black polyethylene jacket provides protection during handling and installation. No surprises. Advanced Connector Design. 156 Customer Service Center . Special training is not required. you can do it. Connector Attachments are designed so that special tools or compounds are not required. You get highly efficient signal transfer which optimizes overall system performance. Minimum Installation Cost and Simplified System Planning HELIAX elliptical waveguide is the optimum choice for most microwave antenna feeder systems. HELIAX is precision-formed from corrugated high-conductivity copper and has an elliptical cross section.S. you need to avoid delivery delays. Investment Cast Silicon Brass and Forged Brass connector material. Connector hardware is stainless steel for corrosion protection and long life.7 to 26. Long lengths also permit convenient stocking at the site. HELIAX elliptical waveguides are optimized for lowest loss in specific user bands.. High Performance Low Loss. Fast Delivery. Easy to Use Flaring Tools are available for most sizes. Advanced Design Accessories are integral HELIAX system components and are engineered for long term reliability. easier system planning and increased reliability. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . eliminating the need for field tuning. We are also prepared to handle all of the other details necessary for complete site construction.5 GHz.Call toll-free from: • U. all engineered to work together as a system. and testing of antenna/transmission line systems. for most sizes. All factory assemblies are guaranteed to meet stated VSWR specifications. which is similar to the TE10 mode in rectangular waveguide. Operating in the frequency band where only the dominant mode can exist eliminates signal distortion due to mode conversion and minimizes VSWR. A broad range of accessories and components is available from Andrew. The jacket is weatherproof and ultraviolet stabilized to prevent deterioration. With Andrew you can avoid the costly problems of out of sequence deliveries and non-compliant material which can result from dealing with multiple vendors. Rapid product availability allows Andrew to be a real problem solver for you at installation time. Guaranteed VSWR Performance.HELIAX® Elliptical Waveguide General Information Rugged Black Polyethylene Jacket provides protection during handling and installation. You get the performance you expect. Additional Services Make the Andrew Difference Andrew offers a broad range of services including delivery. With schedules to meet. Saves time and labor. The result: lower installation cost. Low Signal Distortion. With HELIAX elliptical waveguide from Andrew. light weight and good flexibility. and operates below the cutoff frequencies of higher order modes. light weight and good flexibility for ease of handling. Attenuation is significantly lower than that of standard rectangular waveguides for these bands. no risk. Performance data for other bands are available on request.897. 1220ASC* and 2180SEM.HELIAX® Elliptical Waveguide General Information Applications Engineering Support.221.507. 163SEM*. 164SEM*. Tunable connectors are suitable for field attachment when the capability for field tuning exists. premium and super premium versions all carry the EW marking. ** Patented United States 4. VSWR Characteristics Recommended waveguide and connector assemblies for the commonly used frequency bands are listed in the tables on pages 160-193.585. VSWR characteristics shown are guaranteed for factory assemblies within the indicated bands. and are supplied with metric flange hardware and gasket. the connectors are factory attached and tuned. Closer tolerances are available on special order.642. Types are: 143SEM.511.andrew. HELIAX® elliptical waveguide is available in standard VSWR. See page 201 for details of the high directivity Andrew Hybrid Reflectometer.751. Gasket O-Ring Cutaway View of Fixed-Tuned Connector Transition Body Firm Support at Root of Corrugation Corrugated Split Flare Ring • U. flange gasket. For example. Fixed-Tuned Connectors have a multi-step mating section which is precisely machined to provide low VSWR over a broad bandwidth without the use of tuning screws.540.01 better than the published VSWR specifications. Australia 565. When ordered as part of a premium or super premium factory assembly. -0%. Each connector includes a pressure inlet with a 1/8" female pipe thread. Selection of waveguide is completed by VSWR testing which is an integral part of the manufacturing process. Standard cutting tolerance is +2%. “M” suffix connectors. Tunable Connectors are tapered transitions which include tuning screws to minimize assembly VSWR. Australia 578. premium and super premium waveguides have the same electrical and mechanical characteristics.com 157 .K. Elliptical Waveguide Connectors Connectors are tapered or multi-step transitions from elliptical to rectangular waveguide cross sections and mate with industry standard rectangular waveguide flanges. This ensures that the published specifications will be maintained upon delivery to the site. Tunable connectors are recommended for use with premium and super premium HELIAX elliptical waveguide. Canada 1. standard. Fixedtuned connectors are recommended for use with standard and premium HELIAX elliptical waveguide. They are also typical for assemblies with fieldinstalled connectors. 163DET is a tunable version of the 163DE non-tunable connector mentioned above.959. and is verified to be at least 0. Cutting Tolerance Waveguide lengths are measured from connector flange face to connector flange face. The connectors have designations which include an “S” after the series number. Canada 1. such as 143SEM. Tunable connectors are identified by a “T” suffix. Except for attainable VSWR. have IEC154 compliant flanges. 290SC**. standard.224. * Patented United States 4. premium (low VSWR) and super premium (lowest VSWR) versions. flange hardware and assembly instructions. All waveguide is tested as part of the manufacturing process. Andrew offers applications engineering support to solve system design problems and ensure that your waveguide system is properly designed. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 9/00 Visit us at: www. For this reason. We can provide expert assistance to make sure that your waveguide investment will provide a cost-effective return. Connector Types Available Non-Tunable Connectors are tapered transitions which do not include tuning screws. They are recommended for use with standard HELIAX elliptical waveguide and have designations such as 163DE. A precision molded silicone rubber gasket conforms to the shape of the waveguide corrugations and provides a reusable pressure seal without the need for sealing compounds. where applicable. Standard Assemblies consist of standard waveguide and non-tunable. this allows consistent VSWR to be achieved for connectors which do not require field tuning. fixed tuned or pre-tuned connectors. Super premium (lowest VSWR) versions are available for certain sizes.HELIAX® Elliptical Waveguide General Information Connector Materials All connectors except for the 117. pressure tight and compatible with the waveguide material to prevent corrosion.A. Integral Flare Aid. * HELIAX is the registered trademark under which flexible elliptical wave guides are sold by Andrew. Products with this rating are found in ducts. When used with the new compact flaring tool kit. 158 Customer Service Center . accurate field connector attachment. • Firm support throughout the corrugation allowing high mating pressure at the point of electrical contact to eliminate intermodulation distortion. waveguide can be cut to the desired length and connectors factory attached and. tuned.. This jacketing material is intended for installation indoors or in other confined areas where there is limited exposure to sunlight or ultra-violet radiation. Split flare ring connectors include a disposable plastic saw guide to assure a square cut of the waveguide and the proper length for flaring. Factory or Field Assemblies All of the above assembly types can be configured as factory or field assemblies. are constructed of brass. Fixed-tuned premium connectors are recommended for field-fitted applications requiring low VSWR without field tuning. The CATVP elliptical waveguide is available in selected sizes.785 Typical Systems Example microwave antenna systems using HELIAX elliptical waveguide are described on pages 26-34. HELIAX* Elliptical Waveguide Assemblies Assemblies consist of waveguide cut to length and terminated with connectors on each end. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .590. The corrugated split flare ring functions as a flare aid. • Field attachment with standard hand tools. When specific lengths are known. 117. Super Premium Assemblies consist of super premium waveguide and tunable connectors. Field-Fitted Assemblies. Assemblies are available in standard and premium versions. Super premium assemblies offer the lowest available VSWR for minimum group delay distortion and noise.” Compact Flaring Tool New compact flaring tool** kits are now available exclusively from Andrew with many advantages over other flaring tools. premium waveguide should be ordered in the lengths in which it will be used. 20.Call toll-free from: • U. Connectors are transitions from the elliptical to rectangular cross section and are described in detail above. except those for EW17. these fire-retardant jacketed elliptical waveguides are UL listed as Type CATVR and marked accordingly on the gray jacket. 120 and 128 series are silicone impregnated. This innovation results in: • Improved electrical performance through optimum positioning of the corrugation runout relative to the electrical axis of the waveguide. Premium waveguide has excellent VSWR characteristics for very low group delay distortion and noise. All hardware is stainless steel for corrosion protection and long life. non-halogenated jacket to avoid the need for costly conduit. Therefore. plenums or other spaces used for environmental air. Typical components and mounting accessories are illustrated. For use in the United States. ** Patented United States 4. Types of unjacketed CATVP waveguide pass the most stringent fire resistance tests and are tagged as “UL® Type CATVP. Bulk lengths may be ordered and individual feeders cut to length and connectors installed on site for minimum waste. Factory Assemblies. 120 and 128 series.S. See page 198. Connectors can be attached without need of special tools or compounds. Connectors Are Easy to Attach All connectors. 28 and 85. The Type CATVR rating permits installation in building risers. nickel plated aluminum. Compact flaring tools are available to ensure consistent VSWR performance. incorporate a corrugated split flare ring to accurately position the elliptical waveguide relative to the transition. • Fast. when possible. Saw Guide. For long bulk lengths of premium elliptical waveguide it is not possible to verify the return loss performance along the entire length. Both materials are long lasting. VSWR specifications given in this catalog are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field fitted assemblies. Premium Assemblies consist of premium waveguide and tunable connectors or fixed-tuned premium connectors. Optional Fire-Retardant Jacket Selected sizes of HELIAX elliptical waveguide are available with a fire-retardant. Care must be taken to keep the reel from unwinding too fast while the waveguide is being hoisted. The vertical run may be twisted for proper top and bottom flange alignment. A pulley and lines are recommended for installing HELIAX elliptical waveguides. Bending to the minimum bending radius (specified on pages 160-193) should be done with care using bending tools shown on page 199. Horizontal Run. In most installations. The run from the tower base to the building may be buried or supported above ground.Pressurization The waveguide should be maintained under dry air or dry nitrogen pressure to prevent moisture condensation.andrew. Hoisting grips are used to support the weight on the hoisting line one every 200 ft (60 m). The elliptical waveguide is clamped in the hangers. See recommended limits in the tables on pages 160-193.com 159 . working down from the top. The flexibility of the waveguide allows it to be formed around tower members and obstacles. The waveguide system should be properly grounded for lightning protection. Grounding kits should be installed at the top and bottom of the waveguide run and at the entrance to the equipment shelter. For long waveguide runs. a flex-twist section (listed on page 208) is used. It is generally best to pay off the waveguide from the bottom of the reel. Above-ground runs should be fastened to horizontal support members with hangers at the maximum intervals specified on page 196. Where this is not possible. Waveguide hangers are pre-positioned on the tower at the maximum intervals specified on page 196. grounding kits should be installed at 200 foot (60 m) intervals. The reel should be supported on an axle to permit free rotation as the waveguide is being hoisted. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. Exposed runs should be protected by ice shields. Hoist Line Waveguide Pulley Tie Rope Hoisting Grip Ground Hangers Reel Support Ground Waveguide Bridge Ground Hangers Pulley Wall/Roof Feed-Thru Winch • U. All sizes are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa) maximum.K. HELIAX® Elliptical Waveguide General Information Installation Hoisting and Vertical Run. the waveguide can be connected directly to the antenna input flange. 80 1.S.10 2. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.0 (3.0 (305) 7. inches (mm) E Plane 28 (710) H Plane 81 (2060) Maximum Twist.Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP17 and EW17 Characteristics Type Numbers Premium Waveguide Standard Waveguide Electrical Max.9 (175) 12.40 0. 117RT – Figure 2 8. kW with 117E or 117ET Connectors with 117RT Connectors Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii. without rebending.6 (116) 5.38 (1.0 GHz.35) 0.73 (4.34 (1.0 78.91 48.36 (1.51) 0.35 (1.A.58 44.05) Average Power Rating.41 (1.32 (1. with rebending. Frequency Range.48 42.06) Type No.3) 1.9) Weight.3 69.2) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) A W W A Attenuation. GHz Group Delay at 2.4 1.70 1.35 39.10) 0.30 2. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%. 117ET – Figure 1 15.3 L Figure 1 L Figure 2 Connector Material: Nickel-Plated Aluminum Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.5 80.76 50.1 76.9 (225) 4.90 2.65 x 2.9 (404) 6. GHz eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency.0.82 Group Velocity of Propagation.0 (2.47 49. in (mm) 5.46 (1. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 1.75) Dimensions over Jacket.00 2.20 2. 160 Revised 9/00 Customer Service Center .6 73. degrees/foot (m) 0.99 46.Call toll-free from: • U. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 2.99 (143.14) 0. pounds per foot (kg/m) 2.7-2.25 (0.5 82.7 65.5 x 75. kW 35. Average Power. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .364 139 (456) 1036 90 EWP17 EW17 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) Type No.25) 0.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient.19) 0.0 (127) 5.07) 0. 117E. inches (mm) E Plane 20 (510) H Plane 57 (1450) Minimum Bending Radii..% 59.0 GHz.33 (1. washers.dB) Up to 300 ft (90 m). nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10. How To Order: Specify complete waveguide Type Number. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 6 ft (1. ** VSWR. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. See “Waveguide Assemblies” table. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. 117Z 204989-6 204989-26 204989-36 207270 35849A-10 34759 EWBTK-5 33544-10 A sample order is shown on page 473.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. max. and length in feet or meters. Description Other Accessories Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Wall/Roof Feed-Thru Holsting Grip Bending Tool Kit. When attached connectors on an assembly are different..27 (18.17 (22. nuts.L. in (mm) 0. For other conditions see page 196 Type No. Specify connector Type Numbers and “attached” or “unattached”. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support.K. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long.25 (19.andrew. Two kits are required with each EW17 hanger kit.1) 1.** (R.1) 1. where listed. See “Waveguide Assemblies” table. (R.1 EWP17-17 CPR430G 7/8" EIA (gas block) 7/8" EIA (gas pass) CPR430G 7/8" EIA (gas block) 7/8" EIA (gas pass) 117ET 117RT 117RT-3 117ET 117RT 117RT-3 Non-Tunable CPR430G 117E 1.5) 1.9-2. Stainless steel Member Diameter. The indicated maximum characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 3/01 & 5/01 Visit us at: www. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. Further Information: For general information on HELIAX® elliptical waveguide.com 161 .27 (18.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency GHz* Waveguide Type Flange Type†† Connector Tunable VSWR. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long. refer to pages 214-218. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. 2.2) 1. Stainless steel 31768A Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 3/8" bolts. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Type No. dB) Up to 300 ft (90 m) Premium Waveguide Assemblies 1.23 (19.7) 1.7) 1.7-2. 3/8” rod. †† For detailed information on mating flanges. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. specify which is “first off” the reel.23 (19.3 EWP17-19 Standard Waveguide Assemblies 1.75-1.5-3.3 EW17 * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands.5) 1.19 (21.83 m)* 31766A-9 Hardware Kit of 10. • U. including frequency band code. lock washers. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10.L.7-2. 0.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. max. see pages 156-159. 61 (2.0 73.3 61.% 56.48) 0.39) Average Power Rating.7 0.9-2.43 (1. in (mm) E Plane 26 (660) H Plane 71 (1800) Maximum Twist.81) 0. in (mm) E Plane 18 (460) H Plane 50 (1270) Minimum Bending Radii.4 2.Call toll-free from: • U.69) 0.50 32.5 x 71. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.60) 0.53) 0.6) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Type No.47 (1. pounds per foot (kg/m) 1.19 34. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . with rebending. 120E – Figure 1 5.Elliptical Waveguide Type EW20 Characteristics Type Numbers Standard Waveguide Electrical Max.44 (1.S.01) 0.A. kW with 120E Connectors with E20MB-014 and E20MP-014 Connectors Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii. GHz* eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency.56 33.8 (46) 3. GHz Group Delay at 2.4 (111) 4.9) Weight. ns/100 ft (ns/100m) Peak Power Rating at 2.5 (1.2 2.75) Dimension over Jacket. 162 Revised 9/00 Customer Service Center .55 (1.45) 0.0 (229) 4.2 (157) 1.6 GHz.4 (111) 4.49 (1.41) 0. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 1. degrees/foot (m) 0.3 2.9 2.0.64 30. without rebending.2) A A Attenuation.76) * Actual usable range is limited by the connecting rectangular waveguide EW20 1.6 77.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient. Frequency Range.51 (1.06 26.0 2.65 28.45 (1.83 (127.5 2.8 79. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%.44 34.42 (1.0 75.9 66. E20MB-014.25 (0.6 GHz. E20MP-014 – Figure 2 9.4 70.22 31.4 W L Figure 1 W L Figure 2 Connector Material: Nickel-Plated Aluminum Attenuation values based on VSWR 1. kW 24.85 (2.02 x 2.8 (147) 6.7 1.8 (2. Average Power.1 2.7 81.6 2.82 Group Velocity of Propagation..57 127 (418) 663 90 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) Type No. in (mm) 5. washers. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long.15 (23. Further Information: For general information on HELIAX® elliptical waveguide.0) 1.** (R. How To Order: Specify complete waveguide Type Number.15 (23. See “Waveguide Assemblies” table.5 ft (1.15 (23. 2.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.L.dB) Up to 300 ft (90 m). See “Waveguide Assemblies” table. 3/8" bolts.75-1.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency GHz* 2.15 (23. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. refer to pages 214-218. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10.L. Stainless steel Member Diameter. including frequency band code. For other conditions see page 196.0) * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. where listed. When attached connectors on an assembly are different.15 (23. • U. ***Not applicable †† For detailed information on mating flanges. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. 120Z 204989-6 204989-26 204989-36 207270 35849A-10 34759 EWBTK-5 33544-11 A sample order is shown on page 473.5 in (13 mm) radial ice.7 2. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 5. dB) Up to 300 ft (90 m) 1. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.7 Waveguide Type EW20-25 EW20-25 EW20-21W Flange Type†† mates with CPR340G 7/8" EIA (with gas barrier) 7/8" EIA (without gas barrier) 7/8" EIA (with gas barrier) 7/8" EIA (without gas barrier) Connector Tunable 120E E20MB-014 E20MP-014 E20MB-014 E20MP-014 Pressure Window 55001-340 *** – *** – VSWR.0) 1. (R. ** VSWR. Stainless steel 31768A Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.andrew.7 2. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Type No. and length in feet or meters.com 163 . The indicated maximum characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. Description Other Accessories Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Wall/Roof Feed-Thru Holsting Grip Bending Tool Kit. max.1-2.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.5-2. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. 3/8” rod.5-2. specify which is “first off” the reel. max. nuts. Type No. Specify connector Type Numbers and “attached” or “unattached”.68 m)* 31766A-10 Hardware Kit of 10. Two kits are required with each EW20 hanger kit. in (mm) 0. 0.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.0) 1. see pages 156-159.. lock washers.0) 1.K. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.5-3. Call toll-free from: • U.87 (2.2 GHz. 164 Customer Service Center .0 61.2 GHz.9 3.62 (2.3 (3.50 16.75 14.86) Average Power Rating.36) 0.20 137 (451) 446 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) Type No. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1. kW Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii.9 67.4 L Connector Material: Nickel-Plated Aluminum Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.2) Weight. Frequency Range. ns/100 ft (ns/100m) Peak Power Rating at 3.7 (322) 5.56) 0.0 (254) 7. GHz* eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency.69 Group Velocity of Propagation.04) * Actual usable range is limited by the connecting rectangular waveguide EW28 2..22 19.37 (2.03) 0. degrees/foot (m) 0.2 3. pounds per foot (kg/m) 1. kW 12.11) 0.6-3.0 3.S.8 77.68 19.58 (1.25 (0.51 17.33 (92.7 2.65 x 2.% 53.96) 0.6 2.9 74. Average Power. in (mm) E Plane 22 (560) H Plane 52 (1320) Maximum Twist.0 75. GHz Group Delay at 3.Elliptical Waveguide Type EW28 Characteristics Type Numbers Standard Waveguide Electrical Max.72 (2. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%.35 18.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient.5 x 59.75) Dimension over Jacket.A. in (mm) E Plane 22 (560) H Plane 52 (1320) Minimum Bending Radii. 128AE 12. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 2.64 (2.0.07 18.57 (1. without rebending.60 (1. with rebending.3 3.28 15.68 (2.78 (2.0 (127) 10.22) 0.4 0.3) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) A W Attenuation. in (mm) 3.1 3.6 71. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .90) 0.4 2.8 2.3 58.87) 0.0 69. 52 m)* 31766A-11 Hardware Kit of 10. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. Description Other Accessories Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached.5-3. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.75-1. 3/8" bolts. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.4 Waveguide Type EW28 EW28 Flange Type†† CPR284G CPR284G Connector Tunable 128AE 128AE Pressure Window 55001-284 55001-284 VSWR. see pages 156-159. One each E and H Plane tool Type No.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency GHz* 2.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. See “Waveguide Assemblies” table. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. †† For detailed information on mating flanges. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 7/00 & 5/01 Visit us at: www. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 5 ft (1. and length in feet or meters. 0. max. When attached connectors on an assembly are different. (R. dB) Up to 300 ft (90 m) 1. specify which is “first off” the reel. • U.K. nuts.L. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. 128AZ 204989-5 241088-5 204989-25 241088-10 204989-35 207270 35849-13 26985A EWBTK-4 A sample order is shown on page 473. How To Order: Specify complete waveguide Type Number. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long.andrew. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. 2. The indicated maximum characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. where listed. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter.1-3.** (R. Specify connector Type Numbers and “attached” or “unattached”.com 165 . washers..1 3.dB) Up to 300 ft (90 m). lock washers.9-3.0) * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. 3/8” rod. Further Information: For general information on HELIAX® elliptical waveguide. in (mm) 0. For other conditions see page 196 Type No. refer to pages 214-218. See “Waveguide Assemblies” table. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200. ** VSWR.8) 1. Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. including frequency band code. Stainless steel Member Diameter.20 (20.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. Stainless steel 31768A Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. max.L. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long.5 in (13 mm) radial ice.15 (23. Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP34 and EW34 Characteristics Type Numbers Premium Waveguide Standard Waveguide Electrical Max. Frequency Range, GHz* eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency, GHz Group Delay at 3.95 GHz, ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 3.95 GHz, kW Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii, without rebending, inches (mm) E Plane 17 (432) H Plane 47 (1194) Minimum Bending Radii, with rebending, inches (mm) E Plane 17 (432) H Plane 47 (1194) Maximum Twist, degrees/foot (m) 0.5 (1.5) Dimensions over Jacket, in (mm) 3.27 x 1.85 (83.1 x 47.0) Weight, pounds per foot (kg/m) 1.13 (1.68) * Actual usable range is limited by the connecting rectangular waveguide. EWP34 EW34 3.1-4.2 2.376 127 (417) 306 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Type No. 134DE, 134DET, 134DEP, 134DEMT, 134DEM, 134DEMP 6.8 (174) 4.3 (109) 4.3 (109) 8.0 (3.6) A Attenuation, Average Power, Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 3.10 3.20 3.30 3.40 3.50 3.54 3.60 3.70 3.80 3.90 4.00 4.10 4.20 0.81 (2.67) 0.78 (2.55) 0.75 (2.46) 0.73 (2.38) 0.71 (2.32) 0.70 (2.30) 0.69 (2.27) 0.68 (2.23) 0.67 (2.19) 0.66 (2.16) 0.65 (2.13) 0.64 (2.11) 0.64 (2.09) Average Power Rating, kW 12.34 12.90 13.39 13.81 14.18 14.31 14.51 14.79 15.03 15.25 15.43 15.60 15.73 Group Velocity of Propagation,% 64.2 67.0 69.4 71.5 73.4 74.13 75.1 76.7 78.0 79.3 80.4 81.5 82.5 W L Connector Material: Brass Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.0, ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient. 166 Revised 9/00 Customer Service Center - Call toll-free from: • U.S.A., Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency GHz* Waveguide Type Flange Type†† Connector† Tunable Pre-Tuned Flex-Twist 2 ft (0.6 m) VSWR, max.** (R.L. dB) Up to 300 ft (90 m) Pressure Window Premium Waveguide Assemblies 3.4-3.9 3.54-4.2 3.7-4.2 EWP34-34 EWP34-35 EWP34-37 CPR229G CPR229G PDR40 CPR229G 134DET 134DET 134DEMT 134DET Non-Tunable CPR229G CPR229G 134DE 134DE – – 55001-229 55001-229 F229PC0240CS F229PC0240CS 1.15 (23.1) 1.15 (23.1) – 134DEP-2 134DEMP-2 134DEP-1 55001-229 55001-229 223306-40 55001-229 F229PC0240CS F229PC0240CA F229MH0600HA F229PC0240CA 1.10 (26.4) 1.08 (28.3) 1.08 (28.3) 1.08 (28.3) Standard Waveguide Assemblies 3.1-3.6 3.4-4.2 * ** † †† EW34-31 EW34 Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. VSWR, max. (R.L.,dB) Up to 300 ft (90 m). The indicated maximum characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. “Pre-tuned” connectors are for field attachment only. “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. For detailed information on mating flanges, refer to pages 214-218. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10, Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 4.5 ft (1.37 m)* 42396A-15 Hardware Kit of 10, 3/8" bolts, lock washers, nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10. Stainless steel 31768A Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. Stainless steel Member Diameter, in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support, 3/8” rod, nuts, washers, ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long, kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long, kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long, kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long, kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter, in (mm) 0.75-1.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.5-3.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 2.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter, in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity, 0.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. For other conditions see page 196. Type No. Description Other Accessories Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached, one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached, two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on, one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on, two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below), 4 in (102 mm) dia. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No. 134DZ 204989-5 241088-5 204989-25 241088-10 204989-35 207270 26985A EWBTK-4 33544-43 35849A-17 204679-34 48939-34 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U.K. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www.andrew.com 167 Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP37S, EWP37 and EW37 Characteristics Type Numbers SuperPremium Waveguide Premium Waveguide Standard Waveguide Electrical Max. Frequency Range, GHz eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency, GHz Group Delay at 4.0 GHz, ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 4.0 GHz, kW Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii, without rebending, inches (mm) E Plane 12 (300) H Plane 30 (760) Minimum Bending Radii, with rebending, inches (mm) E Plane 17 (430) H Plane 41 (1040) Maximum Twist, degrees/foot (m) 0.5 (1.5) Dimensions over Jacket, in (mm) 2.85 x 1.82 (72.4 x 46.2) Weight, pounds per foot (kg/m) 0.84 (1.25) 3.3-4.3 2.79 140 (459) 309 EWP37S EWP37 EW37 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Type No. 137DE, 137DET, 137DEP, 137DEM, 137DEMP, 137DEMT 6.5 (165) 4.6 (117) 4.3 (109) 6.0 (2.7) A W Attenuation, Average Power, Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 3.30 3.40 3.50 3.60 3.70 3.80 3.90 4.00 4.10 4.20 4.30 1.22 (4.00) 1.11 (3.63) 1.03 (3.37) 0.97 (3.18) 0.92 (3.03) 0.89 (2.91) 0.86 (2.81) 0.83 (2.73) 0.81 (2.66) 0.79 (2.60) 0.78 (2.55) Average Power Rating, kW 7.39 8.14 8.77 9.31 9.77 10.17 10.52 10.83 11.11 11.36 11.59 Group Velocity of Propagation,% 53.4 57.1 60.4 63.2 65.7 67.9 69.9 71.7 73.3 74.7 76.1 L Connector Material: Brass Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.0, ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient. 168 Revised 7/00 Customer Service Center - Call toll-free from: • U.S.A., Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 For detailed information on mating flanges.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter.2 3.2 3. (R.7-4. refer to pages 214-218.15 (23.4) † “Pre-tuned” connectors are for field attachment only. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached. “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. Stainless steel 31768A Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. Type No. 2.com 169 .10 (26. dB). 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 3/8” rod.2 3. 3/8" bolts.54-4.4-3.5-3.L. nuts. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter.andrew.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 4 in (102 mm) dia.7)** CPR229G PDR40 137DET 137DEMT – – 55001-229 223306-40 F229PC0240CA F229PH0600HA VSWR 1. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). 0. 205869 134DZ 204989-5 241088-5 204989-25 241088-10 204989-35 207270 31535 EWBTK-3 33544-24 245314-37 WGB4-37 WGB5-37 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U.06 (30.75-1. VSWR max.9 3.3)** CPR229G PDR40 CPR229G PDR40 CPR229G PDR40 CPR229G CPR229G 137DET – 137DET – 137DET – 137DET 137DET – 137DEMP-3 137DEP-2 137DEMP-2 137DEP-2 137DEMP-2 – 137DEP-1 Non-Tunable CPR229G PDR40 137DE 137DEM – – 55001-229 223306-40 55001-229 223306-40 55001-229 223306-40 55001-229 223306-40 55001-229 55001-229 F229PC0240CS F229MH0600HS F229PC0240CA F229MH0600HA F229PC0240CA F229MH0600HA F229PC0240CA F229PC0240CA VSWR 1.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency GHz* Waveguide Type Flange Type†† Connector† Tunable Pre-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0.9 3. lock washers.2 EWP37S Premium Waveguide Assemblies 3. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 4. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. washers.. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.K.4-3.1)** F229PC0240CS F229MH0600HS Super Premium Waveguide Assemblies 3. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. Description Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10.6-4.6 m) VSWR 1. in (mm) 0.2 EWP37-34W*** EWP37-34*** EWP37-35 EWP37-35W EWP37-36 EWP37-37 Standard Waveguide Assemblies 3.7–4.08 (28.37 m)* 42396A-4 Hardware Kit of 10. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support.2 * ** *** †† EW37 Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. For other conditions see page 196. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long.4–4.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity.5 ft (1.52-4. Stainless steel Member Diameter. VSWR 1. .81 x 1. inches (mm) E Plane 11 (280) H Plane 28 (711) Minimum Bending Radii. Frequency Range.5 (3.889 (2.911 (2.899 (2.12 (155. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0.880 (2.5 81.5 4.95 GHz.0 10.0 0.872 (2.7 80.5) Dimensions over Jacket.4) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Attenuation.8) 0.9 5.S.4 (163) 4.6) Weight. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.6 (117) 4. Connector Material: Brass 170 Revised 7/00 Customer Service Center .7 9.81 (1.1 Group Velocity of Propagation.4) 4.9) 0.866 (2.5 (1. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .9) 0.9) 0.6 79. kW 9.4 83.6 4.6 (3. GHz Group Delay at 3.9) 4.8 9.78 126 (413) 187 EWP43 EW43 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) Type No.8) 0. 143SC.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient.3 (109) 8. inches (mm) E Plane 15 (381) H Plane 35 (889) Maximum Twist.3 (109) 9 (4.1 A W L Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.4 x 40.4 4.5 9. degrees/foot (m) 0.1) 4.7 4. 143DCT. in (mm) 2. kW Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii.Call toll-free from: • U.60 (71.5 82.% 77. Average Power. 143SCM 6. 143SE.9 10.4 (163) Type No.0.6 (117) 4. with rebending.7 GHz.Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP43 and EW43 Characteristics Type Numbers Premium Waveguide Standard Waveguide Electrical Max. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 4. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 4.862 (2. GHz eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency.2) Type No.6 (117) 4.8) 0.0 (102) 7. 143SEM 6.4-5. without rebending.5 78.8 4.8) Average Power Rating.0 2.6 9. 143DET 6.A. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%. Stainless steel Member Diameter. one-hole lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 7/00 & 5/01 Visit us at: www.0 EW43 UG-149/U††† CPR187G PDR48 PAR48 – – – – 143SC 143SE 143SEM 143SCM 223306-48 55001-187 143DCT 143DET – – 143SC 143SE 143SEM 143SCM 55000A-187 55001-187 223306-48 F187PA0240BA F187PA0240CA F187MH0600HA VSWR 1. in (mm) 0. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support.07 (29.K. washers. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long.. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10.. ** VSWR max. (R.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency GHz* Waveguide Type Flange Type†† Connector† Tunable Pre-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. †† For detailed information on mating flanges. lock washers. dB). in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.com 171 . 3/8" bolts.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. For other conditions see page 196. EWFTK-43 143DZ 204989-10 204989-28 207270 31535 EWBTK-3 33544-45 245314-43 WGB4-43 WGB5-43 • U. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. Up to 300 ft (90 m). † “Pre-tuned” connectors are for field attachment only. ††† Modified cover flange with gasket groove. Type No.andrew.4)** UG-149/U††† CPR187G PDR48 PAR48 Standard Waveguide Assemblies 4.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.4–5.75-1. 2.4–5. Stainless steel 31768A Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned.15 (23. nuts. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. 0. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 4 ft (1. refer to pages 214-218.L. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long.6 m) VSWR 1.1)** F187MH0600HS F187PA0240CS Premium Waveguide Assemblies 4.0 EWP43 * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. 3/8” rod. 5 in (127 mm) dia. 4 in (102 mm) dia.5-3. Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 4 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 204673-4 204673-8 Type No.22 m)* 42396A-16 Hardware Kit of 10.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. Description Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. 0) Weight. degrees/foot (m) 1 (3) Dimensions over Jacket.21 (3. 252DCT 5.4 6.75 (95.2 (1. 252DEMT 5.0 6.07 6. Standard Jacket Premium Waveguide.Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP52S.2 (1.% 60.93) 1. Standard Jacket Premium Waveguide.3 (134.1 (1.0 (127) 3. 252DE. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .17 6.69 5.2) 4.8 (148) Type No.26 (56. Frequency Range. EWP52 and EW52 Characteristics Type Numbers Super Premium Waveguide.8 (97) 3.8 82. 252SE.26) 1.Call toll-free from: • U..21 x 1.6 5.2 73.87 5.75 5. 252SEM 5.6) 3.13) 1.59 (0. ** UL® listed Type CATVR.425 1.86) 1.6-6. Fire Retardant – Non-Halogenated Jacket Type CATVP Electrical Max. with rebending.85 5.96 6. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 4.4 80.18 (3. 252DC.S. 152SEM 5.51 5.0 (76.8 5.06 5.9) Type No.2 5. kW with 152 Series Connectors with 153 Series Connectors Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii. GHz Group Delay at 6.0 (1. Standard Jacket Standard Waveguide. 252DET.65 124 (408) 153 92 Type No.0.30 (4.9 64. Average Power. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%.7 78. kW 4.8 77.7 (94) 4.425* 3.92) 1.42) 1. EWP52S EWP52 EW52 35409-20** 222040-3 4.26 (4. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0.84 5.1 83. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.9 68.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient. without rebending.9) Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Type No. 252DEMP.8 (148) 3. in (mm) 2.80) 1.2 A W L Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.50 (4.8 (97) 3.22 (4.18 Group Velocity of Propagation. Connector Material: Brass 172 Revised 7/00 Customer Service Center .96) 1.A.40 4.1 78.0 5.63) 1.34) 1. 152SE. GHz eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 6 GHz.16 (3.8) Attenuation.41 (4.80) Average Power Rating.3 71.20 (3.9 (100) 4.00) 1.16 (3.1 x 32.8 (97) 3.02) 1.925 6.88) * Actual usable range is limited by the connecting rectangular waveguide.4 5. 252DEP-1. inches (mm) E Plane 8 (200) H Plane 22 (560) Minimum Bending Radii.3) 3. 152DE. 152DET.8 79.9) 3. inches (mm) E Plane 12 (305) H Plane 32 (810) Maximum Twist.2 6.63 (5.6 4.92 5.35 (4.23 (4.9 (100) 4.31 5.7 75.2 GHz.8 5. 75-1. †† For detailed information on mating flanges. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 4-5 (100-125) 5-6 (125-150) Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. nuts. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.925–6.05 (32. (R.15 (23.425 EW52 * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. washers.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. *** 1. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10.com 173 .Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz 5. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on..2 EWP52-56 5. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below).725–6. Stainless steel Member Diameter.925–6.6 m) VSWR 1. 12/00 & 5/01 Visit us at: www. † “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned.5 ft (1. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. Up to 300 ft (90 m).7)** F159PC0240CS F137PA0240BG F137PC0240CG F137MH0600HG F159PC0240CA F137PA0240BD F137PC0240CD F137MH0600HD F159PC0240CA F137PA0240BA F137PC0240CA F137MH0600HA F159PC0240CS F137PC0240CS F137MH0600HS VSWR 1. 2.1)** F159PC0240CS F137PA0240BS F137PC0240CS Super Premium Waveguide Assemblies Premium Waveguide Assemblies 5.036 (35.06 (30.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. Description Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 3/8" bolts. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. For other conditions see page 196.5 ft (1.3)** F159PC0240CA F137PA0240BA F137PC0240CA F137MH0600HA VSWR 1. dB). kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.6–6..425 EWP52-58 5. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No.0 dB) for lengths 150 ft (46 m) and shorter.425 Waveguide Type EWP52S Flange Type†† CPR159G UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 CPR159G UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PDR58 CPR159G UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PDR58 CPR159G UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PDR58 CPR159G CPR137G PDR70 PDR58 CPR159G UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR58 Connector† Tunable Fixed-Tuned 152DET*** 252DCT*** 252DET*** 252DEMT 152DET 252DCT 252DET 252DEMT 152DET 252DCT 252DET 252DEMT 152DET 252DCT 252DET 252DEMT – – – Non-Tunable 152DE 252DC 252DE 152SE – 252SE 152SEM 55001-159 55000A-137 55001-137 – – – – 152SE – 252SE 252SEM 152SEM 152SE – 252SE 252SEM 152SEM 152SE – 252SE 252SEM 152SEM 152SE 252SE 252SEM 152SEM Pressure Window 55001-159 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55001-159 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55001-159 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55001-159 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55001-159 55001-137 223306-70 Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. 3/8” rod. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3.60–6.5-3.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. refer to pages 214-218.07 m) EWSH-52 Hardware Kit of 10.andrew. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3. Type No. 4 in (102 mm) dia.K. lock washers.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter.425 EWP52-56W Standard Waveguide Assemblies 5.425 EWP52-59 5. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies.L.6-6. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. 0. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.07 m)* 42396A-8 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. 41108A-1 41108A-2 41108A-3 EWFTK-52 152DZ 204989-4 241088-4 204989-24 241088-9 204989-34 207270 24312A EWBTK-2 33544-38 245314-52 WGB4-52 WGB5-52 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U. in (mm) 0. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 7/00. ** VSWR max. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. ††† Modified cover flange with gasket groove. 44) 1.0 73.125 1.33) Average Power Rating. 163DET. Fire Retardant – Non-Halogenated Jacket Electrical Max.5 (1.A.% 73.33 (4. degrees/foot (m) 1 (3) Dimensions over Jacket. with rebending.76) * UL® listed Type CATVR.125 4.35 (4.875 7. 163SCM 5.1 78. 163DEP 5.Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP63S.01 x 1.49 (4.34 (4. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%.88) 1.38 (4. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0. 163SC.58) 1. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .0 6.9 81. in (mm) 2.85 5.3 (135) Type No.Call toll-free from: • U. EWP63 and EW63 Characteristics Type Numbers Super Premium Waveguide..0 7. 163SE 5.3 (84) 3.93 4.62 4.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient.5 76. inches (mm) E Plane 10 (260) H Plane 29 (740) Maximum Twist. 163DE.16 (51.45 4.5 80.3 82.3 (135) Type No.34 4.425 6.00 125 (411) 10 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Type No.3 (84) 3.37 (4.70) 1.73 4. Standard Jacket Premium Waveguide.4 78. 163DCP.775 6.7) Attenuation.82) 1. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.8 6.97 5. GHz eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency.43) 1.5 (89) 3.43 (4.4 (86) 3. EWP63S EWP63 EW63 35409-18* 222040-1 35409-19* 5.89 4.7 80.51 (0.5) Weight.1 82.775 GHz.90 4.7 (1.53) 1.0. 163DC.32 (4.7 A W L Connector Material: Brass Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.6) 3.6 6. Standard Jacket Premium Waveguide. GHz Group Delay at 6.7 (1. 174 Customer Service Center .50) 1.7) 3.50 4. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 6.47 (4.925 6.94) 1.82 4. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 5.S.775 GHz.40) 1.4 (86) 3.85-7.8 74.40 (4. Standard Jacket Standard Waveguide. Fire Retardant – Non-Halogenated Jacket Type CATVP Standard Waveguide.4 (86) 3.74 4. Frequency Range.79 4.40 (4.59) 1.50 (4. 163DCT.37) 1. 163SEM. kW Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii.4 6. inches (mm) E Plane 7 (180) H Plane 20 (510) Minimum Bending Radii. kW 4.35 (4.1 x 29.01 Group Velocity of Propagation. Average Power.2 6. without rebending.0 79.3 79.3 (135) 3.525 6. Type No.125 EWP63-65 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 F137PA0240BB F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HB VSWR 1.125 Waveguide Type EWP63S Flange Type†† UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 Premium Waveguide Assemblies 5.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.7)** F137PA0240BA*** F137PC0240CA*** F137MH0600HA*** F137PA0240BA*** F137PC0240CA*** F137MH0600HA*** VSWR 1. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3.. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit.925 to 6. 4 in (102 mm) dia. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 7/00 & 5/01 Visit us at: www. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.6 m) VSWR 1.06 (30.3)** F137PA0240BB F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HB VSWR 1. Stainless steel Member Diameter.05 (32. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. washers..75-1.925–6. †† For detailed information on mating flanges.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No.425 GHz.91 m)* 42396A-7 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz 6. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0.com 175 . 2. 0.1)** F137PA0240BS F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HS Super Premium Waveguide Assemblies 5. in (mm) 0. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 4-5 (100-125) 5-6 (125-150) Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. *** Low VSWR guaranteed for 5.5-3. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.575 EWP63-59 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PAR70 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PAR70 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PAR70 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PAR70 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PAR70 163DCT 163DET – – 163DCT 163DET – – 163DCT 163DET – – 163DCT 163DET – – Non-Tunable 163DC 163DE – – 163SC 163SE 163SEM 163SCM 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 163SC 163SE 163SEM 163SCM 163SCM 163SE 163SEM 163SCM 163SC 163SE 163SEM 163SCM 163SC 163SE 163SEM 163SCM 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 Connector† Tunable 163DCT 163DET – Fixed-Tuned – – 163SEM Pressure Window 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. Up to 300 ft (90 m). † “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies.3)* 6.525–6.7)** 6. dB).125 EW63 * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands.05 (32. lock washers.5 in (13 mm) radial ice.15 (23.K. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.925–7. 3/8" bolts. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. (R. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. ** VSWR max.575 GHz. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10.800–7.andrew.5 ft (1.L. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.125 EWP63-59W Standard Waveguide Assemblies 5.07 m) EWSH-63 Hardware Kit of 10.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity.875 EWP63-65N 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 F137PA0240BB F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HB VSWR 1. nuts. ††† Modified cover flange with gasket groove. 41108A-1 41108A-2 41108A-3 EWFTK-63 163DZ 204989-4 241088-4 204989-24 241088-9 204989-34 207270 24312A EWBTK-2 33544-33 245314-63 WGB4-63 WGB5-63 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U. Description Tower Standoff Kit of 10.425–7.425–7. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. For other conditions see page 196. 3/8” rod. nominal for 5.06 (30.925 to 6. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). refer to pages 214-218. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 7. EWP64 222040-9 EW64 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 5.3 (134..4 (86) 3.69 (5. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 5.6) 3. without rebending.5 (1.A.43 (4. 264SE. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.7 6. GHz* eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency. 164DET 5.5 (1.3 7.18 3. GHz Group Delay at 7.7 76.3 (84) 3.38 4.3 6.4 79.7 5. Average Power. inches (mm) E Plane 10 (260) H Plane 27 (685) Minimum Bending Radii.4 (1.75 2.1 6.2 (81) 3.64 (5. 176 Customer Service Center .14 4.3 (84) 3.9 61. 164SC.75 4.4 GHz. 264DET 5.69) Average Power Rating.39 4.85) 1. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0.5) 3.3 (135) Type No.76 (5.50) 1.4) Weight.Call toll-free from: • U.86 (6. degrees/foot (m) 1 (3) Dimensions over Jacket.76) 1.3 (84) 3.55 (5.5 6. kW 2. 264SEM 5.9 7.1 7.92 3.4 GHz.73) * Actual usable range is limited by the connecting rectangular waveguide.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient.8 83. inches (mm) E Plane 10 (260) H Plane 27 (685) Maximum Twist.26 4.49 (4.3 (84) 3.3 5.57 3. 164SEM. 164DC.34 4.0 Type No.72 3.52 (5.6) A W L Connector Material: Brass Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.7 7.16 (7.1 70.49 (4.7 82.96 4.48 (4.3 (84) 3. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .0.5 5.43 (4.125 7. with rebending.3 80.8 x 27.24 4.10) 1. kW with 164 series connectors with 264 series connectors Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%.99 (6.85 3.70) 1.45 (4.21 4.3 (84) 3.56) 1.90) 1.5 7.Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP64 and EW64 Characteristics Type Numbers Premium Waveguide Premium Waveguide Type CATVP Standard Waveguide Electrical Max.32 124 (408) 107 60 L in (mm) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Type No. 264DE.6 72.3 (135) Type No.8 74. Frequency Range.6 81. 164DCT.39 3.79) 1.% 57.6) 3.2 68.4 78.10) 1.49 (0. 164SE.07) 1.9 6.6) Attenuation.41 Group Velocity of Propagation.83) 1.5 (1.05 4. 164DE.08 (47.09) 1.9 65.87) 1.2 (132) 3.88 x 1.37) 1.0 79. in (mm) 1.22) 1. 164SCM 5.3-7.5 80.25 7.59 (5.S.47 (4. 5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz Waveguide Type Flange Type†† UG-344/U††† CPR137G CPR112G PDR70 PDR84 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PAR70 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 PAR70 UG-344/U††† CPR137G PDR70 CPR112G PDR84 Connector† Tunable Fixed-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0.07 m) EWSH-64 Hardware Kit of 10.125 EWP64-65 6. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10.5 ft (1. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. 4 in (102 mm) dia.06 (30.. Stainless steel Member Diameter. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.75-1.425-7. nuts.125-7. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10.6 m) VSWR 1.5 ft (1. 3/8" bolts. ††† Modified cover flange with gasket groove.K.5-3. (R. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.525-6. Description Tower Standoff Kit of 10. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 4-5 (100-125) 5-6 (125-150) Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. 3/8” rod. lock washers. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3.750 EW64 7. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.425-7. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No.L.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3. in (mm) 0.875 EWP64-65N Standard Waveguide Assemblies 6.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. refer to pages 214-218.. †† For detailed information on mating flanges. For other conditions see page 196. dB).750 EW64 * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. Type No.7)** 164DCT 164DET 264DET – – 164DCT 164DET – – 164DCT 164DET – – 164SC 164SE 264SCM 164SEM 264SEM 164SC 164SE 164SEM 164SCM 164SC 164SE 164SEM 164SCM 55000A-137 55001-137 55001-112 223306-70 – 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 – 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 – F137PA0240BC F137PC0240CC F112PC0240CA F137MH0600HC F112MH0600HA F137PA0240BB F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HB F137MP0600PB F137PA0240BB F137PC0240CB F137MH0600HB F137MP0600PB VSWR 1.125-7. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10.com 177 . Up to 300 ft (90 m).1)** 164DC 164DE – 264DE – – 164SE 164SEM 264SE 264SEM 55000A-137 55001-137 223306-70 55001-112 – F137PA0240BS F137PC0240CS F137MH0600HS F112PC0240CC F112MH0600HC Premium Waveguide Assemblies 7. 41108A-1 41108A-2 41108A-3 202358 164DZ 204989-3 241088-3 204989-23 241088-8 204989-33 207270 29961 EWBTK-2 33544-35 245314-64 WGB4-64 WGB5-64 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U. 2. ** VSWR max. 0. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. washers. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support.andrew.750 EWP64-71 6.15 (23. † “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned.07 m)* 42396A-1 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10. 5 6.1 82.1 7. with rebending.75 (69.33 3.69) 1.3 66.91 (6. 177DC.75) 2. 177DCMT.2 83.45 (0.91 (6.30) 2.67) * Actual usable range is limited by the connecting rectangular waveguide. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0.83 (6.75 (69.72 (5. Frequency Range. kW 2.03 3.5 82. 177DEMT 4.74 (5.12 3.79 (5.87 (6.% 63.A. inches (mm) E Plane 9 (230) H Plane 25 (635) Maximum Twist.0 79. Fire Retardant Non-Halogenated Jacket Electrical Max..8) 2. Standard Jacket Standard Waveguide.275 8.65) 1.9 7.S. inches (mm) E Plane 7 (180) H Plane 20 (510) Minimum Bending Radii. 177DCT.8) 2.Call toll-free from: • U.3 8. EWP77 EW77 222040-6 35409-22** 6. Average Power.77 (5.8 GHz. GHz* eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .0 76.5 (115) 2.5 (115) Type No.72 (5.75 7.42 3.43 3.46 3.8) 2.7 (69) 2. kW Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii.4) Weight. in (mm) 1.8 (122) Type No. GHz Group Delay at 7.2 79.3) 2.1-8.5 2.46) 1.72 x 1. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 6.93 3.51 Group Velocity of Propagation. degrees/foot (m) 1 (3) Dimensions over Jacket.Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP77 and EW77 Characteristics Type Numbers Premium Waveguide. 177SC. ** UL® listed Type CATVR. without rebending.04 (6.28) 1.1 8.79 (5.7 71.68) 1.3 6.12 (6.0.8 (1.7 7. 177DE.19 3.86) 1.36 (7. Standard Jacket Premium Waveguide Type CATVP Standard Waveguide.00 (43.7 75.80) 1.33 3.68 2.8 (1.9 74.70 (5.2 81.2 81.7 x 25.0 72.79 (5.37 3. 177DET.71) 1.47 3. 177SEM 4.1 6.1 A W L Connector Material: Brass Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.11 3.3 77.00) 1.5 4.7 (69) 2. 177SE.15 8.3 7.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%. 178 Customer Service Center .58) Average Power Rating.88) 1. 177DCP.7 6.725 7.3) 2.26) 1.125 7.8 GHz.3) Attenuation.72 128 (419) 63 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Type No.8 (1. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.7 (69) 2.74 (5.97 (6.52 2.3 80. 177SCM 4.32 3.89) 1. 177DCM.22 (7.75 (69.64) 1. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 7.26 3.7 79.95) 2.2 68.9 8.13) 1.5 7.81 2. 925 GHz ‡ 7. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. For other conditions see page 196. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. Up to 300 ft (90 m). *** 7.3 GHz ONLY † “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. 41108A-1 41108A-2 41108A-3 202421 177DZ 204989-3 241088-3 204989-23 241088-8 204989-33 207270 19256B EWBTK-2 33544-34 245314-77 WGB4-77 WGB5-77 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U.. refer to pages 214-218.8.7. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. 3/8" bolts.125–7.L. Stainless steel Member Diameter.5 in (13 mm) radial ice.500 EWP77-71W *** Standard Waveguide Assemblies 7.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. Type No. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. in (mm) 0. ** VSWR max. nuts.6 m) VSWR 1.725–8. †† For detailed information on mating flanges. washers. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. 4 in (102 mm) dia.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz Waveguide Type Flange Type†† UG-51/U††† CPR112G PBR84 PDR84 PDR70 7. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10.1)** F112PA0240BC F112MK0600KC F112PC0240CC F112MH0600HC 7. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.750 EWP77-71 177DCT 177DET 177DCMT 177DEMT 277DEMT 177DCT 177DET 177DCMT 177DEMT 277DEMT 177DCT 177DET 177DCMT 177DEMT 277DEMT Non-Tunable 177DC 177DCM 177DE 177DEM 177SC 177SCM 177SE 177SEM 55000A-112 243498-84 55001-112 223306-84 177SC 177SE 177SCM 177SEM – 177SC 177SE 177SCM 177SEM – 177SC 177SE 177SCM 177SEM – 55000A-112 55001-112 243498-84 223306-84 223306-70 55000A-112 55001-112 243498-84 223306-84 223306-70 55000A-112 55001-112 243498-84 223306-84 223306-70 F112PA0240BA F112PC0240CA F112MK0600KA F112MH0600HA F137MH0600HC F112PA0240BB F112PC0240CB F112MK0600KB F112MH0600HB F137MH0600HF‡ F112PA0240BC F112PC0240CC F112MK0600KC F112MH0600HC F137MH0600HE VSWR 1.5-3.125–8. lock washers.com 179 . One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter.75-1. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No.725 .7)** Premium Waveguide Assemblies 7.91 m)* 42396A-11 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. ††† Modified cover flange with gasket groove.500 EWP77-77 UG-51/U††† CPR112G PBR84 PDR84 PDR70 UG-51/U††† CPR112G PBR84 PDR84 PDR70 UG-51/U††† PBR84 CPR112G PDR84 * Connector† Tunable Fixed-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. 0.425 . 2.06 (30.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long.91 m) EWSH-77 Hardware Kit of 10. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. (R. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.500 EW77 Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.15 (23. 3/8” rod.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity.125–8. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 4-5 (100-125) 5-6 (125-150) Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached..K. dB). Description Tower Standoff Kit of 10. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.andrew. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.3 8.14 (10.45 (11.40 1. ** UL® listed Type CATVR.61 1. inches (mm) E Plane 8 (200) H Plane 19 (480) Maximum Twist.4) Weight. 180 Customer Service Center . Fire Retardant Non-Halogenated Jacket Electrical Max.10) 3.9 8.46 142 (465) 38. kW Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 7.88 (32.Elliptical Waveguide Types EW85 Characteristics Type Numbers Premium Waveguide.93 (9.46 1. Average Power.78 (12. with rebending. GHz Group Delay at 9.8 65.17 1.A.59) 3.2 GHz.4 57.33 (10.2 GHz.75 (121) 2.68 1.34 1. Frequency Range.92) 3.23 (10.9 9. Standard Jacket Standard Waveguide.80) 3.95 (9.33 (0. kW 1.86) 2.60) Average Power Rating.32 (14. EW85 35409-17** 7.0 (0.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient.50) * Actual usable range is limited by the connecting rectangular waveguide.3 9.6 60.7-9.68) 2. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0.26 1.1 (52) 3.S.72 Group Velocity of Propagation.01 (9.% 54.0 75.5 9.8 4.4 71.3 62. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 9.31) 3.6 W L Connector Material: Brass Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.8 6.Call toll-free from: • U.0 72.20) 4.1 8.1 9.71 1.59 (11.5 (89) 2. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%. 185BC 4.6 67. inches (mm) E Plane 8 (200) H Plane 19 (480) Minimum Bending Radii.29 x 0.5 8.9 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) Type No.9) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) A Attenuation.31) 3.7 9.6 69.7 7. without rebending.52 1. degrees/foot (m) 1 (3) Dimensions over Jacket.8 75.01 (13.56 1.7 8.07) 3.40) 3.07 (10.4 73. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .64 1.0. GHz* eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency..8 x 22. in (mm) 1. including frequency band code. See “Waveguide Assemblies” table. refer to pages 214-218 ††† Modified cover flange with gasket groove. For other conditions see page 196.L. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges.5-9. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. Up to 300 ft (90 m). Type No. (R. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. 2. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. How To Order: Specify complete waveguide Type Number. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. Specify connector Type Numbers and “attached” or “unattached”.17 (22. dB).5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. • U.6 m) VSWR 1. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. Stainless steel 31768A Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.5-3.91 m)* 42396A-5 Hardware Kit of 10.75-1. Stainless steel Member Diameter.andrew. and length in feet or meters. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. 3/8" rod. †† For detailed information on mating flanges. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. in (mm) 0.. 185AZ 204989-3 241088-2 204989-22 241088-7 204989-32 207270 245314-85 29958 EWBTK-2 33544-17 A sample order is shown on page 473. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity.com 181 .0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. specify which is “first off” the reel. lock washers.1)** UG-39/U††† 185BC 55000A-90 F090PA024BS Premium Waveguide Assemblies 8. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit.8 EW85 * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. washers. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. See “Waveguide Assemblies” table. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.. ** VSWR max. where listed. see pages 156-159. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. Further Information: For general information on HELIAX® elliptical waveguide. nuts. When attached connectors on an assembly are different.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency GHz* Waveguide Type Flange Type†† Connector Non-Tunable Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached. 0.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.K. 3/8" bolts. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Type No. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. Description Other Accessories Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. 8 82.2) 2.16 (105. 190SE.53 (11.9 30.76 (32. EWP90S EWP90 EW90 35409-16* 222040-2 8.50 125 (410) 44.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient. inches (mm) E Plane 6 (150) H Plane 13 (330) Minimum Bending Radii.5 83.2 A W A W L Figure 2 L Figure 1 Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.2 67. inches (mm) E Plane 7 (180) H Plane 19 (480) Maximum Twist. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0.3 9.3 8.8) 2.4) 3.% 62.3 81.2 GHz. Non-Halogenated Jacket Premium Waveguide Type CATVP Electrical Max.Call toll-free from: • U. GHz Group Delay at 11.39 1. Standard Jacket Premium Waveguide. 190DEM.08 (10.7 4.6) 3.8 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Type No. Connector Material: Brass 182 Customer Service Center .5 11. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 11.9) Type No.59 1.3 (58) 1.6 79.28 x 0.3) Weight. 190SEM Figure 2 4. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 8.3 (58) 2.52 1. Average Power.63 Group Velocity of Propagation.10) 3. GHz eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency. kW 1.0) 3.48) * UL® listed Type CATVR.8 10.20 (13. 190DEMT Figure 1 4.29 (58.1 11.14 (10.3 10.5 74.5 80.11 (10.6 (91) 2.7 6.9) Attenuation.62 1.5 x 19.0.4 71. Frequency Range.00) 3. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.31) 3.1 81.92) 3.5 (117) 2.54 1.8) 3.61 1.56 1. with rebending.5 10.44 (62.18 (10. degrees/foot (m) 2 (6) Dimensions over Jacket.6) 3. EWP90 and EW90 Characteristics Type Numbers Super Premium Waveguide. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%.1) 2. 190DE.9 (0. kW with 190 series connectors with 290 series connectors Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii.44) 3.35 (11.46 1. Standard Jacket Standard Waveguide.S.00 (9.A.9) Type No.02 (9.20) 3.05 (10.8 9.1 (0. in (mm) 1.2 GHz.3-11.79 (12.29 1. Standard Jacket Premium Waveguide.7 (67) 1.32 (0. 190DET..9 (0.84) Average Power Rating. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .7 10.17 1.9 11. Fire Retardant.8 (46) 1.8 77. 290SC Figure 2 3.58 1. without rebending.6 78.Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP90S.3 11.22 (10. (R. • U. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1.7 10.1)** F090PC0240CS F090MH0600HS F075PA0240BS Super Premium Waveguide Assemblies 10. in (mm) 0. 3/8" bolts.K. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 Type No.09 (27.7 EW90 CPR90G PDR100 WR75††† – Non-Tunable 190DE 190DEM – 190SE 190SEM – 55001-90 223306-100 55000A-75 290SC 55000A-75 F075PA0240BB VSWR 1. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. Description Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached.7 10. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. VSWR max.7-11. “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. For other conditions see page 196. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long..5-11.7 EWP90S Premium Waveguide Assemblies 10. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10..7)** CPR90G PDR100 CPR90G PDR100 CPR90 PDR100 WR75††† 190DET 190DEMT – – 190DET 190DEMT 190SE 190SEM 190SE 190SEM 190SE 190SEM 55001-90 223306-100 55001-90 223306-100 55001-90 223306-100 F090PC0240CA F090MH0600HA F090PC0240CB F090MH0600HB F090PC0240CB F090MH0600HB VSWR 1. lock washers. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit.7-11.5-3. nuts. For detailed information on mating flanges. ††† Pressurizable cover flange.2-10.3)** CPR90G PDR100 190DET 190DEMT 190SE 190SEM 55001-90 223306-100 F090PC0240CB F090MH0600HB VSWR 1. * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity.6 m) VSWR 1. 0. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. 3/8” rod. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long.L.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.andrew.06 (30. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter.15 (23.05 (32.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz Waveguide Type Flange Type†† Connector† Tunable Fixed-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0.91 m) EWSH-90 Hardware Kit of 10. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – 204919 190DZ 204989-2 241088-2 204989-22 241088-7 204989-32 207270 29958 EWBTK-1 33544-37 245314-90 WGB4-90 WGB5-90 Type No. 2. dB).5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.com 183 .5 in (13 mm) radial ice. 4 in (102 mm) dia.7 EWP90-105 EWP90-105W EWP90-107 * ** † †† Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. refer to pages 214-218.7 Standard Waveguide Assemblies 10.7-11. washers. Up to 300 ft (90 m).2-11. Stainless steel Member Diameter.75-1. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached.3)** 10.91 m)* 42396A-5 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. 3 78.40) 3.69 (12.67 126 (414) 34 L in (mm) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Type No. GHz Group Delay at 12.0 11.9 12.0 10. 1127DCP. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0.0.7 80.98) 3.Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP127A and EW127A Characteristics Type Numbers Premium Waveguide. 1127DEMT.13 1.74) 3. 1127SEM Figure 1 3. 1127SC.21 1. 184 Customer Service Center .% 64.9 13.3 (58) 3.0 (127) 2. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 10.46 (14.A. kW 1.18 1. degrees/foot (m) 2 (6) Dimensions over Jacket. kW Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii. inches (mm) E Plane 6 (150) H Plane 15 (380) Maximum Twist.0-13. 1127DCMT.1 12.0 79.1) Weight.16 (13.23 1.7 11.25 1. Non-Halogenated Jacket Electrical Max.8 (0.8 (0.3 (58) 1. 1127DKT Figure 2 5.2 79.95 (13.25 7.Call toll-free from: • U.60) 4.8 (0.65 (11.38) Average Power Rating.74 (12.8) Type No. with rebending.8 (97) 2.7 GHz.2 68.55 (11.28 1.1 81. without rebending.4 81.29 (0.00) 3.00 1.5 A W A L Figure 1 Figure 2 Connector Material: Brass Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.61 (11.20 1.5 76..24 1.7 GHz.8) Attenuation.58 (11. in (mm) 1.28) 3.3 12.12) 3.60) 4.47 (11. Standard Jacket Standard Waveguide. inches (mm) E Plane 5 (130) H Plane 11 (280) Minimum Bending Radii. Average Power. Frequency Range.79 (12. 1127DCM. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.11 x 0.27 1.7 64.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient.1 13. Standard Jacket Premium Waveguide Type CATVP Standard Waveguide.S. Fire Retardant.7 12.5 77. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%.3 (58) 1. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 12.49 (11.8 (97) 2. 1127DK.45) 3.64) 3.5 75.5 11.5 11.9 (48) 1.9 (48) 1.3 71. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .8) Type No.29 Group Velocity of Propagation.2 x 17.1127DCT.26 1.67 (28.52 (11. 1127DC.07 1.54) 3. EWP127A EW127A 222040-4 35409-15* Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 10.43) * UL® listed Type CATVR.5 12.86) 3.25 4. 1127DEM.1 (79) 1. 1127SCM Figure 1 3. GHz eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency. Up to 300 ft (90 m).7 EWP127A-122 WR75††† PBR120 PDR120 WR75††† PBR120 PDR120 WR75††† PBR120 PDR120 Pressurizable Contact Flange * Connector† Tunable Fixed-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10.L. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long.1)** F075PA0240BS F075MK0600KS F075MH0600HS *** 12.08 (28. washers.7-12. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. in (mm) 0. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz Waveguide Type Flange Type†† WR75††† PBR120 PDR120 Pressurizable Contact Flange 12. Visit us at: www..2 EWP127A-117 1127DCT 1127DCMT 1127DEMT 1127DKT 1127DCT 1127DCMT 1127DEMT 1127DCT 1127DCMT 1127DEMT Non-Tunable 1127DC 1127DCM 1127DEM 1127DK 1127SC 1127SCM 1127SEM – 55000A-75 110088 223306-120 *** 1127SC 1127SCM 1127SEM – 1127SC 1127SCM – 1127SC 1127SCM 1127SEM 55000A-75 110088 223306-120 *** 55000A-75 110088 223306-120 55000A-75 110088 223306-120 F075PA0240BS F075MK0600KS F075MH0600HS *** F075PA0240BS F075MK0600KS F075MH0600HS F075PA0240BS F075MK0600KS F075MH0600HS VSWR 1. Stainless steel Member Diameter. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10.3)** Super Premium Waveguide Assemblies 11. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. refer to pages 214-218. 3/8” rod.6 m) VSWR 1. For other conditions see page 196.5-3. 2.91 m) EWSH-127 Hardware Kit of 10.25 EW127A Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). Description Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. 4 in (102 mm) dia. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. †† For detailed information on mating flanges.2-12.75-1. *** Not Available † “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. ††† Pressurizable cover flange. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Type No. (R. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 • U.25 EWP127A-127 Standard Waveguide Assemblies 11. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. dB).0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter.7-13. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – 204960 1127DZ 204989-2 241088-2 204989-22 241088-7 204989-32 207270 29958 EWBTK-1 33544-41 245314-127A WGB4-127 WGB5-127 Type No.15 (23. ** VSWR max. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit.andrew. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. 3/8" bolts.com 185 . The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. lock washers.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. 0.. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long.K.91 m)* 42396A-9 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. nuts. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0.7-13. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 11.0. 2132DKT Figure 1 4. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%.0 70.87 0.34) 4.76 (15.5 (0.35 7.80 0. Fire Retardant.88 (16. kW 0.84 0.8 79.83 0.6 77.86 0.58 0.5 (64) 1.35 9. inches (mm) E Plane 5 (130) H Plane 14 (360) Minimum Bending Radii. Connector Material: Brass 186 Customer Service Center .80 (15.70 (15.02) 4.0 15.6 (0.5 13.7 (69) 1.8 36.% 54.65 0. Frequency Range.0 14.4 78.6 14.56 (18.2 14.1 (53) 2.50) 4. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.30) 5. 2132DC. GHz Group Delay at 14. Average Power. in (mm) 0.89 (48) 1.5 12.83 0. 2132DEMT Figure 3 4.4 80.8 15.1 (104) 2.4 (112) 2.22 130 (425) 22.Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP132 and EW132 Characteristics Type Numbers Premium Waveguide.7) Attenuation.85 0. 2132DCT.6 (117) 2. kW with 1132 series connectors with 2132 series connectors Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii.4 59.4 Type No.5 14.87 0. 2132DCMT Figure 2 4.67) Type No.06 (23.A.74) 4.2) 1.5 (114) 2. inches (mm) E Plane 5 (130) H Plane 14 (360) Maximum Twist.98 (16.0-15.80) 4. without rebending.35 (20.70 0. with rebending.7 GHz. 1132SC.2 (56) 1.0 80.2 15.87) 4. 1132DCMT W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Type No. degrees/foot (m) 2 (6) Dimensions over Jacket.42) Average Power Rating.5 (64) 2. 1132SCM Figure 1 3. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .9 76.0) Weight.4 14.84 (15.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient.1 (104) 2.33) * UL® listed Type CATVR.5 (0.0 (0.74 0. Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 EWP132 EW132 222040-7 35409-14* Figure 1 11.62) 4.1132DCT.89 (48) 1.40) 5.0 11.5 70.2 (56) 1. 1132DEM.1 78.59 (24.72 (15.93 (16. 1132DEMT Figure 1 4.7 GHz.6 4.0 75.67 (93.0 (51) 2. GHz eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency. Non-Halogenated Jacket Electrical Max..17) 4.32 (17.7) A A W W L Figure 2 A W Figure 3 L L Figure 1 Attenuation values based on VSWR 1. 2132DK. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0.5 (0.0 12.7) Type No.95 x 0. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 14.Call toll-free from: • U.30) 5.5 73. 1132DC.13 (16. Standard Jacket Standard Waveguide.9) L in (mm) Type No.0 13.73 0.80) 5.20) 6.5 (0.1 (53) 2.S.1 x 15.89 (19.22 (0.1 (53) 2.1 (53) 2.88 Group Velocity of Propagation. Standard Jacket Premium Waveguide Type CATVP Standard Waveguide.8 64.7) Type No. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz Waveguide Type Flange Type†† WR75††† PBR120 PBR140 PDR120 PDR140 Pressurizable Contact Flange UG-541/U†††† UG-541/U†††† PBR140 PDR140 Connector† Tunable Fixed-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10.. Description Tower Standoff Kit of 10.35 EW132-144 * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands.91 m)* 42396A-9 NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. For other conditions see page 196.35 EWP132-144 Standard Waveguide Assemblies 14. 2.K. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). nuts. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.4-15. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies.. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 4 in (102 mm) dia.5 EWP132-140 14. *** Not Available † “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No.andrew. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached. Up to 300 ft (90 m).0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. (R.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter. 41108A-1 41108A-2 41108A-3 203809 1132DZ 204989-2 241088-2 204989-22 241088-7 204989-32 207270 29958 EWBTK-1 33544-39 245314-132 WGB4-132 WGB5-132 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U.75-1.3)** 2132DCT 2132DCMT 1132DCMT 2132DEMT 1132DEMT 2132DKT – – 1132SCM – – – 1132SC 1132DCT 1132DCMT 1132DEMT Non-Tunable WR75††† PBR140 PDR140 PBR120 PDR120 Pressurizable Contact Flange UG-541/U†††† UG-541/U†††† PBR140 PDR140 2132DC 1132DCM 1132DEM 2132DCM 2132DEM 2132DK – 1132SCM – – – – 1132SC 1132DC 1132DCM 1132DEM 1132SC 1132SCM – 55000-62 110089 223306-140 F062PA0240BS F062MK0600KS F062MH0600HS 55000A-75 110089 223306-140 110088 223306-120 *** 1132SC 1132SCM – 55000-62 110089 223306-140 F062PA0240BS F062MK0600KS F062MH0600HS VSWR 1.15 (23. Stainless steel Member Diameter. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long.4-15. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. 3/8" bolts.com 187 . lock washers.1)** F075PA0240BS F062MK0600KS F062MH0600HS F075MK0600KS F075MH0600HS *** 55000A-75 110088 110089 223306-120 223306-140 *** F075PA0240BS F075MK0600KS F062MK0600KS F075MH0600HS F062MH0600HS *** Premium Waveguide Assemblies 14.0-14. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 4-5 (100-125) 5-6 (125-150) Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached.5 EW132-140 14.08 (28. 3/8” rod. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. washers. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long.5-3. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 7/00 & 5/01 Visit us at: www. Type No.6 m) VSWR 1. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. **VSWR max.0-14. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0.L. dB). two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit.91 m) EWSH-132 Hardware Kit of 10. in (mm) 0. 0. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%.0 (102) 1. without rebending. Average Power.56 0.3 80.9 89.4) Attenuation.7 17. GHz* eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency.49 0.78 x 0.7 GHz.07) 6.5 71.0-19.7 11. 1180DCP.7 78. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0. Standard Jacket Standard Waveguide.66) 5.5 63.45 0.17) 5.40) 5.77) 6.5 (38) 1.8 79.5 77.55 0.81 (19. inches (mm) E Plane 6 (150) H Plane 15 (380) Minimum Bending Radii.84 (19.7 8.3 79. with rebending.9 18. Frequency Range.2 81.80) 5.57 Group Velocity of Propagation.. 1180SCM 3.57 0. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . inches (mm) E Plane 6 (150) H Plane 11 (280) Maximum Twist.18( 20.75 (18. EWP180 EW180 35409-21 222040-5 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 14.2) Weight.A.88 (19.9 66.7 73.11) 6.54 0.7 75. GHz Group Delay at 18.34 (24.78 (18.15 127 (416) 7.0.7 18. 1180DCT.72 (22. 2180SEM 4.6 82.7 GHz.56 0.63) 7. 1180SC.5 15 15.5 17.4 (86) Type No.51 0.3 L in (mm) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) Type No.56 0.9 (48) 0.9 (0.9 (0.47 0. Fire Retardant. 1180DCMP.13 (20.57) 7. 188 Customer Service Center .1 77.79 (25.99 (22.99 (19.5 18.8 80.03 (19.5 16 16.7 81.39 0.3 19.57 0.22) * Actual usable range is limited by the connecting rectangular waveguide. in (mm) 0.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient.28) 5. Non-Halogenated Jacket Premium Waveguide Type CATVP Electrical Max.S.42 (27.54 0.51 (21.0 82. degrees/foot (m) 2 (6) Dimensions over Jacket.1 19.06) 5. Standard Jacket Standard Waveguide. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.8 x 12.06) 6. kW Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii.35) 6.52) 5.4 A W L Connector Material: Brass Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.% 60.08 (19. kW 0.4) 1.2 78.95) 6.Elliptical Waveguide Types EWP180 and EW180 Characteristics Type Numbers Premium Waveguide.5 19. 1180DCMT.55 0.28) 6.9 19.42 0.96) 5.33 (20.9 (48) 0.86) Average Power Rating. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 14 14. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 18.52 0.5 (38) 1.5 17 17.95 (19.55 0.48 (19.53 0.95) 6.1 18.3 18.91 (19.15 (0.Call toll-free from: • U. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.7 EWP180-180 1180DCT 1180DCMT – 1180SC 118SCM 2180SEM 55000A-42 112587 223306-180 F042PA0240BS F042MK0600KS F051MH0600HS VSWR 1. For detailed information on mating flanges. VSWR max. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. 0.4)** Premium Waveguide Assemblies 17. • U. 2. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – 201439 1180DZ 204989-1 241088-1 204989-21 241088-6 204989-31 207270 43094 EWBTK-1 33544-42 245314-180 WGB4-180 WGB5-180 Type No. dB). Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10. 4 in (102 mm) dia. washers. nuts. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. “Tunable” connectors ordered with factory assemblies are factory tuned. For other conditions see page 196.5-3.15 (23. in (mm) 0. Description Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached.. refer to pages 214-218. Up to 300 ft (90 m). kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit.7 EW180 UG-595/U††† PBR220 PDR180 * ** † †† ††† Connector† Tunable Fixed-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10.com 189 . The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies.andrew. 3/8” rod.. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. 5/01 & 11/01 Visit us at: www.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. 3/8" bolts. (R. Modified cover flange with gasket groove. lock washers.7-19.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz Waveguide Type Flange Type†† UG-595/U††† PBR220 PDR180 Standard Waveguide Assemblies 17.10 (26. Stainless steel Member Diameter. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached.75-1.91 m) EWSH-180 Hardware Kit of 10.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.7-19.L. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 Type No.1)** 1180DCT 1180DCMT – 1180SC 1180SCM 2180SEM 55000A-42 112587 223306-180 F042PA0240BS F042MK0600KS F051MH0600HS Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter.91 m)* 43211A NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 7/00.6 m) VSWR 1.K. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. 2 23.8 82. with rebending. Average Power. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 22.39 0. 1220ASCM 2.1 79. kW 0.Elliptical Waveguide Type EW220 Characteristics Type Numbers Standard Waveguide Standard Waveguide Type CATVP Electrical Max.38 0.6 13.67) 8.95) 8.78 (28.08) 8. Attenuation values based on VSWR 1.80) 8. Frequency Range. See “Waveguide Assemblies” table.74 (28.9 80.87) 8.7 81.4 GHz.2 22.6 L in (mm) Type No.34 127 (415) 8.0 23.2 82.6 79.57 (28.40 0. in (mm) 0. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.40 Group Velocity of Propagation.3 (33) 0. 190 Customer Service Center .13) 8. When attached connectors on an assembly are different. GHz Group Delay at 22. where listed.18) * Actual usable range is limited by the connecting rectangular waveguide.Call toll-free from: • U. 1220ASC. How To Order: Specify complete waveguide Type Number. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 21 21.54) 8.32) 8.50 (27.40 0.12 (0.6 22.6 8.86 (29. kW Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii.39 0.0.39 0.40 0.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient. inches (mm) E Plane 4 (120) H Plane 9 (230) Minimum Bending Radii.43) 8. specify which is “first off” the reel. inches (mm) E Plane 4 (120) H Plane 9 (230) Maximum Twist.57 (40) 1.8 23.4 23.03) 8. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . GHz* eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency.73) Average Power Rating.70 (28.39 0.5 81.22) 8. without rebending. Specify connector Type Numbers and “attached” or “unattached”. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%.41 (17.4) Weight..3) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) A W Attenuation.0 x 10.5 79.4 GHz.3 80.8 22. degrees/foot (m) 2 (6) Dimensions over Jacket.67 x 0.1 81. See “Waveguide Assemblies” table.45 (27.2 78. EW220 222040-8 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 17.7 78.63 (28.40 0.40 0. Further Information: For general information on HELIAX® elliptical waveguide.A.5 L Connector Material: Brass A sample order is shown on page 473.4 21.39 0. and length in feet or meters.S.0 22.2 21.82 (28.7 (0.0-23. see pages 156-159.47 (27.6 21.40 0.55 (28.93) 8.66 (28.2 77. including frequency band code.60 (28.4 (61) 1.80) 8.4 22.% 77. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0.52 (27.39 0. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. refer to pages 214-218. †† For detailed information on mating flanges. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable screw-on lug Crimping Tool to field attach lug to Grounding Kit Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. Up to 300 ft (90 m). The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies.com 191 . 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long.. two-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. 3/8" bolts.75-1. nuts. Mates with UG choke or cover flanges. lock washers.K.andrew. 2. 4 in (102 mm) dia. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0.. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. washers. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. dB). in (mm) 0. ** VSWR max. For other conditions see page 196.15 (23. 205127 1220DZ 204989-1 241088-1 204989-21 241088-6 204989-31 207270 43094 EWBTK-1 33544-44A 245314-220 WGB4-220 WGB5-220 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long.5-3.1)** 1220ASC 1220ASCM 55000A-42 112587 F042PA0240BS F042MK0600KS Premium Waveguide Assemblies 21. Description Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.6 m) VSWR 1.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter.91 m) EWSH-220 Hardware Kit of 10. Stainless steel Member Diameter. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with factory attached.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz Waveguide Type Flange Type†† UG-595/U††† PBR220 Connector Fixed-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. (R. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. 3/8” rod.6 EW220 * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. one-hole lug Grounding Kit with field attachable crimp-on. †††Modified cover flange with gasket groove. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10. 0.L.91 m)* 43211A NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No. Type No.5 in (13 mm) radial ice.2-23.5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). 699) 10.800 25. Frequency Range.000 24.4 77.600 24.308 0.4 (61) 1.410) 10.0-26. Attenuation values based on VSWR 1. where listed. specify which is “first off” the reel.462) 10.3 77. in (mm) 0.313 0.310 0. without rebending.1 76.311 0.186 (36.8 78.219 (33. 192 Customer Service Center . see pages 156-159.000 22.294 0. See “Waveguide Assemblies” table.60 x 0.000 25.500 23.271 (33.6 EW240 Connectors – Flange dimensions on pages 216-217 L in (mm) Type No.484) 10. inches (mm) E Plane 4 (120) H Plane 9 (230) Minimum Bending Radii. and length in feet or meters.16) 18.65) Weight.9 L Connector Material: Brass A sample order is shown on page 473.400 24.0.287 0.304 0.000 26.57 (40) 1.570 (34. Average power ratings based on VSWR 1.299 0. with rebending.4 GHz. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . 1240SCM 2.456 (37. Group Velocity Frequency Attenuation GHz dB/100 ft (dB/100 m) 22.324 Group Velocity of Propagation.% 72.2 81.250 24.315 0.525) 10.677) 10.S. ns/100 ft (ns/100 m) Peak Power Rating at 22.200 25.2 x 9.4 79.061) 10. Further Information: For general information on HELIAX® elliptical waveguide. GHz Group Delay at 22.317 0.145 (33.504 (34. pounds per foot (kg/m) 0.586) 11.320 0.250 25. GHz* eTE11 Mode Cutoff Frequency. degrees/foot (m) 2 (6) Dimensions over Jacket. including frequency band code.488 (34.8 75.3 73. When attached connectors on an assembly are different.7 79.0 and 42°C (76°F) temperature rise over 40°C (104°F) ambient.307 0.38 (15.264) 10. kW 0.4 GHz.3 81.200 24. How To Order: Specify complete waveguide Type Number.500 24.382 (34.3 78.441 (34.3 (33) 0.932) 10. ambient temperature 24°C (75°F) and are guaranteed within ±5%.7 (0.325 (33.3) W in (mm) A in (mm) Weight lb (kg) A W Attenuation.206 (33.0 78.0 79..032 (32. Average Power.Elliptical Waveguide Type EW240 Characteristics Type Numbers Standard Waveguide Electrical Max.930 (32.000 23.696) 10.500 26.11 (0.748 (35.912) 9.8 79.Call toll-free from: • U. kW Mechanical Minimum Bending Radii.257) 10.283) 10. Specify connector Type Numbers and “attached” or “unattached”.281 0.2 127 (417) 8.500 11.9 80.306 0.315 0.5 15. See “Waveguide Assemblies” table.874) 10.578) Average Power Rating. inches (mm) E Plane 4 (120) H Plane 9 (230) Maximum Twist.A.952 (35. For other conditions see page 196.0-26. ceiling bracket 12 in (305 mm) long. ** VSWR max. 5 in (127 mm) dia Feed-Thru Plate for Boots (above) Openings 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 For 4 in Boots 204673-1 204673-2 – – 204673-4 – 204673-8 Type No.5-3.5 in (13 mm) radial ice. nuts. (R.91 m) EWSH-240 Hardware Kit of 10.. in (mm) 3-4 (75-100) 41108A-1 4-5 (100-125) 41108A-2 5-6 (125-150) 41108A-3 * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity. refer to pages 214-218. 0.1)** PBR220 1240SCM 112587 F042MK0600KS Premium Waveguide Assemblies 24. †† For detailed information on mating flanges. One each E and H Plane tool Connector Reattachment Kit Wall-Roof Feed Thru Waveguide Boot for Plates (below). Galvanized steel 42334 Threaded Rod Support. in (mm) 1-2 (25-50) 31670-1 2-3 (50-75) 31670-2 3-4 (75-100) 31670-3 4-5 (100-125) 31670-4 5-6 (125-150) 31670-5 45° Adapter Kit of 10. 4 in (102 mm) dia. Stainless steel 31768A Angle Adapter Kit of 10. Description Other Accessories Flaring Tool Kit for connector attachment Splice Grounding Kit with factory attached. in (mm) 0. Accessories – Photos and detailed descriptions on pages 194-200 Description Hangers and Adapters Hanger Kit of 10. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. one-hole lug Hoisting Grip Bending Tool Kit. lock washers.5 in (60 mm) standoff Member Diameter.K.Ordering Information for Waveguide Assemblies Frequency* GHz Waveguide Type Flange Type†† Connector Fixed-Tuned Pressure Window Flex-Twist 2 ft (0. Recommended maximum spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0. 205127 1240DZ 223158 43094 EWBTK-1 33544-47 245314-240 WGB4-240 WGB5-240 For 5 in Boots 48940-1 – 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 – • U.5 EW240 * Contact Andrew for information on other frequency bands.91 m)* 43211A NEW! Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10. washers. 1 in (25 mm) standoff Member Diameter. kit of 1 31771 12 in (305 mm) long.6 m) VSWR 1. kit of 5 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) long. 2. Stainless steel Member Diameter. nuts 3/4" (19 mm) long 31769-5 1" (25 mm) long 31769-1 Angle Adapter Kit of 10.L. 3/8" bolts. kit of 5 31771-6 Tower Standoff Kit of 10.com 193 . kit of 1 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) long. The indicated maximum VSWR characteristics are guaranteed for factory assemblies and are typical for field assemblies. Galvanized 3/8" Hardware 242774 Metric Hardware 242774-M Round Member Adapter Kit of 10.0 (40-75) 30848-4 3-4 (75-100) 30848-1 4-5 (100-125) 30848-2 5-6 (125-150) 30848-3 Tower Standoff Kit of 10. dB).75-1.15 (23. Recommended spacing for outdoor installation is 3 ft (0.andrew. Up to 300 ft (90 m).5 (20-40) 30848-5 1. 3/8” rod.. Type No. EWP63. The hanger is simply tightened until there is a gap of approximately 5/16" (8 mm) between the clamp legs... and nuts for attachment of hangers to drilled tower members.91) 3 (0. EWP37.. EWP64 EW77... EWP77 EW85 EW90.91) 3 (0.91) 3 (0..91) 3 (0.5 (1..91) 3 (0. The pre-drilled hole for 3/8" or 1/2" mounting hardware and slots for round member adapter clamps further simplify installation... HELIAX® C EW17.91) 3 (0.... EWP180 EW220 EW240 Snap-In Hanger Kit of 10 Recommended Maximum Hanger Spacing* ft (m) 3.. 3/4 in (19 mm) long .37) 4 (1... EWP90...91) 3 (0. A A A B B B B B B B B B B B B B B A C B D Heavy-Gauge Stainless Steel Construction High strength and excellent corrosion resistance for long-term reliability.. EWP63S EW64.. EWP90S EW127A.91) 3 (0.91) 3 (0.A. B Waveguide Hanger Kit of 10 stainless steel hangers.....Type 31769-5 1 in (25 mm) long .68) 5 (1. C C C C C C C C C C 42396A Series Gripping Tabs Prevent waveguide slippage without the need for a hoisting grip. 3/8 inch lockwashers. Many accessories are available to adapt these hangers to most tower configurations.. EWP52..91) 3 (0.. Proper tension is easy to determine. 0.91) For Waveguide Type Numbers EW52 EW63 EW64 EW77 EW90 EW127A EW132 EW180 EW220 EW249 Waveguide Hanger Kit EWSH-52 EWSH-63 EWSH-64 EWSH-77 EWSH-90 EWSH-127A EWSH-132 EWSH-180 EWSH-220 EWSH-240 Photo Ref....5 (1.91) 3 (0.... EWP132 EW180.S.07) 3 (0.. For other conditions see page 196..91) For Waveguide Type Numbers Waveguide Hanger Kit 31766A-9 31766A-10 31766A-11 42396A-15 42396A-4 42396A-16 42396A-8 42396A-7 42396A-1 42396A-11 42396A-5 42396A-5 42396A-9 42396A-9 43211A 43211A 43211A Photo Ref.... EWP34 EW37..07) 3 (0.Call toll-free from: • U...91) 3 (0.. EWP17 EW20 EW28 EW34...Elliptical Waveguide Hangers A..5 in (13 mm) radial ice..91) 3 (0....91) 3 (0. Recommended Maximum Hanger Spacing* ft (m) 6 (1. * Standard conditions: 125 mph (200 km/h) survival wind velocity.91) 3 (0.. The clamp locking bolt and nut are preassembled and captivated to minimize installation labor.91) 3 (0..5 (1...91) 3 (0..22) 3. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 ..83) 5.52) 4. D Hardware Kit of 10 stainless steel fillister-head bolts.Type 31769-1 Springlike Flexibility Makes it easy to form the hanger around the waveguide and dampens vibration for long life. 194 Customer Service Center . EWP127A EW132.. EWP37S EW43..5 (1. EWP52S EW63..5( 1... Mount with 3/8" hardware or adapters.. Pre-Assembled and Captivated Hardware Eliminates the need for field assembly. hangers are designed for easy installation.... EWP43 EW52.37) 4. ........ Provides clearance for tower leg flanges...150) 1 in (25 mm) Standoff 30848-5 30848-4 30848-1 30848-2 30848-3 2.5 (100 .....5 in (60 mm) Standoff – – 41108A-1 41108A-2 41108A-3 H Hanger/Threaded Rod Support Kit I • U. Use to mount hangers away from supporting structure. Includes hanger attachment hardware...6 (125 ......4 (75 ...125) 5 .. Two kits are required for use with each EW17 and EW20 hanger kit.50) 2 ... under waveguide bridge..... inside equipment room and to restrain waveguide bends. Attach to ceiling using included ceiling mounting bracket. Attach to round tower members with 30848 series tower standoffs..4 (75 ..andrew...... kit of 10..75) 3 ...125) 5 ....Type 31768A Angle Adapter...... Attach to angle tower members with 31768A angle adapters..5 (100 .. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.... One kit is required for all other sizes....150) Type Number 31670-1 31670-2 31670-3 31670-4 31670-5 E Hanger/Angle Adapter F B Hanger/Round Member Adapter G 45° Adapter Kit of 10........100) 4 .......Type 242774 Metric Hardware . Member Diameter in (mm) 0..75) 3 ....com 195 ..1......3.3 (50 .6 (125 .. Use with angle adapter and threaded rod support kit to place a hanger at a waveguide bend....5 (20 ... Includes 3/8 inch diameter threaded rod..40) 1.........Type 242774-M F Round Member Adapter Kit of 10 stainless steel clamps to mount hangers to round support members..Type 42334 H Threaded Rod Support Kit... nuts and washers..100) 4 ...0 (40 .. Stainless steel. Galvanized steel .. Kit of 1 12 inch (305 mm) rod 24 inch (610 mm) rod 31771 31771-9 Kit of 5 31771-4 31771-6 G H Hanger/45° Adapter Threaded Rod Support Kit I Tower Standoff Kit of 10 adapters with round member clamps and 3/8 inch hardware.....Standard Hanger Accessories E Angle Adapter Kit of 10 stainless steel clamps to mount waveguide hangers to angle members up to 7/8" (22 mm) thick .. Member Diameter.2 (25 ..... Galvanized.K.. For mounting cable 1/2" to 2-1/4" cable hangers to angle tower members up to 3/4" (19mm) thick.... in (mm) 1 .75 . 3/8" Hardware .5 . 91) 3 (0.5 (1. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .22) 4 (1.52) 5 (1.76) 2.5 (1.5 (0. 1/2" ice conditions.91) 3 (0.91) 3.22) 4 (1.5 (1.5 (0.52) 5 (1.5 (0.91) 2.83) 6 (1.91) 3 (0.68) 5 (1.76) 2.91) 2. EWP17 EW20 EW28 EW34.37) 4 (1.37) 4 (1.83) 6 (1.76) 2.83) 6 (1.5 (1.76) 2.5 (0.22) 3.37) 4.22) 3.5 (0.83) 5. EWP34 EW37. EWP180 EW220 EW240 31766A-9 31766A-10 31766A-11 42396A-15 42396A-4 42396A-16 42396A-8 42396A-7 42396A-1 42396A-11 42396A-5 42396A-5 42396A-9 42396A-9 43211A 43211A 43211A 31766A-9 31766A-10 31766A-11 42396A-15 42396A-4 42396A-16 42396A-8 42396A-7 42396A-11 42396A-1 42396A-5 42396A-5 42396A-9 42396A-9 43211A 43211A 43211A Hanger Type Number No Ice 6 (1.07) 3 (0.91) 3 (0.5 (1.22) 3.5 (1.5 (1.0 for flat members).91) 3 (0. highlighted in red in the table.5 (1.07) 3. • Ice forms completely around member (360 degrees).5 (1.68) 5 (1.22) 3.76) 2.22) 4 (1.22) 3.83) 6 (1.5 (1.S.07) 3.5 (1.68) 5.22) 4 (1.5 (1.22) 3 (0.68) 4.76) 2.83) 6 (1.5 (1.91) 3 (0.5 (0.37) 4 (1.83) 6 (1.5 (1.91) 2.68) 5.5 (1.91) 3 (0.37) 4.07) 3. EWP63 EW64.22) 4 (1.83) 5 (1.5 (1.07) 3.37) 4 (1. Wind speeds are maximum.5 (1.76) 2.22) 3.07) 3. EWP77 EW85 EW90.22) 4 (1.5 (0.68) 5 (1.22) 4 (1.83) 6 (1.76) 2.5 (0.5 (1.91) 3 (0.5 (1.5 (1.37) 4.37) 4.76) 2.5 (1.91) 3 (0. They supersede those in previous Andrew catalogs.5 (1.83) 6 (1.52) 4. EWP64 EW77.07) No Ice 6 (1. feet (m) 85 mph (137 km/h) 1/2 in (13 mm) 6 (1.52) 4.5 (1.5 (0.5 (1.91) 3 (0.5 (1.91) 3 (0.83) 6 (1.07) 3 (0. Installations in Typical Climates.22) 3.91) 3 (0.22) 4 (1. EWP52 EW63. EWP63 EW64.61) 2 (0.22) 4 (1. EWP77 EW85 EW90.5 (0.76) 2.07) 3.5 (1.37) 5 (1.83) 5.91) 3 (0.5 (1.07) 3 (0.22) 4 (1.37) 4.52) 4. EWP43 EW52.07) 3 (0.37) 4 (1.91) 3 (0.5 (1.5 (1.76) 150 mph (240 km/h) 1/2 in (13 mm) 1 in (25 mm) 5 (1.52) 4.5 (0.5 (1.5 (1.83) 5.52) 5 (1. EWP37 EW43.37) 4.07) 4 (1.07) 3.5 (1.83) 6 (1. EWP90 EW127A.61) 2 (0.5 (1.5 (0.91) 3 (0.5 (1.07) 3.07) 3.52) 4.76) 2 (0.83) 5 (1.07) 3.61) 2 (0.5 (1. EWP132 EW180.91) 2.83) 6 (1.83) 5.5 (0.91) 125 mph (200 km/h) 1/2 in (13 mm) 1 in (25 mm) 6 (1.5 (1.83) 5.5 (1.22) 4 (1.5 (1.52) 5.52) 5 (1. which includes gust factors and exposure factors.07) 3.68) 6 (1.83) 6 (1. Use the 125 mph (200 km/h).68) 5.37) 4 (1.91) 3 (0.37) 4 (1.5 (0.Hanger Spacing for HELIAX® Elliptical Waveguide Recommended maximum hanger spacings are tabulated below for various wind speed and ice conditions.61) 2 (0.91) 3 (0.83) 6 (1.5 (1.07) 3.5 (0. EWP90 EW127A.83) No Ice 6 (1.76) 3 (0.5 (0.76) 2. EWP34 EW37.22) 4 (1.07) 4 (1. EWP43 EW52..5 (1.37) 4.5 (1.5 (0. EWP132 EW180.91) 3 (0.37) 4.5 (1. Outdoors for Various Wind Speed and Ice Conditions Waveguide Type Number Wind Speed: Radial Ice: EW17.61) 2 (0.5 (0.52) 4. EWP64 EW77.91) 3 (0. 196 Customer Service Center .5 (1.5 (1.5 (1.37) 4.52) 5 (1.61) 2 (0.68) 5 (1.5 (1.A. Recommended Maximum Hanger Spacing – Standard Hangers.76) 2.52) 5 (1.5 (1.5 (1.76) 2.83) 6 (1.07) 3.Call toll-free from: • U.5 (0.07) 3. The recommendations are based on guidelines stated in EIA Standard RS-222 and new wind tunnel and vibration tests.91) 5.22) 4 (1.52) 4.83) 6 (1.22) 4.6 (average of 1.76) 2.76) 2.22) 4 (1.83) 6 (1.52) No Ice 5 (1. EWP127A EW132. EWP37 EW43.91) 3 (0.07) 100 mph (160 km/h) 1/2 in (13 mm) 1 in (25 mm) 6 (1.61) 2 (0.37) 4.22) 3.5 (1.68) 6 (1.22) 6 (1.5 (1.37) 4 (1.68) 5 (1. Per EIA-222 Standard: • Coefficient of drag for elliptical waveguide is 1.22) Recommended Maximum Hanger Spacing.76) 4.61) Definitions and Assumptions 1.5 (1.83) 5.22) 4 (1.5 (1.37) 4 (1.5 (1.83) 6 (1.07) 3.5 (0.5 (1.83) 6 (1.5 (0.07) 3.83) 5.5 (1.07) 3.5 (1.68) 5.76) 2.07) 3 (0.83) 6 (1. EWP180 EW220 EW240 Wind Speed: Radial Ice: EW17.5 (1.5 (1. Use the wind speed and ice conditions that most closely approximate the expected worst case conditions for the local climate.52) 5 (1.5 (1.83) 6 (1. EWP17 EW20 EW28 EW34.52) 4.76) 2.68) 5 (1.5 (1.22) 4 (1.83) 6 (1.52) 4.76) 2.5 (1.37) 4 (1.22) 4 (1.61) 2 (0.22) 4 (1.37) 4.5 (1.5 (1. • Combined wind and ice loading is reduced by 25% to reflect lower probability of wind and ice occuring simultaneously.5 (0. Severe or Mild Climates. EWP52 EW63.5 (1.07) 3.5 (1.52) 4.2 for cylindrical and 2. 2.37) 1 in (25 mm) 6 (1.68) 5.37) 5 (1.61) 2 (0. EWP127A EW132. and at the entrance to the equipment shelter. EWP17 EW20 EW28 EW34.com 197 . Two optional versions are offered with 36 inch (915 mm) grounding cables. EWP37. either factory or field installed. The kit with factory attached lug includes a 24 inch (610 mm) grounding cable. EWP132 EW180. The non-braided solid copper construction of all Andrew grounding kits eliminates corrosion caused by moisture retention and “wicking”. at 200 ft (60 m) intervals (where applicable). EWP52. EWP63. compatibility with copper cable outer conductors.Grounding Kits A well designed system uses grounding kits to provide a bond between the elliptical waveguide and the tower/earth ground system. Andrew 204989 and 241088 series solid copper grounding kits have passed United States Air Force lightning simulation tests and meet MIL-STD-188-124A. EWP77 EW85 EW90. EWP34 EW37. • Solid copper construction for high current handling capability. field attachable grounding lugs and shrink jackets for custom fitting. EWP37S EW43.K.815 in (20.7 mm). and long life. EWP43 EW52. EWP90S EW127A. Easy Installation Standard Grounding Kits (204989 and 241088 series) require few steps to install and include easy to follow instructions. One has a screw-on lug. All Andrew bus bars will accept both types of lugs. One grounding kit is recommended at tower top. A heat-shrink tube. Grounding Lugs. The 241088 series feature a two-hole lug. EWP90. Grounding Cable Length Options. Grounding Kits are now available with two grounding lug configurations. EWP52S EW63. The hole spacing on the two-hole lug is 0. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. EWP127A EW132. EWP64 EW77. EWP180 EW220 EW240 • U. The 204989 series feature a one-hole lug. EWP63S EW64. tower bottom. • Provide certainty of continued operation. • Meet military standards at commercial prices. Proper tensioning is ensured by an expansion section which provides visual indication that the strap is secured.andrew. the other has a crimp-on lug. Continued on next page Grounding Kit Type Numbers With Factory Attached One-Hole Lug 24" 204989-6 204989-6 204989-5 204989-5 204989-5 204989-10 204989-4 204989-4 204989-3 204989-3 204989-2 204989-2 204989-2 204989-2 204989-1 204989-1 223158 With Factory Attached Two-Hole Lug 24" – – 241088-5 241088-5 241088-5 – 241088-4 241088-4 241088-3 241088-3 241088-2 241088-2 241088-2 241088-2 241088-1 241088-1 – With Field Attachable One-Hole Crimp-On Lug 36" 204989-26 204989-26 204989-25 204989-25 204989-25 204989-28 204989-24 204989-24 204989-23 204989-23 204989-22 204989-22 204989-22 204989-22 204989-21 204989-21 – With Field Attachable Two-Hole Crimp-On Lug 36" – – 241088-10 241088-10 241088-10 – 241088-9 241088-9 241088-8 241088-8 241088-7 241088-7 241088-7 241088-7 241088-6 241088-6 – With Field Attachable Screw-on Lug 36" 204989-36 204989-36 204989-35 204989-35 204989-35 204989-34 204989-34 204989-34 204989-33 204989-33 204989-32 204989-32 204989-32 204989-32 204989-31 204989-31 – For Waveguide Grounding Wire Length EW17. protects the cable terminal connection. *Patented United States 4.A. They are required to achieve the stated VSWR specifications when using pre-tuned or fixed-tuned connectors on EWP90 and smaller premium waveguides. No tab flares to cut... Used to attach crimp-on lugs for standard grounding kits. a saw guide and a rugged carrying case. The fast.. EWP52S EW63. and EW63..Grounding Kits / Flaring Tools Kits Include Standard Grounding Kits for Elliptical Waveguide. a coil tool for proper tightening.. EWP43 EW52..785 New 2-in-1 Design Kits for EW43..... Low VSWR Waveguide Flares Easy to Use Consistent results with no special training. Major and minor axis flaring tool combined into one unit.. EWP180 EW220.. EWP64 EW77.. Field attachable. Standard Grounding Kits for EW22O and Smaller Waveguide. Crimping Tool. 198 Customer Service Center . EW52.. Each tool makes contact with the waveguide just once. and a two-part tape weatherproofing system.. EWP37S EW43. EWP37... EWP90S EW127A... Fast and Accurate Connector Attachment Compact Design Small. For Waveguide Types EW37. Andrew flaring tool kits for HELIAX® elliptical waveguide consistently produce high accuracy waveguide flares for connector and splice installation.590. EWP127A EW132. EWP132 EW180. EW240 Type Number 205869 EWFTK-43 EWFTK-52 EWFTK-63 202358 202421 204919 204960 203809 201439 205127 Reliable. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Field attachable lugs are either crimp-on or screw-on. connection hardware... Grounding wire length is 36 in (915 mm) for field attachable lugs and 24 or 36 in (610 or 915 mm) for factory attached lugs. described below)...Type 223158 Lug and Wire Length Options for Standard Grounding Kits Kits are available with either factory attached lugs or field attachable lugs... and a two-part tape weatherproofing system .. two-step flaring technique forms the waveguide accurately every time. Saw Guide Included Ensures proper cut-off length for flare.Call toll-free from: • U.. The precision with which the tools form the flare ensures a contact face that has not been shaved.S.. Includes a solid copper strap. Series 204989 and 241088 kits include a solid copper strap riveted to the grounding wire. as indicated in the table. The tools are attached and the flare made without disturbing the connector assembly. EWP52.. One or two-hole lugs are available as indicated in the table. tower attachment hardware. EWP63S EW64. EWP90... Flaring tools are especially recommended for field installation of pre-tuned connectors on premium waveguide. lightweight and easy to use in crowded areas above radio bays. EWP63. tower attachment hardware. Not required for kits having factory-attached lugs or field-attachable screw-on lugs... crimp-on grounding lugs require the use of a crimping tool (not included.. Can be easily carried to top of tower... compressed or work hardened.. The waveguide can be trimmed and the flare completed in three to five minutes. EWP77 EW90.Type 207270 Flaring Tool Kits* The kits include one major and one minor axis flaring tool.. EWP17 EW20 EW28 EW34. C Bending Tool Kit for elliptical waveguide installation. EWP127A EW132.K.and H-plane form included. EWP90S EW127A.Accessories A Splice. B Hoisting Grip used at 200 ft (60 m) intervals to raise waveguide on tower. EWP64 EW77. EWP63S EW64. EWP180 EW220 EW240 Splice 117Z 120Z 128AZ 134DZ 137DZ 143Z 152DZ 163DZ 164DZ 177DZ 185AZ 190DZ 1127DZ 1132DZ 1180DZ 1220DZ 1240DZ Hoisting Grip 34759 34759 26985A 26985A 31535 31535 24312A 24312A 29961 19256B 29958 29958 29958 29958 43094 43094 43094 Bending Tool Kit EWBTK-5 EWBTK-5 EWBTK-4 EWBTK-4 EWBTK-3 EWBTK-3 EWBTK-2 EWBTK-2 EWBTK-2 EWBTK-2 EWBTK-2 EWBTK-1 EWBTK-1 EWBTK-1 EWBTK-1 EWBTK-1 EWBTK-1 Connector Reattachment Kit 33544-10 33544-11 – 33544-43 33544-24 33544-45 33544-38 33544-33 33544-35 33544-34 33544-17 33544-37 33544-41 33544-39 33544-42 33544-44A 33544-47 • U. EWP34 EW37. EWP52. EWP37S EW43. EWP43 EW52. EWP63. C B A D Accessories For Waveguide Type Numbers EW17. One each E. EWP52S EW63. D Connector Reattachment Kit includes rubber gasket parts (except flange gaskets) which may need replacing during removal and subsequent reattachment of connectors. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 12/00 & 5/01 Visit us at: www. EWP37. EWP77 EW85 EW90. EWP90. EWP132 EW180.andrew.com 199 . 5 (444) 25. EWP37S EW43. EWP77 EW85 EW90.5 (241) 9. D Multiple Entrance Wall/Roof Feed-Thru Plate B C Type Number of Openings Dimen. EWP43 EW52. Order individually from table below. EWP132 EW180.5 (444) 25. Includes rubber boot. EWP132 EW180.5 (648) 17.5 (648) 25. B in (mm) Dimen.Accessories A Single Entrance Wall/Roof Feed-Thru Assembly.. C Waveguide Boot for use with multiple entrance wall/roof feed-thru plate (Item D). EWP17 EW20 EW28 EW34. EWP37S EW43. EWP90S EW127A. EWP64 EW77.5 (140) 5. clamp. EWP43 EW52. EWP180 EW220 EW240 Single Entrance Wall/Roof Feed-Thru Assembly 35849A-10 35849A-9 35849A-13 35849A-17 245314-37 245314-43 245314-52 245314-63 245314-64 245314-77 245314-85 245314-90 245314-127A 245314-132 245314-180 245314-220 245314-240 200 Customer Service Center . Similar to D but Single Entry. EWP37. EWP34 EW37. C A B D D Multiple Entrance Wall/Roof Feed-thru Plate. EWP34 EW37. Includes rubber boot.5 (241) 9. and galvanized steel plate. EWP63.A.5 (241) 17. B Single Entrance Wall/Roof Feed-Thru Assembly for EW37-EW240. EWP52. EWP180 EW220 EW240 Waveguide Boots 4 in (102 mm) 5 in (127 mm) Diameter Diameter – – – 204679-34 WGB4-37 WGB4-43 WGB4-52 WGB4-63 WGB4-64 WGB4-77 WGB4-85 WGB4-90 WGB4-127 WGB4-132 WGB4-180 WGB4-220 WGB4-240 – – – 48939-34 WGB5-37 WGB5-43 WGB5-52 WGB5-63 WGB5-64 WGB5-77 WGB5-85 WGB5-90 WGB5-122 WGB5-132 WGB5-180 WGB5-220 WGB5-240 A. EWP63.5 (444) 9. Order from table below. and aluminum plate. (Aluminum) Use with waveguide boots (Item B). Order from table below. EWP37.5 (648) – 7 (178) 7 (178) 7 (178) 7 (178) C Waveguide Boots For Waveguide Type Numbers EW17. EWP90S EW127A.5 (241) 17. EWP90.5 (444) 7 (178) 5 (127) 25.5 (648) – – 5.5 (140) A C 5 in (127 mm) Diameter Entry Opening 48940-1 48940-2 48940-3 48940-4 48940-6 1 2 3 4 6 9. EWP90. C in (mm) 4 in (102 mm) Diameter Entry Opening 204673-1 204673-2 204673-4 204673-8 1 1 4 8 7 (178) 5 (127) 9. EWP77 EW85 EW90. EWP52S EW63. EWP52. A in (mm) Dimen. Boot diameter of 4 in or 5 in (102 or 127 mm) is available to match plate.S. EWP127A EW132.5 (444) 17. EWP17 EW20 EW28 EW34. Order from table below. B Single Entrance Wall/Roof Feed-Thru Assemblies For Waveguide Type Numbers EW17.Call toll-free from: • U. EWP63S EW64. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . EWP64 EW77.5 (241) 17. EWP52S EW63. EWP63S EW64. EWP127A EW132. clamps. 2 4.4-4. dB) 1.com 201 . (R.02 (40) 1.02 (40) 1. 40502-37 40502-44 40502-52 40502-63 40502-90 Frequency Band. specify Type Number from the table.425 6.425-7.5-11.925-6. request Bulletin 37260.Hybrid T Reflectometer The Andrew hybrid T reflectometer is a unique and highly directive test component useful for measuring return loss or VSWR in waveguide systems. Max. For information on operation of the Andrew hybrid T reflectometer.0 5.02 (40) • U. To order.4-5.052 (32) 1. a termination load and carrying case are included.L.7) VSWR.125 10.02 (40) 1. Elliptical Waveguide Sliding Load.andrew.. The reflectometer utilizes a precision hybrid T junction to separate the incident and reflected waves at the input of the system under test. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www. Spear type termination load used at far end of bulk reels to terminate waveguide without attaching a connector and calibration load.K. In addition to the reflectometer. A calibration load. GHz 3. Elliptical Waveguide Sliding Loads Waveguide Type EW37 EW44 EW52 EW63 EW90 Type No. a signal generator and equipment to detect and display return loss or VSWR are necessary. The exact component type.. Please note that each component is custom made to meet your specific requirements and is not returnable. Attenuation curves for rectangular waveguide are presented on pages 230 and 231. Each product is pictured on your screen and diagrammed for your reference. chemically cleaned and coated to prevent corrosion. Each rectangular waveguide component and its flanges are identified by a type number that is automatically created as you specify how each section should be configured. 202 Customer Service Center . painted components are available as an option. waveguide size. To order these components you can: • Use the information on pages 203 to 206 to construct a type number for ordering • Use our ezGuide™ software to construct a type number for ordering • Call Andrew and describe your requirements Andrew custom components can accommodate almost any flange and length combination. Wide Selection Broad range of components and flanges simplifies system planning. Andrew offers rectangular waveguides for standard and low VSWR applications. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . All Andrew stocked rigid rectangular components are now supplied unpainted (natural).Rectangular Waveguide Components Standard and Low VSWR Waveguides.S.andrew. Use our ezGuide™ software for correct ordering. component dimensions. and PCS/PCN installations. maximizing system performance. and finish can be specified with point-and-click options. You can download ezGuide from the Andrew website at www. flange types.com or request a copy from your Andrew representative. cellular. ezGuide™ Software For Rectangular Waveguide Components Rectangular waveguide components are an integral part of any transmission line system for private microwave. while low VSWR components are generally only available over narrow frequency ranges. Every component is chemically cleaned and coated for corrosion resistance. Custom Components All custom components are available for quick delivery. This functional type numbering system uses Windows®based software which guides the design and ordering process. Long Life.The Size and Frequency Codes table on page 204 gives details of standard frequency ranges.A. and commonly requested low VSWR details.Call toll-free from: • U. Maximum Performance High conductivity copper or 90/10 bronze construction. Standard waveguide components cover the entire recommended frequency ranges. operating frequency band. All elements are designed to work together. Finish. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Andrew offers self-directed ezGuide software to simplify the designing and ordering of rectangular waveguide components to meet the requirements of a transmission line system. Other low VSWR frequency ranges are available on request. 0 GHz band 8 unpainted finish Table 1 Overview of ezGuide Numbering System Codes Component Waveguide Units of Flange 1 Dimension 1 Flange 2 Dimension 2 Frequency Finish Code Size Code Measure Code Code Code Code Code Code Required Component Name (1 alpha) (3 numeric) (1 alpha) (1 alpha) (3 or 4 numeric)* (1 alpha) (3 or 4 numeric)* (1 alpha) (1 alpha) Characters Straight Section 90° E Plane Swept Bend 90° H Plane Swept Bend 90° H Plane Miter Bend 90° E Plane Miter Bend Flexible Twist 90° Rigid Twist Taper Transition Flange Adapter Waveguide/Coax Transition R E H M N F D T A C Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 page 208 Table 2 Table 2 P or M P or M P or M P or M P or M P or M – – – – Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Customer specified Customer specified Customer specified Customer specified Customer specified Customer specified – – – – Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 Table 3 S or N** – Customer specified Customer specified Customer specified Customer specified – – – – – Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 – – Table 2 N or G N or G N or G N or G N or G – N or G N or G N or G G only 13 15 15 15 15 12 8 7 7 8 1 Component Code. 2 Waveguide Size Code. 6 Flange Code 2. see below). See Table 1. refer to the Taper Transition Size Codes table (page 208) for the waveguide-to-waveguide size code. Bends require three numbers. ezGuide Numbering System Example: R 1 062 2 P 3 A 4 0240 5 B 6 S 7 N 8 5 Dimension 1. See page 204. The type number describes the component. See pages 207-208. A one letter code that indicates the finish choice. R062PA0240BSN is: 1 a straight section 2 waveguide size WR62 3 Imperial measurement (inches) 4 UG-Choke flange on one end 5 24 inches long 6 UG-Cover flange on other end 7 12. • U. Flange Code 1 and Flange Code 2 must be sequenced alphabetically (except for taper transition sections. 4 Flange Code 1. A customer-specified numeric code that indicates the length of the component in the unit of measure specified previously (imperial or metric). A one letter code that identifies the frequency specification. waveguide size. 8 Finish. A one letter code that identifies the component type.Custom Component Ordering Information The ezGuide™ Numbering System identifies each custom component with alphanumeric codes that provide detailed ordering information for that component. 3 Units of Measure. A three number code that identifies the waveguide size. frequency. see below). * Bends require 3 numbers. Use Table 2 (page 204) to identify the code for your waveguide size. 7 Frequency Code. Use P for imperial (inches) or M for metric (millimeters). flex-twist and straight sections require four numbers.K. A one letter code that identifies the first flange. See Table 2 (page 204).com 203 . and where applicable. For taper transition sections. A one letter code that identifies the units of measure used. the units of measure used.andrew. A one letter code that identifies the second flange. flex-twist and straight sections require 4 numbers.18. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. Flange Code 1 and Flange Code 2 must be sequenced alphabetically (except for tapered transition sections. and finish. flanges. Use Table 3 (page 204) to determine the appropriate flange code for your application. In the example at left. Use N for unpainted or G for gray.40 . dimensions. ** Use S for SMA female or N for N-type female. Use Table 3 (page 204) to determine the appropriate flange code for your application. 062. 159 .7.40. 062. including leading zeros.6.7. Circular Flange Through Holes. 112 062. Square Flange Through Holes.4 10. Gasket Groove.12.22. 062. 229 090. Table 2 Size and Frequency Codes EIA WR28 WR42 WR51 WR62 WR75 WR90 RCSC WG22 WG20 WG19 WG18 WG17 WG16 IEC R320 R220 R180 R140 R120 R100 Waveguide Size Code 028 042 051 062 075 090 Frequency Code S A S S S S S A B S A B C S A B C D E F G S A S A S A Frequency (GHz) 26. Square Flange Through Holes. The first flange following the waveguide size code is the smaller of the two waveguide sizes. 090. 062. 137.125 . flex-twists.125 . 137.00 17.30 .95 . 159.8. 112.20 . E and H-plane bends. 112 137. Bends require three characters. 112. 187 Tapped Holes.90 3. enter the length in millimeters.425 . Gasket Groove.11.600 . 187. Square Flange Tapped Holes. All three characters must be used. Rectangular Flange All Through Holes. 075. including leading zeroes. 112 137.00 8. 075.7 . twists. 5. F042PA0240B). No Gasket Groove. No Gasket or Choke Grooves. Square Flange Through Holes.0 inches is denoted 050. Flex-twist sections are only available in whole inch increments. 112. 090.5. 090.18.85 4. No Gasket Groove. 042. For taper transitions. 090.40 .S.725 . No Choke. 24 inches is denoted 0240.6. if necessary. No Choke.Call toll-free from: • U. No Gasket Groove. 062.4. Circular Flange * All other flange options on request.500 5.125 7. 090.050 .425 7.7 10. For metric dimensions.850 . 229 090.00 10. 042. Gasket Groove.5.15. Rectangular Flange Through Holes.7.7 7.425 6.6.54 . No Choke. if you have a requirement.00 3.50 . 187 090. Descriptions and Availability Code A A B B C D E F G H K L M P – – T – Y Y Flange Type * UG-Choke UG-Choke UG-Cover UG-Cover CPR( )G CPR( )F CMR CMR Through CMR Tapped PDR PBR UDR UBR PAR CBR BRJ UER UAR UG Cover/Gasket UG Cover/Gasket Description WR112 WG15 R84 112 WR137 WG14 R70 137 WR159 WR187 WR229 WG13 WG12 WG11 R58 R48 R40 159 187 229 Available for Waveguide Size Codes 028.10. 090. 187 On Request On Request 137 On Request 028.725 . and flange adapters.10.40. 112.6. Circular Flange Through Holes. No Gasket Groove.00 . For asymmetric bends.7. 062.2 . Table 3 Flange Codes. Rectangular Flange All Tapped Holes. 229 028. Rectangular Flange Alternate Tapped Holes. 112 137.26. if necessary.A.8.70 . For imperial (inch) dimensions. No gasket groove. enter the flange codes in alphabetical order (for example.7. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Gasket Groove. Gasket Groove. 112.00 . Square Flange Through Holes. Choke Groove.00 7. Rectangular Flange Through Holes. Gasket Groove. Rectangular Flange Through Holes.500 7. The flange specified first (flange 1) is attached to the leg length specified first (dimension 1). 042. 075. not listed. 187. 187 137 137 051. enter the length in millimeters. the code is made up of two characters to the left of the decimal point and one character to the right. No Gasket Groove.200 4. 187 028.50 15. 112 137.925 7.4. 042.8. No Choke. 137.Flange Codes For straight sections. the flange code sequence is not entered alphabetically.00 .725 . Choke Groove.725 . 042. 075. the code is made up of three characters to the left of the decimal point and one character to the right. 075. Rectangular Flange Through Holes.750 5.750 7. specify the correct leg length/flange combination.. Choke Groove.00 37. Circular Flange Through Holes. Gasket Groove. For imperial (inch) dimensions. Gasket Groove. 204 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center . 075. 75 millimeters is denoted 075. No gasket Groove. No Gasket or Choke Grooves. No Gasket Groove. Square Flange Through Holes.300 5.8. 137.850 . 187 028. Rectangular Flange Through Holes.050 5. 159. 600 millimeters is denoted 0600.40 . No Choke.425 . please contact your Andrew representative. Circular Flange Through Holes.425 3. 187. All four characters must be used. For metric dimensions.200 5. Gasket Groove. 137. 075.20 Dimensions Straight sections and flex-twists require four characters.900 .00 12.125 . UG-39/U WR75 Cover UG-419/U UG-595/U Pressure Cover 28. 90. UG-53/U* Pressure Cover 187 UG-343B/U UG-344/U Pressure Cover 137 UG-52B/U. PBR100 PBR120. PDR70 PDR84. UG-54B/U UG-149A/U. CPR159G CPR137G. 42.com 205 . 62. PDR100 PDR120. 75.andrew. 112 PBR84. CPR112G CPR90G PDR40 PDR40. PBR140 PBR220. PDR140 PDR180 • U.Flanges for Standard Components UG-148C/U. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. PBR320 CPR229G CPR187G. UG-40B/U WR75 Choke UG-541A/U UG-596A/U UG-51/U.K. Leg Length A is 3.Call toll-free from: • U. Gray (painted) finish. UG Choke Flange to a PDR120 Flange. WR137. WR159. WR159 Flange is a CPR159G. Natural (unpainted) finish. Gray (painted) finish.A075AHN (7 characters in product code) Product Code A Waveguide Size 075 Flange A Code A Flange B Code H Finish Code N Description: Flange Adapter. Frequency of 5.725-6. Flange A is a CPR90G.S. Natural (unpainted) finish. Measurement in Inches.A.20-12. Flange Adapter Ordering Information . Frequency of 7.C062H5SG (8 characters in product code) Product Code C Waveguide Size 062 Waveguide Flange H Coax Flange S Frequency Code S Finish Code G Description: Waveguide to Coax Transition Section. 90° Swept and Miter Bend Ordering Information .00 GHz. 206 Customer Service Center . transitioning from WR137 to WR159.6 Inches.425 GHz.H090PC036C036SN (15 characters in product code) Product Code H Waveguide Size 090 Measurement P = Inches M = Millimeters P Flange A Code C Leg Length A 036 Flange B Code C Leg Length B 036 Frequency Code S Finish Code N Description: 90° H-Bend. Natural (unpainted) finish.850-8. Length is 36 inches. Frequency of 12. frequency of 8. Coax flange is an SMA Female.4-18.40 GHz. Straight Section Ordering Information . Flange B is a PDR112. Length is 600 Millimeters.200 GHz. WR137 Flange is a CPR137F.F137PC0360CS (11 characters in product code) Product Code F Waveguide Size 137 Measurement P = Inches M = Millimeters P Flange A Code C Flange B Code C Frequency Code S Length 0360 Description: Flex Twist. Flange A is a CPR137G. Measurement in Millimeters. Waveguide flange is a PDR140. 90° Rigid Twist Section Ordering Information .R112MH0600HSN (13 characters in product code) Product Code R Waveguide Size 112 Measurement P = Inches M = Millimeters M Flange A Code H Flange B Code H Frequency Code S Finish Code N Length 0600 Description: Straight Section. Frequency of 5. Flange A is a PDR112. Flange B is a CMR159.00 GHz. WR75. Measurement in Inches. Leg Length B is 3. Flange B is a CPR137G.050-10.D159CAEAG (8 characters in product code) Product Code D Waveguide Size 159 Flange A Code C Flange B Code E Frequency Code A Finish Code G Description: 90° Rigid Twist Section.Creating Type Numbers for Custom Components The examples below describe ezGuide™ Numbering for each custom component: Flex Twist Ordering Information .6 Inches. Natural (unpainted) finish.. WR90. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Flange A is a CPR159G. Flange B is a CPR90G. Tapered Transition Ordering Information -T137DCN (7 characters in product code) Product Code T Waveguide Size 137 WR137 Flange D WR159 Flange C Finish Code N Description: Tapered Transition section. WR112. Waveguide to Coax Transition Ordering Information . 05 1.02 18.6 (67) 3.05 1.15.02 1.7.02 1.3 (58) WR159 WG13 WR187 WG12 WR229 WG11 * Not available.75 (44) 1.95 .Component Descriptions Straight Sections are offered in lengths up to 10 feet (3.02 1.00 12.00 (152) 8.7.0 (178) 7.02 Swept H and E Plane Bends VSWR Std Leg Swept Bends/ Length Radius E Radius H Miter Bends 2.900 .30 1.70 .4 (36) 1.02 1.68 (68) 2.02 1.850 .12.1 (28) 1.05 1.050 .5 (38) * * * * 1. 90° H Bends . and Rigid Twist Sections are available with custom leg lengths and the following flange combinations: CPR( )G/CPR( )G. 90° E Bends.18.0 (102) 2.425 6.0 (52) 2.725 . 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 & 11/01 Visit us at: www.02 12.50 (38) 1.50 15.54 .00 (102) 3.02 1.00 (127) 6.925 4. Each section is jacketed with rugged black Neoprene. Flex-twist Sections include brass flanges chemically cleaned and coated for corrosion resistance.00 (305) 1.0 (51) 2. R58 R48 R40 7.6.12 1.00 7.00 (76) † EIA WR28 WR42 WR51 WR62 WR75 WR90 Straight Sections VSWR VSWR 1.00 (203) 2.02 1.40.425 .0 (178) 7.05 1.05 1.90 3.00 .02 1.30 . UG Choke/UG Cover.10.05 1.00 3.02 1.02 1.8.02 5.125 .02 1.00 (305) 1.4.6 (91) 1.02 12.8.2 .425 3.05 – 1.75 (19) 1.30 1.05 1.02 1.05 1.85 4.02 1.02 1.8 (46) 0.8.7.05 1.0 (102) 2.02 1.02 1.25 (83) 5.02 1.02 1.62 (67) 1.6.50 .125 .05 1. H and E Plane Bends and Twists Operating Frequency Twists RCSC IEC (GHz) Length WG22 R320 WG20 R220 WG19 R180 WG18 R140 WG17 R120 WG16 R100 26.5.25 (83) 5.00 (305) 1.12 1.00 (254) 1.10.6 (66) 3.02 1.02 12.4 10.12 1.02 1.6 (41) 2.6 (41) 1.75 (44) 1.02 1.850 .05 1. • U.750 7.5.02 1.6.00 8.05 1.0 (127) 6.0 (25) † 0.05 – 1.5 (64) 2.0 (127) 6.K.00 .50 (38) 1.0 (152) 3.00 37.75 (19) 1.20 4.40 .26.00 .425 7.3 (58) † Miter E and H-Plane Bends Min Leg Lengths E-Plane H-Plane * * * * 1.1 meters). and PBR/PBR. Taper Transitions have VSWR 1. The silver plated wound brass core assures highest flexibility and low attenuation.200 5.00 10.02 1.125 7.62 (67) 2.andrew.05 1.05 1.05 1.02 1.05 and fixed length of 6" (152 mm).05 1.05 1.02 1.750 5.02 1.0 (152) 2. PDR/PDR.40 .750 .725 .0 (76) † Available on request.5 (38) 1.500 5.3 (58) 2.05 1.0 (25) † 1.425 .7 10.8(198) 3.75 (44) 1.05 1.00 17.11.05 1.40.22.7 7.125 . UV stabilized for outdoor use.050 5.20 .02 4.05 – 1.7.05 1.6 (91) 3.00 (52) WR137 WG14 R70 4.05 1.02 1.68 (68) 1.8 (46) 2.02 1.02 1. See page 211.4.02 1.30 1.5 (64) 2.7 .05 1.02 1. 90° E-Plane Elbow Inside Radius Leg Length Leg Length Leg Length 90° H-Plane Elbow Leg Length CPR137G Flanges Shown CPR137G Flanges Shown Straight Sections.500 7.7.com 207 .00 (457) 1.05 1.02 1.75 (44) WR112 WG15 R84 10. 125 7.03 1.00 .03 1.7.750 7.425 .5 (38) 1.05 1.0 (76) 3.18 (0.5.03 1.00 17.50 15.10 1.30) 2.40 8.5 (64) 3.70 .20.0 (152) 35 (240) WR137 WG14 R70 0.10 1.0 (330) 30 (205) 13.43) 75 75 100 140 400 750 960 20 20 39 60 100 140 180 155 (510) 155 (510) 155 (510) 135 (445) 135 (445) 110 (360) 95 (310) 1.0 (102) 4.05 1.20 1.03 1.03 1.850 .20 5.0 (127) 45 (310) 45 (310) 45 (310) 45 (310) 45 (310) 45 (310) 45 (310) EIA WR28 WR42 WR51 WR62 WR75 WR90 RCSC WG22 WG20 WG19 WG18 WG17 WG16 IEC R320 R220 R180 R140 R120 R100 WR112 WG15 R84 0.95 .13 1.2 .03 1.20 .13 1.850 .00 .4.90 .50 .18.13 1.00 15.30 .00 .725 .4.03 On Request 1.0 (76) 3.40 .30 (0.00 10.200 5.8.0 (52) 2. page 204 and the finish code: N for Natural (unpainted) or G for Gray (painted) Flex-Twist Sections VSWR Average Peak Max Twist Min E-Bend Min H-Bend Frequency 12-36" 36-48" Attenuation Power Power deg/ft Radius Radius Pressure (GHz) (300-915 mm) (915-1200 mm) dB/ft (dB/m) watts kW (deg/m) in (mm) in (mm) lb/in (kPa) 26.40 .25 1.5.10.05 1.5 (64) 2.90 Type Number* T042 (WR42 flange) (WR51 flange) (Finish) T051 (WR51 flange) (WR62 flange) (Finish) T062 (WR62 flange) (WR75 flange) (Finish) T075 (WR75 flange) (WR90 flange) (Finish) T090 (WR90 flange) (WR112 flange) (Finish) T112 (WR112 flange) (WR137 flange) (Finish) T137 (WR137 flange) (WR159 flange) (Finish) T159 (WR159 flange) (WR187flange) (Finish) T187 (WR187 flange) (WR229 flange) (Finish) * Insert flange code from Table 3.05 1.250 50 (165) 1.7.05 .425 .15.11.26.6.12.10 1.550 40 (132) 5.40.59) 0..100 55 (180) 1.10 1.22.8.20 1.425 7.03 1.03 1.05 1.00 (3.28) 1.04 (0.00 .Call toll-free from: • U.750 5.260 315 80 (264) 3.6.10 1.95 .7.00 7.0 (76) 6.0 (204) 30 (205) WR159 WG13 WR187 WG12 WR229 WG11 R58 R48 R40 0.05 1.425 3.09 (0.05 1.90 3.05 1.70 .725 .55 (1.40.54 . Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .10 1.050 .000 1.10 1.05 1.7.00 12.000 500 65 (214) 4.0 (102) 8.00 (3.80 (2.500 7.5 (165) 6.99) 0.0 (127) 6.8.20 1.5 (38) 1.63) 0.10 1.5 (115) 5.425 6.15.20 1.20 On Request 1.04 1.5.00 37.5 (38) 1.7.0 (76) 3.10 1.6.125 .00 7.500 3.7 7.25 1.13) 2.900 .7 .7.80) 0.125 .00 10.35 1.10 1.500 5.10 1.13 (0.18.4.62) 0.Taper Transitions Flange CPR159G CPR159G CMR159 CMR159 CPR137G CPR137G UG Cover/Gasket (WR137) 6" (152 mm) Flange CPR137G UG Cover/Gasket (WR137) CMR137 CPR137G CPR112G UG Cover/Gasket (WR112) UG Cover/Gasket (WR112) UG Cover/Gasket (WR90) UG Cover/Gasket (WR75) UG Cover/Gasket (WR75) Type Number T137CCN T137YCN T137EEN T137CEN T112CCN T112YCN T112YYN T090YYN T075YCN T075YYN UG Cover/Gasket (WR112) CPR90G UG Cover/Gasket (WR90) Taper Transition Size Codes EIA WR42 to WR51 WR51 to WR62 WR62 to WR75 WR75 to WR90 WR90 to WR112 WR112 to WR137 WR137 to WR159 WR159 to WR187 WR187 to WR229 RCSC WG20 to WG19 WG19 to WG18 WG18 to WG17 WG17 to WG16 WG16 to WG15 WG15 to WG14 WG14 to WG13 WG13 to WG12 WG12 to WG11 IEC R220 to R180 R180 to R140 R140 to R120 R120 to R100 R100 to R84 R84 to R70 R70 to R58 R58 to R48 R48 to R40 Size Code 042 051 062 075 090 112 137 159 187 Frequency (GHz) 17.05 1.4 10.05 4.00 8.28) 0.03 1.12 (0.A.00 12.85 .20 .7 10.85 4.5 (38) 2.03 1.00 .050 5.85 3.S.750 .12.10.05 1.925 4.17) 0.03 1.0 (76) 4.08 (2.125 .0 (254) 30 (205) 13.8.40) 1.00 3.10.05 1.05 1.000 4.40 .05 (0.10 1.0 (330) 30 (205) 208 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center .5 (165) 10. 050 .26.850 . and when used with standard components.10 1. Waveguide to Coaxial Adapters EIA WR28 WR42 WR51 WR62 WR75 WR90 RCSC WG22 WG20 WG19 WG18 WG17 WG16 IEC R320 R220 R180 R140 R120 R100 Size Code 028 042 051 062 075 090 Frequency Code S A S S S S S A B S A B C S A B C D E S A S A S Frequency (GHz) 26. SMA Female (S).750 5.35 1.3 dB) Flange Adapters are available in many commonly used configurations.4 10.8. Coaxial interface Codes: Type N Female (N).10 1.40 .125 .200 5.10 1. Other waveguide flange options are available on request.2 .8.7 10.18.40.70 .425 6.425 .7 7.K.750 7. N-type male) are available.10.8.10 ** ** 1.050 5.10.900 .925 4.10 1.00 .5.00 12.725 . Waveguide to Coaxial Adapters.425 . provide a quick solution to almost any interconnection requirement.10 1.Common Flange Adapters Flange Type UG-51/U UG-52B/U UG Cover/Gasket CMR90 CMR112 CMR137 CMR159 CMR187 CMR229 FlangeType CPR112G CPR112G CPR137G CPR90G CPR112G CPR137G CPR159G CPR187G CPR229G Adapter Type Number R112PB0040CSN R112PA0040CSN R137PC0040YSN R090PC0040ESN R112PC0040ESN R137PC0040ESN R159PC0040ESN R187PC0040ESN R229PC0040ESN Transition to Type N Female All above flange adapters have VSWR 1.7.00 .50 15.125 .11.10 1.20 1.500 7.10 1.7.15 1.25 1.20 .6.125 7.00 3.25 1.20.05 1.20 1.15 1.7.500 5.425 7.12.10 1.6.125 .andrew.15. • U.95 .4.425 3.7.10 1.50 .00 37.90 Waveguide to Coax Adapters Type N VSWR SMA VSWR ** ** ** ** 1.00 8.10 1.15 1.30 . Other coaxial interfaces (for example. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 5/01 Visit us at: www.20 1.6.750 .85 4.25 On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request On Request WR112 WG15 R84 112 WR137 WG14 R70 137 WR159 WR187 WR229 WG13 WG12 WG11 R58 R48 R40 159 187 229 ** The frequency range for these components is too high for normal operation of Type N or SMA coaxial interfaces.10 1. you may choose to order the standard product and use a coaxial adapter to convert the interface. All Andrew standard flange adapters are 4 inches (102 mm) in length.com 209 .05 (32.20 1.725 .7.00 10. Where immediate availability is a consideration.00 7.5.40.850 .00 17.7 .40 .00 . -187..00 inches (16-25 mm) thick.. PDR and PBR)....0.5 mm) 55000A-75.. choke and cover).375 in (9. -75.. Unit does not have a pressure inlet.. Recommended for very high channel density systems.. 112587... High power versions for earth station applications are presented on page 212....Call toll-free from: • U... one hardware kit for each flange is supplied....S..... Andrew IEC hardware kits do not include shouldered bolts (according to IEC154-2). Combination of above pressure window and pressure inlet. machined brass section with 1/8" female pipe thread and plug.. Waveguide components with identical or compatible flange (for example. -137.. however the set screws provided allow these kits to be cost effective while minimizing flange misalignment VSWR..229 in (5.. The Step-Twist can be used when space is limited.. The flanges are not intended for field installation... Andrew waveguide components are supplied with hardware and flange sealing gasket...... Maximum pressure for window is 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa). 210 Customer Service Center .. Hardware is not included. If the flanges differ or are incompatible (for example. Use soft solder to attach.... -137. 110088: . are supplied with one flange hardware kit.0... Field Flanges are for field fabrication of waveguide sections for use on interior waveguide runs.0. 110088 ... Material is brass.62-1...Rectangular Waveguide Components Pressure Inlet Pressure Window Field Flange Silver Solder Flange Premium 90º Step-Twist Pressure Inlet is 0. 112587: . depending on waveguide size. Flange hardware and pressure gasket are included. Flange Gaskets and Hardware... -90. Premium 90° Step-Twist.. Silver Solder Flanges are manufactured to EIA or MIL specifications..06 in (1.. Pressure Window.. Unit does not have a pressure window. -187.A.5 mm) Pressure Window/Inlet.. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Thickness of standard pressure windows: All except 55000A-42..8 mm) 55000A-42. The quoted VSWR for all IEC flanged components for all Andrew waveguide components are achievable using the hardware kits supplied..... 425. U. EIA Standard Flanges Waveguide Size Both Flanges 90° Step Twist Pressure Inlet Pressure Window Pressure Window/Inlet Field Flange Silver Solder Flange Flange Hardware Kit Full Thickness Flange Gasket Half Thickness Gasket WR229 CPR229G 65230-229 55674-229 55001-229 – 56045-229 55456-1 55219-229 31619 55072-229 WR187 CPR187G – 55674-187 55001-187 – 56045-187 56309-1 55219-187 55688 55072-187 WR159 CPR159G 65230-159 55674-159 55001-159 55463-159 56045-159 54754-1 55219-159 54769 55072-159 WR137 CPR137G 65230-137† 55674-137 55001-137 55463-137 56045-137 62137-3 55219-137 28030 55072-137 WR112 CPR112G – 55674-112 55001-112 55463-112 56045-112 54560-1 55219-112 32349 55072-112 WR90 CPR90G – 55674-90 55001-90 55463-90 56045-90 54681-2 55219-90 31861 55072-90 Other Components with PDR Series.125.750 GHz • U. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.com 211 . IEC Standard Flanges Waveguide Size Both Flanges Pressure Inlet Pressure Window Silver Solder Flange Flange Hardware Kit Flange Gasket R84 PBR84 – 243498-84 – 100845-12 114111 R100 PBR100 – 243498-100 – 100845-13 10683-75 R120 PBR120 243495-120 110088 108671-2 100845-8 10683-74 R140 PBR140 243495-140 110089 110107 100845-11 114110 R220 PBR220 243495-220 112587 110037 106838 10683-71 R320 PBR320 243495-320 112626 110079 107031 10683-451 Other Components with CPR Series.andrew.Rectangular Waveguide Components Other Components with UG Choke/UG Cover.425-7. MIL Standard Flanges Waveguide Size Choke Flange Cover Flange Pressure Inlet Pressure Window Pressure Window / Inlet Field Choke Flange Field Cover Flange Silver Solder Choke Flange Silver Solder Cover Flange Flange Hardware Kit Flange Gasket WR187 UG-148C/U UG-149A/U 55675-187 55000A-187 – 53015-187 53025-187 52084 52086-2 55224-187 10683-307 WR137 UG-343B/U UG-344/U 55675-137 55000A-137 53648-137 53015-137 53025-137 17690 19048-3 55224-137 10683-304 WR112 UG-52B/U UG-51/U 55675-112 55000-112 – 53015-112 53025-112 52153 52152-2 55224-112 10683-305 WR90 UG-40B/U UG-39/U 55675-90 55000A-90 53648-90 53015-90 53025-90 22534 19056-2 55224-90 10683-329 WR75 WR75 WR75 55675-75 55000A-75 53648-75 53015-75 53025-75 51752 51745-2 55224-75 10683-312 WR62 UG-541A/U UG-419/U 55675-62 55000-62 – 53015-62 53025-62 53238 53239-2 55224-62 10683-319 WR42 UG-596A/U UG-595/U 55675-42 55000A-42 53648-42 53015-42 53025-42 53558 53559-2 55224-42 10683-328 Other Components with PBR Series. or 7.125-7. 6.925-6.K. IEC Standard Flanges Waveguide Size Both Flanges Pressure Inlet Pressure Window Silver Solder Flange Flange Hardware Kit Flange Gasket R40 PDR40 114112-40 223306-40 110066 100899-5 106945 R48 PDR48 114112-48 223306-48 221715-48 107709 107710 R70 PDR70 114112-70 223306-70 221715-70 106803 104246 R84 PDR84 114112-84 223306-84 221715-84 100845-6 107192 R100 PDR100 114112-100 223306-100 221715-100 107132 107144 R120 PDR120 114112-120 223306-120 221715-120 100845-3 106337 R140 PDR140 114112-140 223306-140 221715-140 100845-7 107206 R180 PDR180 On Request 223306-180 110181 107681 107682 † Specify 5.S. 425-7.10 (26.5 – – – – – – – – – 202378 202378-2 202378-5 202378-3 202378-4 1000 5000 5000 2000 500 CPR137G CPR137G CPR159G Choke and cover Choke and cover 1.425 5.9 m) Pressure Window Type No. 212 Customer Service Center .425 6. Insertion loss is 3 ±0. Average Power watts Flange Mates with VSWR max.850-6.200 162048-12 162048-24 162048-36 – 4400 CPR137G 1. GHz WR75 WR137 WR137 WR137 12.00 (127) 5. Standard Termination Loads for unused rectangular waveguide port of dual polarized microwave antennas. Flange blanking plates.425 10.69 (43) 1.L.850-6.2 5. Low VSWR loads for use with circular waveguide transitions are listed on page 223.10 (26. 39099-229 39099-187 39098-187 39099-159 39099-137 39098-137 39099-112 39098-112 39099-90 39098-90 39098-75 39098-42 43734 **Compatible cover/gasket flanges mate with either choke or cover flanges. Power dividers cannot be used as combiners.00 (127) 5.850-8. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .6 m) (0.4) L Out Out In H Power Dividers have 1.125 6.10 (26.4) 1.4) 1.925-6.925-6. (R.425-7.00 (127) 1. Standard Termination Loads Two-Way Power Dividers Waveguide Frequency Type Band. within the operating band stated in the table below.10 (26.3 m) (0. dB) Flex-Twist Section WR137 WR75 5.4) 1.10 (26.S.69 (43) 1.10 (26.High Power Components for Earth Station Applications Waveguide Size Frequency Band.4) Pressure Window WR137 WR159 WR75 5.10 (26.25 dB for each port.4) 1.125 Flanges Mate With WR75 Choke or Cover** UG-344/U.00 (127) 5.4) Flex (No Twist) Section WR137 5.03 maximum VSWR.69 (43) Mates with Flange Type Type No.Call toll-free from: • U..10 (26.5 162047-12 163228-12 162047-24 163228-24 162047-36 163228-36 – – 2900 1000 CRP137G Cover and Cover/Gasket 1.7-13.. Maximum VSWR is 1.95-14. Power divides from “In” port to “Out” ports. UG-343B/U** CPR137G Dimensions in (mm) L H 5.10. and termination loads used with IEC flange types are available on request.425 14. Refer to diagram. GHz Flex Twist and Flex (No Twist) 1 ft 2 ft 3 ft (0. UG-343B/U** UG-344/U.0-14.4) 1.38 (33) 1. 62832-127 62835-59 62835-64 62844-64 CPR229G CPR187G UG-148C/U CPR159G CPR137G UG-343B/U CPR112G UG-52B/U CPR90G UG-40B/U WR75 Choke UG-596A/U 7/8" EIA Flange Load Type No.A. .......Type 31771-9 24 in (610 mm) rod.................. rod.......Hangers.andrew......K........ B Flex-Twist Hanger Assembly............ Attach using angle adapter or threaded rod support kit described below.. kit of 5 ..Type 31768A E Threaded Rod Support Kit....Type 19007-(*) Sliding Hanger .........5 m) of No......Type 49486 C D Angle Adapter Kit......com 213 ........ 12 in (305 mm) rod ... Five feet (1....... Attach to ceiling using included ceiling mounting plate. Hardware is stainless steel..... 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www......... Use to improve stability and protect flexible waveguide.. Use to mount hangers away from supporting structure... Includes stainless steel clamp.. kit of 5 ... and form-it rubber grommet... Includes 10 stainless steel clamps to mount hangers to angle support members up to 7/8 in (22 mm) thick...Type 31771 12 in (305 mm) rod................ Stainless steel.. 6 copper wire and lugs to provide a low-loss current path around flexible waveguide sections .....Type 31771-6 D E • U............... under waveguide bridge and inside equipment room...... Waveguide WR28 WR42 WR62 WR75 WR90 WR112 WR137 WR159 WR187 WR229 Type Number 244106-320 244106-220 244106-140 244106-120 244106-100 244106-84 244106-70 244106-58 244106-48 244106-40 A B C Current By-Pass Kit............Type 19008-(*) *Insert numeral portion of EIA waveguide designation... Includes 3/8" diameter threaded rod. nuts and washers...... A A Rigid Hanger . 19007-137 is rigid hanger for WR137 waveguide..... for example.................Type 31771-4 24 in (610 mm) rod ... 2) 3.28 x 1.50 x 1. MIL and IEC flanges are compatible but not identical. Figure 1 Unpressurizable Contact Flange – Always Rectangular Unpressurizable Contact Flanges Waveguide Type. have alternate tapped and clear holes and are secured with bolts only.5 x 44. gasket style and thickness.16 x 2. x 45.8) CMR90 CMR112 CMR137 CMR159 CMR187 CMR229 214 Customer Service Center . Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .75 (63. EIA. S. nuts and lock washers. IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) standards are utilized throughout other parts of the world.0 x 32. The IEC equivalents have all clear holes and are secured with bolts.38 (51. Compatible flanges are listed in the tables on the following pages. Variations in equivalent flanges include slight differences in nominal dimensions.S. pressurizable contact. Inches (Millimeters) 1. Military (MIL) standards.1) 2. and choke/cover flanges.27 (45. The three basic types of flanges utilized throughout the industry are unpressurizable contact.Call toll-free from: • U. tolerances. Unpressurizable Contact Flanges CMR and UER Series Contact Flanges are not pressurizable and do not require gaskets.53 (57.77 x 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Dimensions.6.3 x 50.02 x 1. and addition or deletion of alignment pins and holes or alignment bolts.9) 2. It should be noted that these three flange types are not interchangeable.3 x 35.9 x 38.Rectangular Waveguide Flanges A majority of Andrew standard flanges utilized in North America are based on EIA (Electronic Industry Association) or U. CMR flanges are always rectangular in shape.78 (70.3) 2.00 (80..5) 2. No.A.78 x 1. EIA WR90 WR112 WR137 WR159 WR187 WR229 EIA Flange Series Equivalents IEC UER100 UER84 UER70 UER58 UER48 UER40 Fig. Flange Availability Flange Type Choke Cover CPR( )G CPR( )F CMR CMR Through CMR Tapped PDR PBR UDR UBR PAR CBR BRJ UER UAR Cover/Gasket Available upon request Available upon request Available upon request WR28 WR42 Waveguide Size WR51 WR62 WR75 WR90 WR112 WR137 WR159 WR187 WR229 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • U. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.com 215 .andrew.K. S. cover and cover/gasket flanges are square or round.Call toll-free from: • U.CBR. 1. MIL UG-595/U UG-419/U 51745* UB-39/U UG-51/U UG-344/U – UG-149A/U UG-53/U *Andrew type numbers for WR75 flanges.1) sq. Use of a special seal is required for pressurization of two mating cover flanges.63 (92. 5. 3. depending on waveguide size. without a gasket groove.2) dia.4) sq. or other cover/gasket flanges. 3. Cover and Cover/Gasket Flanges Choke. CRR220 CBR140 CBR120 CBR100 CBR84 CAR70 CAR58 CAR48 CAR32 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 8 8** Cover Flanges IEC Fig No.63 (41.PBR and PAR Series are flat. choke. Cover/Gasket Flanges . include a gasket groove.31 (33. Inches (Millimeters) PBR220 PBR140 PBR120 PBR100 PBR84 PAR70 PAR58 PAR48 PAR32 4 4 4 4 4 7 7 10 10** 0..UBR.5° from the positions shown.8) sq. Two choke flanges cannot be mated. Cover and Cover/Gasket Flanges Waveguide Type.Choke. and have clear holes for mating with cover.38 (85. U. 1. and have clear holes for mating with choke flanges and other cover flanges. 1.31 (134. Choke Flanges . The flanges are pressurizable and require gaskets to ensure proper sealing. MIL and IEC versions are interchangeable. EIA WR42 WR62 WR75 WR90 WR112 WR137 WR159 WR187 WR284 Choke Flanges IEC Fig No. 1. 252DCT) are functionally identical to PAR/PBR (cover gasket) series and the above mating information applies.13 (79.S.A. S. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . choke.5) dia. UAR and Equivalent UG Series are flat. U. Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 3 3 Figure Figure Figure 4 4 Figure Figure 5 5 Figure 6 6 Figure Figure Figure 7 7 Figure Figure 8 8 Figure Figure99 Figure 10 Figure 10 Choke.88 (47. UBR220 UBR140 UBR120 UBR100 UBR84 UAR70 UAR58 UAR48 UAR32 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 9 9** Cover/Gasket Flange Flanges Dimensions IEC Fig No.9) dia.4) sq. C-Series HELIAX® Elliptical Waveguide Connectors (for example.9) dia. 216 Customer Service Center .50 (38. MIL UG-596A/U UG-541A/U 51752* UG-40B/U UG-52B/U UG-343B/U – UG-148C/U UG-54B/U U.88 (22.3) sq. 3. and tapped holes for mating with cover flanges. CAR and Equivalent UG Series include a gasket groove.S. The flanges mate as explained below and as specified in the Mating Information table. **Bolt hole positions are rotated 22. Cover Flanges . Cover/gasket flanges use a single gasket when mated with cover flanges and a double gasket when mated with choke flanges or other cover/gasket flanges. 69 x 1.50 x 1. PDR flanges have deeper gasket grooves and use different gaskets. 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 EIA – CPR90F CPR112F CPR137F CPR159F CPR187F CPR229F CPR284F CPR340F CPR430F Without Groove MIL Type Fig.75 (98. CPR( )F mates with CPR( )G using a CPR half gasket (order separately from table below).Pressurizable Contact Flanges CPR and PDR series contact flanges are rectangular in shape and have clear holes secured with bolts and nuts.4) 2. Compared with CPR( )G. CPR( )F Series do not include a gasket groove and. 252DET) are functionally identical to CPR( )G series and the above mating information applies. No.50 x 3.3) 6.0) 3. (CPR) or metric (PDR) hardware can be used. PDR Series include a gasket groove and mate with another PDR using the supplied two gaskets and metric hardware. require a special seal.1 x 40. when mated with another CPR( )F. • U. Small tolerance differences between U.5 x 44.94 x 1.9 x 63.2) 5. The flanges mate as explained below and as specified in the Mating Information table.3) 3. and metric hardware to mate CPR/PDR flanges result in negligible VSWR contributions.19 (161 x 106) *Mates with equivalent CPR series flange with 4 mm hardware only.5) 2.S.6 x 69.00 (114 x 76. Except where noted otherwise in the table.94 (68. CPR( )G Series include a gasket groove and mate with another CPR( )G using the supplied full thickness gasket and U.K.75 (138 x 95.44 x 3. No. **Mates with equivalent CPR series flange with U.34 x 4.9) 4.9) 2.S. The flanges are pressurizable and require gaskets to ensure proper sealing. To Mate CPR( )G with PDR use one CPR half thickness gasket (order separately from table below) and the gasket supplied with the PDR flange.3 x 49.09 x 1. S. either U.88 x 2.0 x 62. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. – UG-1736/U UG-1734/U UG-1732/U UG-1730/U UG-1728/U UG-1726/U UG-1724/U UG-1712/U UG-1716/U – 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 Dimensions.59 (53.44 (81.andrew.5) 3. Figure 11 Fig re Fig re 2 Figure 2 Figure Fig re 3 3 Figure Fig re 4 4 Figure 55 Fig re Various Contact Flanges – Always Rectangular Pressurizable Contact Flanges Waveguide Type. S.50 x 2.50 (88. hardware. Inches (Millimeters) 1.57 (49.75 (63. #10 hardware only. EIA WR75 WR90 WR112 WR137 WR159 WR187 WR229 WR284 WR340 WR430 EIA – CPR90G CPR112G CPR137G CPR159G CPR187G CPR229G CPR284G CPR340G CPR430G With Groove MIL Type – UG-1360/U UG-1358/U UG-1356/U UG-1354/U UG-1352/U UG-1350/U UG-1348/U UG-1346/U UG-1344/U IEC PDR120 PDR100* PDR84* PDR70** PDR58 PDR48 PDR40 PDR32 PDR26 PDR22 Fig.com 217 .19 x 2.2 x 39. “E-Series” HELIAX Elliptical Waveguide Connectors (for example. Pressure Windows normally do not have gasket grooves and include one CPR half-thickness gasket for mating with CPR( )G series flanges. 252DET .UAR Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates Cover/Gasket PBR. # Does NOT Mate Does NOT Mate Mates Mates Mates Mates Choke CBR. 252DCT. 252DEMT).S. Contact Flanges (Rectangular) CPR( )G CPR90G† CPR112G† CPR137G† CPR159G† CPR187G† CPR229G† CPR284G† CPR90F CPR112F CPR137F CPR159F CPR187F CPR229F CPR284F PDR180† PDR140† PDR120† PDR100† PDR84† PDR70† PDR48† PDR40† CMR UER Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-90* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-112* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-137* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-159* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-187* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-229* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-284* Does NOT Mate Does NOT Mate Does NOT Mate Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-90* and 4mm Hardware** Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-112 * and 4mm Hardware** Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-137 * and #10 Hardware*** Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-187* and Either Hardware Supplied Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-229* and Either Hardware Supplied Mates with CMR and UER "ONLY" Mates with CMR and UER "ONLY" CPR( )F Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-90* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-112* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-137* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-159* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-187* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-229* Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-284* Mates (NOT Pressurizable) Mates (NOT Pressurizable) Mates (NOT Pressurizable) Mates (NOT Pressurizable) Mates (NOT Pressurizable) Mates (NOT Pressurizable) Mates (NOT Pressurizable) Does NOT Mate Does NOT Mate Does NOT Mate Mates using 4 mm Hardware** Mates using 4 mm Hardware** Mates using #10 Hardware*** Mates using Either Hardware Supplied Mates using Either Hardware Supplied PDR Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-90* and 4 mm Hardware** Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-112 * and 4 mm Hardware** Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-137 *and #10 Hardware*** Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-159* and Either Hardware Supplied Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-187* and Either Hardware Supplied Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-229* and Either Hardware Supplied Mates using Half Thickness Gasket 55072-284* and Either Hardware Supplied Mates using 4 mm Hardware** Mates using 4 mm Hardware** Mates using #10 Hardware*** Mates using Either Hardware Supplied Mates using Either Hardware Supplied Mates using Either Hardware Supplied Mates using Either Hardware Supplied Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates * Purchase separately ** Supplied in PDR Hardware Kit *** Supplied in CPR Hardware Kit † Also applies to "E-series" and "M-series" (Metric) HELIAX® elliptical waveguide connectors (for example. PBR Does NOT Mate Does NOT Mate Mates (NOT pressurizable) Mates Mates (NOT pressurizable) Mates Cover UG Mates Mates Mates (NOT pressurizable) Mates Mates (NOT pressurizable) Mates Cover UBR. UAR Cover/Gasket PBR. PAR. 252DCMT). PAR Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates Mates # Also applies to "C-series " and "M-series" (Metric) HELIAX® elliptical waveguide connectors (for example..Call toll-free from: • U. CAR Cover UG Modified UG Cover w/ Gasket Groove Cover UBR. 218 Customer Service Center . Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .A.Mating Information Choke/Cover Flanges (Square or Round) Choke UG Choke UG Choke CBR. Dual Polarization Capability A single waveguide run can carry two polarizations with 30 dB minimum isolation.7 GHz).Circular Waveguide Lowest Attenuation Circular waveguide offers substantially lower attenuation than elliptical or rectangular waveguide. of any length. Full Range of Transitions and Components Simplifies system planning. Electrical Characteristics Closed and Open Systems. therefore. reducing tower loading and saving antenna cost. All elements are designed to work together.K. including straight sections and transitions (except 17. This can result in the use of smaller antennas. VSWR (Return Loss. Each circularto-rectangular transition includes a non-linear tapered circular-to-circular transition section to minimize the generation of unwanted modes and prevent their propagation into the circular-to-rectangular transition section.15 (23.04 (34. In addition. depending on the operating frequency. A similar dual-polarized system is guaranteed 1. In a closed system. dB) for a complete single-polarized system. maximizing system performance.15 dB in an “open” system. However. delayed in time.7 . not needed.06 (30. Andrew circular waveguide systems are designed for minimum RML.04 (34.7 GHz system is guaranteed 1. is guaranteed 1. These unwanted modes are not trapped in an “open” system and the bottom mode filter is. Andrew offers a circular-to-rectangular transition with a built-in mode filter (for TM01 and TE21) for use at the bottom of a closed system. The axial symmetry of circular waveguide allows the simultaneous propagation of two orthogonal TE11 modes. Circular waveguide systems which have circular-to-rectangular transitions at both ends are considered “closed” systems. higher modes become trapped within the circular waveguide because they cannot propagate in the connecting rectangular waveguide. General Circular waveguide is used for long vertical feeder runs in systems where multiband capability is needed or where low attenuation is critical. eliminating the need for a second waveguide run.andrew.19.03 (36. is reconverted to the dominant mode.7 .com 219 . Attenuation curves are illustrated on pages 230 and 231. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. A single or dual polarized 17. RML (reconverted mode level) is the level of higher order mode energy reconverted to the dominant mode in a circular waveguide system. Add 0.2) maximum. Ground delay distortion and noise result when a portion of this energy. Horn-reflector antennas fed directly with circular waveguide have only one circular-to-rectangular transition (at the bottom) and are considered “open”. • U.3 dB to allow for the transitions in a “closed” system and 0. the TM11 mode can sometimes be generated in an “open” system and a TM11 mode filter (described on page 223) may be required.7) maximum and is typically 1.1) maximum. A single waveguide run can carry two polarizations with 30 dB minimum isolation.2) maximum and is typically 1.19.6) maximum. 7-11.7-13.425-7.25 17.7 54346-240-(†) 54346-(**)-(†) 54345-(**)-(†) 1.500 10.2 (1. specially coated to prevent corrosion and deterioration of attenuation characteristics.7 12. Frequency Band Codes Operating Band.8 (4.7 12.725-8.7-19. Insert frequency band code from table. Specify length in inches or millimeters.2-12.925-6.125-7.7 12. 220 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center .7 Circular Waveguide Frequency Band Code -3 -4 -5 -7 -8 -9 -10 -23 Antenna Frequency Band Code -59 -65 -71 -77 -107 -122 -127 -180 Straight Section Ordering Information Length Recommended Operating Bands.25 17.425 6.425-7.7-11.425 6..125 7.A.7 7. GHz 5.925-6.125 7. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .7-13.8) 20 ft* Special Length Weight.500 10. contact Andrew.Circular Waveguide Straight Sections Andrew circular waveguide is made of heavy-wall high conductivity copper tubing.750 7.7-11.7-19.725-8.7 Fixed Fixed Swivel/Fixed 57458-240-(†) 57458-(**)-(†) 244923-(**)-(†) 2. GHz*** (Specify Operating Band) Flanges WC166 5.S.7 12. Order straight sections from table below.125-7. lb/ft (kg/m) * ** *** † Standard straight sections shipped from Scotland are 6 meters.Call toll-free from: • U. For other bands. Stainless steel hardware and flange gaskets are included.2-12.2) WC109 10. 0 (457) 18.924.Circular-to-Rectangular Waveguide Transitions These transitions convert from circular-to-rectangular waveguides at one or both ends of the vertical run. GHz WC166 5. pressure gaskets.0 (762) 30. “Open” horn-reflector antenna systems use one transition without a mode filter at the bottom of the circular waveguide run.K.725-8500 WC109 10.6 (650) 25. Transitions include swivel flanges to simplify installation and polarization alignment.200-12.andrew.5 (775) Rectangular Flange Mates with EIA or Mil IEC*** With Mode Filter (A) No Mode Filter (B) Dimensions. W V A Single Polarized with Mode Filter B Single Polarized without Mode Filter Single Polarized** Circular-to-Rectangular Waveguide Transitions Frequency Band.0 (457) 18. All other antenna systems use transitions at the top and bottom of the circular waveguide run. Both rectangular waveguide inputs on dual-polarized transitions enter the circular waveguide in the same plane†. (page 223) *** For detailed information on mating flanges refer to pages 214-218.0 (762) 30. Canada 965. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. For these.250 CPR90G WR75 Cover/Gasket* WR75 Cover/Gasket* PDR100 – – 65242-107 65242-122 67550 57222A-107 57222A-122 67549 13.425 6.425-7.700-11. ** Not applicable for horn-reflector antenna systems. United Kingdom 1.6 (345) 13. in (mm) V W * Andrew “Cover/Gasket” flanges mate with either choke or cover flanges or the corresponding HELIAX® elliptical waveguide connectors. This simplifies installation and routing.8 (655) 25. flange hardware.125 7.0 (457) 18. † Patented United States 3.700 12.8 (655) CPR137G CPR137G CPR137G CPR112G PDR70 PDR70 PDR70 PDR84 65239-3 65240-1 65322-1 65323-3 58016A-3 64157A-1 65321A-1 57459A-3 18.com 221 .8 (351) 13.334. Italy 984.394.5 (470) 30. and circular waveguide taper sections are included with the transition.925-6.205.8 (351) 25. Use dual polarized transition with one port terminated with load.125-7.700-13. a transition without a mode filter is used at the top and a transition with a mode filter is used at the bottom.852.750 7.0 (762) 30. Alignment pins.700 12. • U.278 and pending in other countries. 3 (439) 19.4 (188) 14.500 10.8 (249) 12.700 CPR90G WR75 Cover/Gasket* – WR75 Cover/Gasket* UG-596A/U.1 (485) 23.Call toll-free from: • U.0 (559) 11.700-11.925-6.Circular-to-Rectangular Waveguide Transitions 12 in (205 mm)* X Z C Y X D Dual Polarized without Mode Filter Y Z Dual Polarized with Mode Filter * Except 160515-177 is 18 in (457 mm) Dual Polarized Circular-to-Rectangular Waveguide Transitions Frequency Band.700-13.9 (505) 19.S.700-19.4 (188) 7.4 (188) 7. ** For detailed information on mating flanges refer to pages 214-218.6 (320) 16.725-8.6 (396) 8.4 (190) 11.250 12.6 (244) 15. 222 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center .4 (190) 9. UBR220.9 (429) 16.5 (267) 12.925-6. PBR220 65241-107 65241-122 69876 68999 160515-177†† 64100A-107 64100A-122 69877 68998 160516-177†† 14.0 (584) 16.1 (358) 12. in (mm) Y Z • Andrew “Cover/Gasket” flanges mate with either choke or cover flanges or the corresponding HELIAX® elliptical waveguide connectors.1 (409) 22.250 17.4 (190) 11.700 12.0 (356) CPR137G CPR159G CPR137G CPR137G CPR112G CPR90G PDR70 PDR58 PDR70 PDR70 PDR84 PDR100 65236-1 65237-1 65238-1 65324-1 65316-1 – 62866A-1 64159A-1 64147A-1 64848A-1 64703A-1 69383 19. †† Includes termination load for single polarized applications.9 (505) 19.700 12.750 7.6 (320) 10.6 (447) Rectangular Flange Mates with EIA or Mil IEC** With Mode Filter (C) No Mode Filter (D) X Dimensions. GHz WC166 5.0 (305) 17.125 7.700-13.6 (244) 9.425 5.700 WC109 10.3 (363) 16. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .6 (218) 7.1 (282) 9.A.9 (429) 14.425-7.125-7.9 (505) 17. UG-595U PDR100 – PDR120 – CBR220..9 (429) 16.6 (244) 9.700-11.425 6.8 (427) 11.200-12. 10.2.6 m). 6.925-6.andrew. Type No. 5. Bottom Flange WC281 WC281 WC281 WC269 WC166 Frequency Bands.6-4. Reduces group delay ripple by TM11 higher order mode to less than 3 nanoseconds per hop.6-4.02 within the operating bands specified for transitions.7-11.2.7 Type No. One. or three are required (see table) for dual-polarized runs. two.425 3. ft (m) 1 Clamp 2 Clamps 3 Clamps 200 (60) 200 (60) 150 (45) 400 (120) 400 (120) 300 (90) 600 (180) 600 (180) 450 (135) B WC281 WC166 WC109 Taper Transitions convert from one circular waveguide size to another or from circular to square waveguide. Pressurizable. B B B 64271 57568 54348 Maximum Length of Waveguide.925-6. Length in (mm) Horn-Reflector System Mode Filter. Top flange is WC281. Rotatable clamp installed at the bottom of the circular waveguide run and adjusted to provide maximum polarization isolation.6-4.425. Maximum VSWR is 1.Circular-to-Rectangular Waveguide Transitions A Termination Load for unused rectangular waveguide port of dual-polarized transitions.425-7.425. For Clamp Photo Ref. GHz 3. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Revised 6/01 Visit us at: www.925-6.7-11.125 5. One required for single-polarized run.925-6. Flange Type CPR90G CPR112G CPR137G CPR159G CPR229G WR75 Cover/Gasket WR112 Cover/Gasket WR137 Cover/Gasket *Order both type numbers Type Number* R090PC0040CSN R112PC0040CSN R137PC0040CSN R159PC0040CSN R229PC0040CSN R075PY0040YSN R112PY0040YSN R137PY0040YSN Type Number* 39099-90 39099-112 39099-137 39099-159 39099-229 39098-75 39098-112 39098-137 A B Axial Ratio Compensator.425 5.2.7 3. 5. Not required for waveguide runs shorter than 25 feet (7.K. 10. Recommended for dual-band systems and single-band systems operating in the higher of the two frequency bands listed in the table. Stainless steel hardware and flange gaskets are included. 69907 69908 162240 69485 69910 Length in (mm) 42 (1067) 72 (1829) 78 (1981) 42 (1067) 57 (1448) Circular-to-Circular Waveguide WC281 Swivel WC281 Swivel WC281 Swivel WC281 Swivel WC281 Swivel WC269 Swivel WC166 WC166 WC109 WC269 WC212 WC205 WC166 WC109 WC212 WC109 WC75 WC75 69273 49545 69272 69271 69269 69492 69277 69382 55648 6 (152) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457) 11 (279) 17 (432) 6 (152) Circular-to-Square Waveguide WC281 WC166 WS176 WS108 202559 205137 30 (762) 19 (483) • U. From Transition To Type No.com 223 . ..A.......... nuts.Type 49486 Flange Hardware Kit (Not shown) Includes a set of hex-head bolts. B C Current By-Pass Kit........ Attaches to top waveguide section flange... See table below.. and pressure gaskets.. C D Adapters D Angle Member Adapter Kit of 1 for mounting sliding or spring/sliding hangers to angle or flat tower members up to 7/8 in (22 mm) thick. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .Call toll-free from: • U.... lock washers.... A brass plate used during initial alignment.Accessories A A Alignment Shorting Plate.S.. sufficient to join two circular waveguide flange units..... Waveguide sections can be assembled at ground level and the entire assembly lifted into place on the tower (not required if sections are to be lifted individually and assembled on the tower)... Includes two cast iron clamp halves with stainless steel hardware for mounting hangers to round tower members 1-3 in (25-75 mm) in diameter . B Pulling Head. Five feet of No... All hardware is stainless steel..... 6 copper wire and lugs to provide a low-loss current path around flexible waveguide sections ..Type 13555A E Round Member Adapter Kit of 10... See table below.. This hardware kit is provided with each section of circular waveguide and is also available individually.Type 65500 E Accessory Type Numbers WC166 Alignment Shorting Plate Pulling Head Flange Hardware Kit 57569 64775-166 57570-1 WC109 56207 64775-109 54109 224 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center .... It is installed at the top of the run while the axial ratio compensator is adjusted....... See table below. It is available for WC281 and WC166. It is replaced with a spring/sliding hanger after the waveguide run is in place.K. A Rigid Hangers anchor the circular waveguide to the tower at the top of the waveguide run. Typical system planning information is presented on pages 219 and 220. See table below. for horn-reflector antennas. If holes are not provided and cannot be drilled. is KS compatible and uses sliding restrainers. This system is available for all sizes except WC281.Accessories Circular Waveguide Support Systems The Andrew standard support system uses the rigid. A Andrew Standard Circular Waveguide Support System Components Hangers are used to mount circular waveguide in a spring-suspended system on a tower or other support structure and to accommodate the differential expansion and between between the waveguide and the tower or support structure. and sliding hangers. For WC109 and WC166. Includes one heavy-duty angle adapter. and accommodate differential expansion and contraction. A second method. B Spring/Sliding Hangers support the waveguide. See table below.com 225 . 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www. spring/sliding. the rigid hanger is used only during installation. sliding hangers and spring/sliding hangers are used alternately at 8 to 12 ft (2. • U. Hangers are brass with 3/8" stainless steel mounting hardware. angle members or round member adapters are used to attach the hangers to the tower. One rigid hanger is required 6 to 12 in (150 to 300 mm) below the top waveguide section flange.7 m) intervals. C Sliding Hangers limit lateral motion.4 to 3. Tower members should be drilled only with the consent of the tower manufacturer because of possible weakening of the structure. Hangers Waveguide WC166 WC109 Rigid 69932 19007A-109 Sliding 69933 19008A-109 Spring/Sliding 69934 19009A-109 B C Hanger Placement. See table below. limit lateral motion.andrew. For horn-reflector antenna systems. Type 200970 Pressurization Microwave waveguides should be maintained under dry air or dry nitrogen pressure to prevent moisture condensation.. Use on flange joint at the bottom of the circular waveguide run. C Sliding Restrainer. These are described in detail on pages 156-218.. Position every 12 ft 6-1/4 in at all circular waveguide flange joints... See table below. For use with 4-port combiner or dual polarized circular-to-rectangular transition to eliminate the requirement for flexible waveguide sections.Accessories KS Compatible Circular Waveguide Support System Components In this system the entire weight of the circular waveguide run is supported at the mounting frame assembly of the horn-reflector antenna using the waveguide support assembly and support plate. The Wilson bolt assembly allows precision height adjustment of the waveguide run and sliding restrainers restrict the lateral movement of the waveguide.. See table below.. All sizes are pressurizable to 10 lb/in2 (70 kPa).Call toll-free from: • U. Used in place of item A (above) beyond 175 ft (55 m) below the support plate for certain KS tower applications. 18 in (460 mm). C Sliding Restrainer Type Numbers Size WC166 18 in (460 mm) 49008 30 in (760 mm) 49009 Bottom 49010 Connecting Waveguides D The circular waveguide run is connected to the antenna and the radio equipment using HELIAX® elliptical waveguide and/or rectangular waveguide components... Includes bracket and hardware for attachment to network slot angles. 226 Revised 5/01 Customer Service Center .... Accommodates vertical movement and provides support to the elliptical waveguide near the network end of the run. B A B Sliding Restrainer. Pressurization equipment is described on pages 242-271. Check antenna pressurization limits to ensure antenna limits are not being exceeded. See table below.A. Position every 12 ft 6-1/4 in at all circular waveguide flange joints.S. Includes four 3/8" x 6" on-center U-bolts and hardware to interface with customersupplied support brackets... Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . 30 in (760 mm).. D Elliptical Waveguide Sliding Support. Bottom. Use with elliptical waveguide hangers described on page 194 .... A Sliding Restrainer. Includes two 3/8" x 6" on-center U-bolts and hardware to interface with customer-supplied support brackets.. 001 Thus for a 6. 200 feet of EWP52 elliptical waveguide (attenuation of 1..Lfs + Ga2 .1dBm When the minimum receive signal level required to meet performance objectives (C) is known and the necessary fade margin (FM) is added.38 .Lf2 .4 -.FM 96 C In the above system with a transmit power of 5 watts (37 dBm). each antenna must then have a gain of 39 dB. operating over a 30 mile path.141.5 ..9 + 41.andrew.( -70) = -78.4 .Lfs . dB = 10 log10 P1 P2 Where P1 is the larger power If P1 = 10 watts and P2 = 1 watt. receive power in dBm can be calculated using the following formula: Pr = Pt .2. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.K.2 dB/100 feet) at each end.3 dB will. and Andrew UHX8-59.9 .5 .. assuming a receive signal threshold level requirement (C) of -70 dBm and a desired fade margin of 38 dB.6 + 20 log10 D + log10 f Lfs= loss in free space in dB D = path length in miles f = frequency in GHz Metric Units: Lfs = 92. dBm = 10 log10 P1 0.4 .5 = 28. Andrew UHX8-59 antennas with a mid-band gain of 41. therefore. the total antenna gain (Gt) required can be calculated using the following expression: Gt = Pt .Lf1 .Lf1 + Ga1 .141.com 227 . then dB = 10 log10 10 = 10 dB 1 The dBm is a comparison to a reference power of 1 milliwatt (0.2 dB/100 ft) at each end. filter losses of 0. satisfy the requirement.001 watt).Lw2 .5 + 41.3 . Free Space Propagation Attenuation (Isotropic) Imperial Units: Lfs = 96.Lw1 . UHX8-59 antennas at each end (Mid-band Gain 41.5 + 20 log10 D + 20 log10 f Where Lfs = loss in free space in dB D = path length in kilometers f = frequency in GHz Where Calculating Receive Signal Level and Antenna Gain When transmitter power is expressed in dBm and all other units are expressed in dB.2.175 GHz system with a transmit power of 5 watts (37 dBm) and 200 feet of Type EWP52 HELIAX® elliptical waveguide (attenuation 1.76 dB must be made up by the gain of the antennas.2. If antennas with equal gain are used at each end of the path. a negative gain (loss) of 78.4 .7 To achieve the system performance goal.3 dB) over a path 30 miles long (Lfs = 141. filter losses of 0.Calculations dB and dBm The dB is a logarithmic unit comparing two power levels.3 .Lw2 . Pr = 37.Lw1 .2. the total antenna gain (Gt) required is: Gt = 37 .9 per preceding example).5 dB at each end.Lf2 Where: Pr = receive power level (dBm) Pt = transmit power (dBm) Lw = transmission line losses Lf = filter losses Lfs = free space path loss Ga1 = transmit antenna gain Ga2 = receive antenna gain • U.5 dB at each end. ) Transmission Line (waveguide or cable feeder) Bottom (flex.5 dB is estimated peak system return loss] Add (5) and transmission line and bottom component [0.36 dB Flex Section Pressure Window 1.029 + 0. To the final reflection coefficient obtained in Step 3.029 0.72 = 31. The resultant return loss can be estimated.06 1. add the reflection coefficient of the transmission line and all bottom components. Example Steps 1 and 2: Antenna/Transmission Line System VSWR Top Components Transmission Line Bottom Components Antenna Flex Section Waveguide.A.075 x 0.03 1.7 multiplication factor.Calculation of System Return Loss Resultant system return loss is governed by the phase relations between the standing waves of individual components and cannot be precisely calculated. radome. Step 1.) Step 3. Add the reflection coefficient of all top components and convert the total to RL.075] Add top components [0.06 1.026 + 0.015 0.1 [1.044] Convert to return loss [27. however. For this reason. in decimal form. flex.015 = 0.029 0.03 1.8 dB to reflection coefficient = 0. elbow.005 = 0.026 228 Customer Service Center .8 dB] Convert 31. mentioned in Step 5.015 + 0.015 0. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 . Step 4. etc. peak system VSWR] Convert to Return Loss = 25. Then convert the total back to a reflection coefficient.7 [0. Attenuation: 2.7 and convert the result to VSWR or return loss. Properly installed transmission systems will typically measure well within the calculated resultant return loss. systems using all Andrew components will usually ensure much better system return loss performance than the calculated values.1 dB] Double Transmission Line attenuation [2 x 2.1 + 4. pressure window. Step 5. Multiply the total reflection coefficient from Step 4 by 0. The 0.72 dB] Add (2) and (3) [27. for all components in the system.01 Reflection Coefficient 0.0525] Convert to VSWR = 1.5 [25.Call toll-free from: • U. Andrew specifications include safety margins and components are typically better than the published return loss specifications. Divide components into three groups: Top (antenna..36 = 4. using the procedure described below. Convert VSWR or RL to reflection coefficients. Double the calculated attenuation in dB of the transmission line feeder and add this to the previous figure.029 + 0.S.1 is est. Step 2.005 Step 3: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Step 4: (6) Step 5: (7) Multiply (6) by 0. etc.7 = 0. is based on data taken by Andrew on thousands of antenna systems. 33 1.8 43.884 2.8 39.4 30. dB 38.820 1.5888 0.075 1.6 43.014 1.6 33.2 16.177 Return Loss.4 26.0 29.549 1.016 1.4 14.065 1.762 7.6 16.585 1.692 2.015 1.50 19.072 1.129 5.068 1.6761 0.039 1.995 1.4 23.8 Reflection Coefficient.45 14.49 13.2 38.36 135 1.096 1.2 26.049 1.4 33.905 1.036 1.072 1.6 41.022 1.K.88 12.2 14.8 36.43 1.7244 0.2 21.8 34.310 6.037 1.862 1.399 2.6 28.772 9.011 1.8 28.079 6.18 12.024 1.511 8.20 17.4 38.951 2.288 1.38 16.010 • U.0 25.067 Return Loss.6 19.149 1.40 1.085 1.677 4.2 33.75 11.042 1.550 9.2 36.089 1.047 1.042 1.607 6.023 1.778 1.4 20.015 1.34 1.015 1.016 1.044 1.2 20.013 1.479 1.4 36.4 15.055 1.8318 0.050 1.38 1.012 4.5370 0.259 1.128 1.6 25.2 19.6 39.715 3.2 43.2 27.com 229 .8 44.6 23.222 1. % VSWR 19.9210 0.6 35.035 1. Conversion Formulas The following formulas can be used for determining values not listed in the table below.6 24.0 38.4 19.514 1.388 3. dB 22.244 7.017 1.8 20.8 32.6166 0.131 1.236 1.013 1.0 37.098 1.4 39.8 42.020 2.7 27.48 1.217 1.2 37.981 3.8 18.586 7.138 1.344 2.026 5.6607 0.011 1.045 1.043 1.103 1.0 35.6 37.andrew.0 14.786 4.8 45.4 31.50 1.37 1.000 0.011 1.6 44.201 1.074 1.012 1.6 15.0 33.027 1.070 1.291 2.122 1.59 12.0 39. % VSWR 3.012 1.106 1.111 1.5248 05129 1.6 32. VSWR.05 18.046 1. dB 30.0 30.239 2.058 1.943 7.98 16.6310 0.188 2.2 35.0 20.2 41.4 29. RL.4 21.457 6.145 1.152 1.333 9.754 5.761 6.020 1.8 16.8 27.370 5.012 1.80 13.8 Reflection Coefficient.120 8.191 1.00 9.012 1.7413 0.0 21.4 43.048 1.079 1.44 1.8 23.026 Return Loss.6 18.27 1.0 22.125 1.0 17.014 1.710 8.0 31.0 34.2 22.024 1.087 1.017 1. Voltage Standing Wave Ratio.754 2.0 41.5754 0.0 40.802 3.169 4.2 32.160 1.135 1.5623 0.0 36.116 1.6 20.2 24.9550 0.034 1.95 19.2 28.13 13.918 6.7943 0.96 10.2 15.818 2.168 1.6 36.018 1.5495 0.108 1.8913 0. is the decibel ratio of the incident voltage to the reflected voltage.311 3.8 25.413 1.2 39.4 32.081 1.052 1.255 2.62 18.0 26.7762 0.061 1.8710 0.027 1.162 3.738 1.019 1.4 41.2 44.548 3.25 1.512 2.230 1.365 4.898 4.6 40.156 1.950 1.128 1.31 1.094 1.4 45.630 2.02 11.318 1.6 45.30 1.029 1.0 19. Conversion Table Return Loss.4 16.0 44.14 14.6 29.031 1.228 1.101 1.79 14.890 3. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.2 34.318 8.6 38.2 42.4 34.021 1.698 1.4 28.4 18.6 26.025 1.24 1.8 31.030 1.8 Reflection Coefficient.Definitions Return loss.0 28.114 1.4 26.064 1.040 1.141 1.018 1.0 42.6 34.196 1.467 4.8 26.8 37. Reflection coefficient.023 1.014 1.570 2.8 35.6 30.47 10.8 21.164 1.031 1.4 17.090 3.8 17.091 1.119 1.2 18.78 17.0 15.2 17.018 1.23 10.266 4.2 31.148 1.8 33.0 32.020 1.25 1.563 5.0 43.138 2.72 10.445 1.8 40.173 1. dB 14.30 1.022 1.26 1.054 1.8 19.85 15.7586 0.46 1.8 24.2 45.053 1.023 1.035 1.8710 0. is the numerical ratio of the reflected voltage to the incident voltage.7079 0.4 35.2 25.032 1.211 1.011 1.028 1.041 1.074 3.467 3.22 10.6 17.30 12.9772 0.47 1.22 15.096 1.41 1.025 1. is the numerical ratio of the maximum voltage to the minimum voltage that would exist on the uniform reference transmission line.2 23.27 1.016 1.083 1.413 7.2 40.42 1.631 3.0 16.32 1.206 1.038 1.021 1.9333 0.6457 0.089 2.2 29.6026 0.4 44.8 29.4 42.8 Reflection Coefficient.380 1.660 1.029 1.349 1.6918 0.062 1.6 14.60 16.248 5. % VSWR 1.931 8.4 40.122 1.495 5.39 1.202 1.0 23.28 1.033 1.49 15.175 1.181 1.29 1. % VSWR 7.059 1.0 45.2 30.8 41.234 1.4 22.4 25.888 5.013 1.166 6.047 1.0 24.571 4.6 22.0 27.8128 0.057 1.622 1.48 11.6 21.077 1.4 24.6 42.0 18.4 37.019 1.186 1.8 15.6 31. .0 8.0 6.0 EW64 WR112 EW77 2.5 0.9 0.0 0.0 4.0 EW63 WR137 WC109* 1.S.A.3 WC281* WC281* 1.0 15.5 EW37 WR159 EW52 EW43 EW34 WC166* WR229 EW20 WR107 WC109* 1.0 9.0 WR42 EW220 10. Canada and Mexico 1-800-255-1479 .Call toll-free from: • U.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 Frequency in Gigahertz Attenuation curves based on: VSWR 1. 230 Customer Service Center .7 0.0 Ambient Temperature 24° C (75° F) High Conductivity Copper The above attenuation curves are guaranteed within ±5% *Does not include transition or network losses.0 EW85 EW127A WR90 EW90 WR75 EW180 WR62 Attenuation in dB per 100 Feet 3.0 EW132 EW240 7.6 0.8 0.4 EW17 EW28 WC166* WC269* WC281* 0. See page 219.0 5.Waveguide Attenuation (Imperial Units) 20. 0 WR42 40.0 EW85 EW127A WR90 EW90 10. 0800-250055 • Australia 1800-803 219 • New Zealand 0800-441-747 Visit us at: www.0 EW20 WC166* 1.0 0.0 5.0 Attenuation in dB per 100 Meters 8.0 Ambient Temperature 24° C (75° F) High Conductivity Copper The above attenuation curves are guaranteed within ±5% *Does not include transition or network losses.5 EW17 WC269* 1.0 EW220 EW240 30.0 WR75 EW180 WR62 15.9 WC281* WC281* WC281* 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 Frequency in Gigahertz Attenuation curves based on: VSWR 1.andrew. See page 219.0 EW28 2.0 7.0 EW37 EW63 WR137 WC109* WR159 EW52 EW43 EW34 WC166* WR229 WR107 WC109* EW64 EW77 WR112 4.Waveguide Attenuation (Metric Units) 50.com 231 .0 6.K.0 3.0 EW132 20. • U.0 9.